Clamping Technologies Catalog

Clamping Technology
Volume 1: Manual | Pneumatic | Hydraulic
End Effectors Grippers Indexers

Manual Clamps Power Clamps Remote Handling
PRODUCT CATALOG
[email protected] 01 800 237 3472 cesehsa.com.mx
ABOUT DESTACO our portfolio of products
Precision in Productivity ™
DESTACO Mission Statement End Effectors (EE) Grippers (GR)
Enable optimal manufacturing productivity through a comprehensive suite of easy to integrate • Tool Changers • Electric Grippers
high-performance, precision automation, workholding and containment solutions. • End-of-Arm Tooling • Pneumatic and Sheet Metal Grippers
• Vacuum Products • Rotates
• Focused - Dedicated talent and resources to help manufacturers improve precision and productivity • Palletizing Solutions • Slides
• Insightful - Full line of products improves production flexibility and meets any manufacturing requirement
• Comprehensive - Through perspective gained on plant floors around the world, we deliver unique,
creative solutions nobody else can
• Global - Production, customer and technical support worldwide, wherever you need us
Indexers (IN) Power Clamps (PC)

• Precision Conveyors • Power Clamps
• Dial Indexers • Pin Clamps and Packages
• Shaft and Flange Indexers • Pivot Units
• Part Handlers • Power Cylinders
Manual Clamps (MC) Remote Handling (RH)

Focused Insightful Comprehensive Global • Hold Down • Gloveport Systems
• Squeeze Action • Transfer Systems
• Plunger, Hook and Latch • Telemanipulators
• Pneumatic Toggle and Swing • Waste Drum Systems
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
MC-TOC-1
A legacy of
performance
and dependability
Whether on the
workbench or on
the line, DESTACO
is always at the
point of precision.
For more than 100 years, we’ve focused

our resources on providing great
products, service and reliability for all
market segments around the world.
Today, our insight and high-performance
automation and workholding products
continue to help manufacturers improve
productivity and quality while reducing
scrap and production costs. Precision in Productivity ™
End Effectors Grippers Indexers Manual Clamps Power Clamps Remote Handling
destaco.com
Clamping Technology
Vol. 1: Manual, Pneumatic, Hydraulic | Table of Contents
Vertical Hold Down Clamps................................................................ MC-VHD
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps...........................................................MC-HHD
Straight Line Action Clamps................................................................. MC-SLA
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps......................................... MC-VSC
Pull Action Latch Clamps......................................................................MC-PAL
Squeeze Action Clamps....................................................................... MC-SAP
Accessories........................................................................................ MC-ACC
Carver Clamps....................................................................................MC-CVR
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps.................................................................... MC-PTC
Pneumatic Swing Clamps.................................................................... MC-PSC
Pneumatic Power Cylinders.................................................................. MC-PPC
MC-TOC-2 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
MC-TOC-3
Clamping Technology
Vol. 1: Manual, Pneumatic, Hydraulic | Table of Contents
Pneumatic Power Clamps..................................................................... PC-PPC
Technical Appendix...............................................................................MC-TEC
Hydraulic Clamping Technology.......................................................... MC-HYD
Product Index...................................................................................... MC-IND
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-TOC-3
Manual clamping custom solutions
Custom Solutions for Manual Clamps
Below are some examples of standard products modified to customer specified custom solutions.
If there is no product that fits your needs, we will partner with your to design a product that fits.
Model 330 Model 2002-U Model 604

Standard Product Standard Product Standard Product
330-201 Stainless steel clamp with

special hook and locking tab
2002-200 with bar cut and 604-229 Stainless steel straight

bolt retainer welded on line clamp used in chemical
machining process
Contact us today to get started on your custom application: [email protected]
Markets
Industrial Aerospace Food & Packaging Transportation Consumer Goods
Applications
Assembly Welding Fixture and Testing CNC/Machining White Goods/ Woodworking

Appliance
MC-TOC-4 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
MC-TOC-5
Making our products special for you
Custom Solutions for Manual Clamps
DESTACO offers three levels of modifications for customizing our manual clamping products to fit
our customers specified applications. Depending on the severity of the modifications, quoting times
may take longer.
Model 630-M
Model 202
Level 1 Modifications: Standard Product
Standard Product
• Alternate standard accessories
• Removal of grips
• Alternate plating/coating
• Alternate vinyl dipping
• Quotes within 1 day*
202-200 without grip,

with imperial threaded 630-38 with electroless nickel plating
spindle
Level 2 Modifications: Model 2002-U

Standard Product
• Handle and arm extensions
• Custom hooks for pull-action clamps
• Cut-off handles and arms
• Drilled & tapped arms
• Quotes within 3 days*
2002-201 with special T-handle
Level 3 Modifications: Model 624/624-MM

Standard Product
• Engineered modifications
• Special plungers for straight line action clamps
• Quotes within 5 days*
Model 802-U
Standard Product
624-MM-872 with modified handle and

square plunger
802-U219 with handle for manual operation

(*) All inquiries subject to minimum order
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-TOC-5
Sizing and Application Chart
202
506
505
503
501
229
527
317
558
528
267
247
210
207
201
Series
7-60
7-59
7-58
5110
5105
5915
2010
2007
2002
5910
7-101
91090
5905
533/535
548/578
9
7
3
13
43
43
43
43
41
40
40
40
40
39
37
36
35
33
32
31
29
29
27
27
27
23
23
21
17
11
Page: MC-VHD-#
MC-VHD-1
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]

vertical hold down clamps
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]
3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]

N [lbf.]
5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]
7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

Max. Holding Capacity
10000+ [2250+]
0 to 25 [0 to 0.98]
25 to 40 [0.98 to 1.57]
40 to 55 [1.57 to 2.17]
55 to 70 [2.17 to 2.76]
70 to 85 [2.76 to 3.35]
mm [inch]
Height Under
Clamping Bar
85 to 100 [3.35 to 3.94]

100+ [3.94+]
0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]
50 to 100 [1.97 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]
mm [inch]
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

Overall Height
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

250 to 275 [9.84 to 10.83]
275+ [10.83+]
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

mm
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

Overal
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]
inch]
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]
Height
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]
250 to 275 [9.84 to 10.83]
275+ [10.83+]
50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]

mm [inch]
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

Overall Length
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]
0 to 20 [0 to 0.78]
20 to 40 [0.78 to 1.57]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
mm [inch]
Overal Width
80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]
100+ [3.94+]
Welding

Assembly
Checking Fixtures
Machining
Woodworking
Closures
Suitable Application Area
Food Processing
Duty Cycle
Excellent/High
MC-VHD-2
Steel
Stainless Steel
Material
Standard
Toggle Lock Plus
Fair/Medium
Accom. Workpiece Variation
U-Bar Version
Arm
Style
Solid Arm Version
Poor/Low
Straight Base
MC-VHD-2
Flanged Base
Style
Mounting
Welded
Normal
ment
Service
Harsh/Dirty
Environ-
Not Recommended
2002 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features: Applications: Also Available:

• Large hand clearance for improved safety • Checking fixtures See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Bolt pattern interchangeable with 202 Series • Assembly & test Accepts M6 or 1/4 spindle accessories
• Three times the holding capacity of 202 Series • Light machining
• Hardened bushings at key pivot points • Woodworking
• Near vertical clamping contact
• BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish
Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents
2002-U 2002-U-LS-BLK 2002-S 2002-UB 2002-UB-LS-BLK

Flanged Blackout Series Flanged Base Straight Base Blackout Series
Base Flanged Base Solid Bar U-Bar Straight Base
U-Bar U-Bar U-Bar
2002-SB 2002-UR 2002-SR 2002-UBR 2002-SBR

Straight Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base
Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar
with with with with
DESTACO® DESTACO® DESTACO® DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Toggle Lock Toggle Lock Toggle Lock
Plus Plus Plus Plus
2002-U207 2002-UR207
Flanged Base Flanged Base
U-Bar U-Bar
Interchangeable Interchangeable
with 207 Series with 207 Series,
DESTACO®
Toggle
Lock Plus
 This item is available upon request
MC-VHD-3 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
MC-VHD-4
2002 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Technical Information
Accessories (Supplied)
Clamp Bar Handle
Max. Holding Bolt Spindle Flanged
Model Open- Opening Weight
Capacity Retainer Assembly Washers
ing(+10° ) (+10° )
2002-U -- 215208-M 215105
2002-U-LS-BLK -- -- 215105-BLK
2002-S 0,22kg 2002115-E -- --
2002-UB [0.48lb] -- 215208-M 215105
2002-UB-LS-BLK -- -- 215105-BLK
75° 66°
2002-SB 2700 N 2002115-E -- --
[600 lbf]
2002-UR -- 215208-M 215105
2002-SR 0,25kg 2002115-E -- --
2002-UBR [0.55lb] -- 215208-M 215105
2002-SBR 2002115-E -- --
2002-U207 90° 72° 0,26kg
-- 215208-M 215105
2002-UR207 75° 57° [0.57lb]
Holding Capacities
AF
Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

[1.12] [1.45] [2.64] [3.66] [600 lbf] [295 lbf]
2002-( ) 11:1 5:1
Y 28,5 37 67 93 2700N 1310N
EF EF Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
X2
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-VHD-4
2002 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB/-SB/-UR/-SR/-UBR/-SBR
2002-U 2002-U207/2002-UR207
Flanged Base [4.27] with interchangeable Series 207
U-Bar 108,5
[0.24]
Mounting Pattern
6,1
[1.34]
[0.48] 34,0 [1.76]
[0.12] 44,7
[0.24] 12,2
3 [0.98] 6,1
25
DESTACO® [1.95]
49,4 [0.94]
TOGGLE LOCK [3.32] 23,9
PLUS OPTION 84,2
M6 OR 1/4 75° 66° DESTACO®
IF SUPPLIED TOGGLE LOCK
[4.72] PLUS OPTION
[0.50] 119,9
12,7 [5.28] A B
134,1
[0.50]
12,7 [5.01]
[1.28] 127,3
32,5 [0.12]
[0.12] [0.18] 3
3 4,5 [1.93]
49 [1.25]
[0.25] [0.95] [1.95]
31,7
6,4 24,2 49,4
[0.90] [3.29]
22,9 83,5
[0.23]
[0.13] 5,8 [0.50]
R 3,3 12,7
[1.06]
[0.14]
27 [0.43] R3,6 [1.06]
[1.52] 10,8 26,9
38,6
[0.11]
[0.24] R 2,8
2002-SB 6,1
[0.22]
[0.22]
[1.91] Ø 5,6
Straight Base 48,5 5,6 [0.22] [1.25]
[1.36] Ø5,6 31,8
Solid Bar 34,5
[0.75]
19,1
[0.90]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] 22,9
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

Model A B
PROJECTION PROJECTION
2002-U‑207 90° 72°
2002-UR207 75° 57°
MC-VHD-6
Notes
2007 Series

• Over two times the holding capacity • Light machining
of 207 Series • Woodworking
• Hardened bushings at key pivot points

2007-U 2007-U-LS-BLK 2007-S 2007-UB 2007-UB-LS-BLK

Flanged Base Blackout Series Flanged Base Straight Base Blackout Series
U-Bar Flanged Base Solid Bar U-Bar Straight Base
U-Bar U-Bar
2007-SB 2007-UR 2007-SR 2007-UBR 2007-SBR

Straight Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base
Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar
with with with with
DESTACO® DESTACO® DESTACO® DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Toggle Lock Toggle Lock Toggle Lock
Plus Plus Plus Plus
Technical Information
Max. Holding Clamp Bar Handle Bolt Spindle Flanged
Model Opening Opening Weight
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Retainer Assembly Washers
2007-U -- 2007208-M 507107
2007-U-LS-BLK -- -- 507107-BLK
2007-S 2007115-E -- --
2007-UB -- 2007208-M 507107
2007-UB-LS-BLK 4450 N 0,54kg -- -- 507107-BLK
76° 64°
2007-SB [1000 lbf] [1.20lbs] 2007115-E -- --
2007-UR -- 2007208-M 507107

2007-SR 2007115-E -- --
2007-UBR -- 2007208-M 507107
2007-SBR 2007115-E -- --
MC-VHD-8
2007 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities
AF

[1.59] [1.95] [3.92] [5.16] [1000lbf.] [470lbf.]
2007-( ) 10:1 5.3:1
Y 40,5 49,5 99,5 131 4450N 2090N
EF EF Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
X2
Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB/-SB/-UR/-SR/-UBR/-SBR
2007-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar [6.60]
167,5
[0.33]
8,3
[0.12] [1.78]
45,1 DESTACO®
3,0
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
76° 66°
M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED [7.17]
182,0
[0.75]
19,1 [7.94]
201,6
[1.25]
31,8
[0.16] [2.88] [0.16]
[0.25] 4,2 [0.18] 73,2 [1.25] 4,2
6,4 4,5 31,8
[0.34]
[1.68] 8,6 [0.75]
42,7 19,1
[4.82]
122,4
2007-SB
Straight Base
Solid Bar [1.25]
31,8
[0.17] [0.34]
R 4,3 8,6
[1.25]
31,8
[1.94]
49,3
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.24] [0.28]
6,1 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
[1.94] Ø 7,1 PROJECTION PROJECTION
49,3
2010 Series

• Over two times the holding capacity • Light machining
of 210 Series • Woodworking
• Hardened bushings at key pivot points
2010-U 2010-S 2010-UB 2010-SB

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base
U-Bar Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar
2010-UR 2010-SR 2010-UBR 2010-SBR

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base
U-Bar Solid Bar U-Bar Solid Bar
with DESTACO® with DESTACO® with DESTACO® with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Plus Toggle Lock Plus Toggle Lock Plus Toggle Lock Plus
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
2010-U --- 240208-M 235106
2010-S 2010115-E --- ---
2010-UB --- 240208-M 235106
2010-SB 2010115-E --- ---

6230 N [1400 lbf] 78° 66° 1,16kg [2.56lbs]
2010-UR --- 240208-M 235106
2010-SR 2010115-E --- ---
2010-UBR --- 240208-M 235106
2010-SBR 2010115-E --- ---
MC-VHD-10
2010 Series
AF Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities

Y [2.04] [2.44] [4.88] [7.00] [1400lbf.] [720lbf.]
2010-( ) 13:1 6:1
EF EF 51,8 62 124 178 6230N 3200N
Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
X2
Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB/-SB/-UR/-SR/-UBR/-SBR
[7.51]
190.6
2010-U [0.42]
Flanged Base 10.6
U-Bar
[0.16]
[0.75] 4.2 [1.41]
18.9 35.7
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
66°
78°
M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED
[9.08]
230.7 [10.00]
254.1
[1.13]
28.7
[1.70]
[2.62] 43.1
66.6
[0.43] [3.55]
90.3 [0.27]
10.9
[6.09] 6.9
2010-SB RANGE OF
154.6
ADJUSTMENT
Straight Base
[2.53]
Solid Bar 64.3
[0.64] [1.25]
16.3 31.8
[0.21] mm [INCH] mm [INCH
R5.2
[1.78] [2.62]
45.2 66.5 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANG
PROJECTION PROJECTIO
[0.33]
8.3 [0.34]
Ø8.7
201 Series

• Smallest series in the Vertical Handle series • Checking fixtures See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Stainless steel version available • Assembly & test
• Woodworking 812-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-3)
201-U 201-UB 201-TU 201-USS

Flanged Base Straight Base Flanged Flanged Base
U-Bar Base, U-Bar, U-Bar, Stainless
T-Handle Steel
Max. Holding Clamp Bar Handle Spindle Flanged
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
201-U
201-UB 440 N [100 lbf] 305208-M 102111
100° 55° 0,70kg [0.15lbs]
201-TU
201-USS 560 N [125 lbf] 201943-M 102911
Holding Capacities
AF
[2.25]
U/UB 9:1 6:1
57 [100lbf.] [55lbf.]
Y
[0.87] [1.06] [1.75] [1.38] 440N 245N
TU 22 27 44,5
8.4:1 4:4:1
EF EF 35
[2.25] [125lbf.] [60lbf.]
USS 9:1 6:1
HC HC 57 560N 270N
2 1
X See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
X1
X2
MC-VHD-12
201 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UB/-TU/-USS
201-U [0.73]
18,6
Flanged Base [0.21]
U-Bar 5,4
[0.13]
3,3
55
[1.92]
48,8
M5 OR #10
IF SUPPLIED 100°
[0.63]
15,9
[0.31]
8,0 [3.08]
[3.53] 78,3
[2.25] [3.53]
89,7 89,7
57,3
[0.88]
22,4
[1.04]
[0.16] [0.20] [0.08]
26,4
4,0 5,0 2,0
RANGE OF [2.04]
ADJUSTMENT 51,8
201-UB
Straight Base
[1.00]
25,4
[0.18] [0.63]
4,7 16,0
[0.94] [1.34]
24,0 34,0 mm [INCH] mm [INC
[0.17]
[1.04] Ø4,3 THIRD ANGLE FIRST AN
PROJECTION PROJECT
26,4
202 Series

• Two bar styles available • Checking fixtures See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Low profile T-Handle version available • Assembly & test
• Available in stainless steel • Light machining 802-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
• Accommodates M6 or ¼” spindle accessories • Woodworking (See page MC-PTC-5)
• BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish
202-U 202-UL 202-USS 202 202-SS

Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Flange Base Flanged Base
U-Bar Long U-Bar U-bar, Stain- Solid Bar Solid Bar
less Steel Stainless Steel
202-UB 202-B 202-TU 202-T 202-U-L

Straight Base Straight Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base
U-bar Solid Bar U-bar, Solid Bar Open U-Bar
T-Handle T-Handle
202-UB-L 202-UB-L-BLK 202305

202-U-L-BLK
Straight Base Blackout Series Flanged Grip.
Blackout Series
Open U-Bar Straight Base Provides added safety
Flanged Base
Open U-Bar and protection. Fits all
Open U-Bar
202 Series (except
T-Handle) clamps.
Order separately.
MC-VHD-14
202 Series
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
202-U
890 N [200 lbf] 202208-M 215105
202-UL 0,16kg [0.35lbs]
202-USS 1110 N [250 lbf] 202943-M 215905
202 890 N [200 lbf] 202208-M ---

0,15kg [0.33lbs]
202-SS 1110 N [250 lbf] 205943-M ---
202-UB 0,16kg [0.35lbs]

105° 65°
202-B 0,15kg [0.33lbs]
202208-M 215105
202-TU 0,17kg [0.38lbs]
202-T
890 N [200 lbf]
202-U-L
202-U-L-BLK 0,16kg [0.35lbs]
--- ---
202-UB-L
202-UB-L-BLK
Holding Capacities
AF Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF
[2.25] [140 lbf]
202-U 5:1
57 [3.42] [200 lbf] 625N
Y [1.25] [2.88] 87 890N [150 lbf]
202-UL 32
10:1 4:1
73 670N
EF EF
[2.25] [3.00] [250 lbf] [170 lbf]
202-USS 5:1
57 76 1110N 760N
HC HC [3.42] [200 lbf]
2 1 202 ---
[1.88] 87 890N
X --- --- 8:1
48 [3.00] [250 lbf]
202-SS ---
X1 76 1110N
X2 [1.25] [2.25] [200 lbf] [140 lbf]
202-UB 10.1 5:1
32 57 [3.42] 890N 625N
[0.79] [1.88] 87 [200 lbf]
202-B --- --- --- 8:1
20 48 890N
[1.25] [2.25] [200 lbf] [140 lbf]
202-TU 11:1 7:1
32 57 [2.13] 890N 625N
[1.88] 54 [200 lbf]
202-T --- --- --- 6:1
48 890N
202-U-L
202-U-L-BLK
[1.25] [2.25] [3.42] [200 lbf] [140 lbf]
10:1 5:1
32 57 87 890N 625N
202-UB-L
202-UB-L-BLK
202 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UL/-USS/-SS/-UB/-B/-TU/-T
202-U [0.26]
6,5
Flanged Base
U-Bar
[0.50]
K
12,6
H
[3.56] 106°
65°
90,4
M6 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED
[4.31]
109,5 [4.75]
[2.86] 120,6
[3.30] 72,8
83,7
[0.74]
[1.12] 18,7
28,4
[0.12]
3,1 [0.93] [0.12]
[0.25] [0.43]
23,6 3,1
6,3 10,9
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT [0.50]
12,7
H
Open Bar
Option
[1.06] [1.57]
See page 26,9 39,8
MC-ACC-7
for complete
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
offering of open [0.25]
bar accessories 6,4 [0.22]
[1.00] Ø5,6
Flanged Base 25,4
THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION
Model
[0.99]
202-U-L 25.1
202-U-L-BLK Bar Style Clamp Models H K
[0.25]
6.4
202-U/202-UB/ [1.73] [0.98]
202-USS/202-TU 44,1 25
[1.50]
38.1
[2.29] [1.51]
[2.51] 202-UL 58,1 38,4
63.6
202/202-B/ [1.08]
---
202-T/202-SS 27,4
Straight Base 202-U-L/ [1.50]

Model ---
202-UB-L 38,1
202-UB-L
202-UB-L-BLK  This item is available upon request
MC-VHD-16
Application Example
Application Areas
Clamping during the assembling, drilling, testing, gluing,
locking of covers and much more. The vertical clamp is the
most frequently used product whenever clamping products
are to be integrated with a manual fixture.
The essential product features

• In the clamping position, the handle is vertical
• Vertical clamps open at an angle between 75° and 215°
• Vertical clamps are offered with U-shaped or heavy-duty
solid clamping bars
• Vertical clamps have a straight or flanged base.
The heavy-duty vertical clamps possess a base that
can be welded on without a hole pattern
207 Series

• L argest selection of arm and mounting • Checking fixtures See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
options • Assembly & test 807-U Pneumatic toggle clamp
• Low profile T-Handle version available • Light machining (See page MC-PTC-8)
• Available in stainless steel • Woodworking
• BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish 807-S Pneumatic toggle clamp
(See page MC-PTC-8)
Accepts M8 or 5/16 spindle accessories
207-U 207-UL 207-USS 207-S 207-L

Flanged Base Flanged Base Stainless Flanged Base Flanged Base
U-Bar Long U-Bar Flanged Base Solid Bar Long Solid Bar
U-Bar
207-TU 207-TUL 207-UR 207-LR 207-UB

Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base
T-Handle T-Handle U-Bar Long Solid Bar U-Bar
U-Bar Long U-Bar with with
DESTACO® DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Toggle Lock
Plus Plus
207-ULB 207-SB 207-LB 207-LBR 207-UF

Straight Base Straight Base Straight Base Straight Base U-Bar
Long U-Bar Solid Bar Long Solid Long Solid Dual Mount
Bar Bar with
DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
207-SF 207-U-L 207-U-L-BLK 207-UB-L 207-UB-L-BLK

Solid Bar Flange Base Blackout Series Straight Base Blackout Series
Dual Mount Open Bar Flanged Base Open Bar Straight Base
Open U-Bar Open U-Bar
207305
Flanged Grip. Provides added safety and protection. Fits all
207 Series (except T-Handle) clamps. Order separately.  This item is available upon request
MC-VHD-18
207 Series
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
207-U 0,30kg [0.67lb]
207-UR 1670 N [375 lbf] 0,45kg [1.00lb] --- 225208-M 507107
207-UL 0,30kg [.67lb]
207-USS 2000 N [450 lbf] 0,32kg [0.70lb] --- 207943-M 507907
207-S 0,31kg [0.69lb]

207-L 2220 N [500 lbf] 0,34kg [0.74lb] 207105 --- ---
207-LR 0,45kg [1.00lb]
99° 57°
207-UB
1670 N [375 lbf] 0,33kg [0.72lb] --- 225208-M 507107
207-ULB
207-SB 0,31kg [0.69lb]
207-LB 2220 N [500 lbf] 0,34kg [0.75lb] 207105 --- ---
207-LBR 0,45kg [1.00lb]
207-TU
1670 N [375 lbf] 0,33kg [0.72lb] --- --- 507107
207-TUL
207-UF 1670 N [375 lbf] 96° 56° 0,43kg [0.94lb] --- 225208-M 507107
207-SF 2220 N [500 lbf] 90° 0,38kg [0.84lb] 207105 --- ---
207-U-L 507107
207-U-L-BLK 57° 507107-BLK
1670 N [375 lbf] 99° 0,38kg [0.84lb] --- ---
207-UB-L 507107
207-UB-L-BLK 507107-BLK
Holding Capacities
AF
[2.00] [3.75] [225 lbf]
U/UB/UR 12:1 6:1
50,8 95,3 [375 lbf] 1000N
Y 1670N
UL/ULB [3.88] [5.00] [150 lbf]
EF EF 7:1 4:1
98,5 127 670N
[2.00] [4.90] [450 lbf] [240 lbf]
USS 5:1
HC HC 50,8 [3.75] 124,5 2000N 1070N
2 1
[2.88] 95,3
S/SB 10:1 7:1
X 73,0 [500 lbf] [350 lbf]
X1 L/LR [1.28] [2.88] [5.00] 2220N 1560N
32,6 5:1
X2 LB/LBR 73,0 127
[2.00] [3.75] [225 lbf]
TU 6:1 4:1
50,8 95,3 [3.66] [375 lbf] 1000N
[3.88] [5.00] 9 1670N [150 lbf]
TUL 4:1 3:1
98,5 127 670N
U-L
[2.00] [3.75] [4.90] [375 lbf] [2225 lbf]
12:1 6:1
50,8 95,3 124,5 1670N 1000N
UB-L
207 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UL/-S/-L/-TU/-TUL/-UR/-LR/-UB/-ULB/-SB-/-LB/-LBR
207-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar K
[0.33]
8,4
U-BAR/LONG U-BAR
[0.56] [1.15]
14,3 29,3 DESTACO®
[3.12] TOGGLE LOCK
79,2 PLUS OPTION
57°
99°
M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED
T-HANDLE [6.93] [7.48]
[0.63] [1.25] 176 189,9
[4.43] 16 31,8
112,4
FLANGED FLANGED
BASE BASE
[1.55]
STRAIGHT [0.12] 39,4 STRAIGHT [0.12]
[0.32] 3
BASE 3 H BASE
8,1
[0.24] RANGE OF
6 ADJUSTMENT
207-SB [0.34] [0.75]

Straight Base Ø8,7 19
H
Solid Bar
SOLID BAR/LONG SOLID BAR
[1.73] [1.25]
44 31,8
[0.31] [0.28]
[0.24] 8
6 Ø7,2 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[1.38]
35
Bar Style Clamp Models H K

[2.14] [1.30]
207-U/207-UR/207-TU/207-UB
54,4 33
[3.84] [2.94]
207-UL/207-ULB/207-TUL
97,6 74,6
[2.21]
207-S/207-SB ---
56,2
[3.48]
207-L/207-LR/207-LB/207-LBR 88,4
---
MC-VHD-20
207 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | Dual Mount
[0.34] [3.20] [1.38] [1.30] [0.28]

Ø8,7 81,2 35,1 33 7,1
Model [0.34]
8,6
207-SF [1.50]
38,1
[0.25] [0.13] [1.50]
6,4 3,3 38,1 [0.45]
11,4
[3.69]
93,7
57°
90° 56°
Model
207-UF
[0.44] [8.30] [0.63] M8 OR 5/16

11,2 210,8 16
[0.63]
[0.12] 16
[0.63] 3,1
16
[2.69]
68,2 [2.68] [0.12]
68,2 3
[1.00] [1.38]
25,4 [5.03] [1.86]
35,1 [1.00]
[1.50] 127,7 47,2
38,1 25,4
[0.44] [0.27]
11,2 Ø6,7
[0.63]
16  This item is available upon request
Open Bar Option Stainless Steel

See page MC-ACC-7 for [2.11] [1.00]
[0.33] 53,5 25,3
Complete offering of 8,3
Open bar accessories
[0.59]
15
[4.44]
112,9
99° 57°
Flanged Base
Model M8 OR
[1.30] [1.30]Model 5/16
207-U-L [2.21] [5.63]
33 33207-USS[2.21]
ADJ, 56,1 ADJ, 56,1 143
207-U-L-BLK
[0.12]
[0.63] 3,1
[0.33] [0.33] 16
Ø8,4 Ø8,4 [1.25]
[3.41] [3.41] [0.18]
86,6 86,6 31,7 4,6
[1.56]
39,6
[0.75]
19,1
[0.28]
[0.31]
Ø7,1
7,9
Straight Base mm [INCH] mm [INCH] [1.75]
Model 44,3
207-UB-L [1.38] [1.25]
207-UB-L-BLK PROJECTION PROJECTION
35,1 31,6
210 Series

• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus versions available • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Available in stainless steel • Light machining 810-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
• Accommodates M10 or 3/8 spindle accessories • Light welding (See page MC-PTC-9)
810-S Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-9)
210-U 210-USS 210-S 210-UB 210-SB

Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Straight Base,
U-Bar U-bar, Stainless Solid Bar U-bar Solid Bar
Steel
210-UR 210-SR 210-TU

Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base
U Bar Solid Bar U Bar,
with with T-Handle
DESTACO® DESTACO®
Plus Plus
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
210-U 2670 N [600 lbf] 240208-M 235106
---
210-USS 237943-M 235906
3340 N [750 lbf]
210-S 0,59kg [1.29lbs] 210114 237943-M ---
210-UB 2670 N [600 lbf] --- 240208-M 235106

103° 58°
210-SB 3340 N [750 lbf] 210114 --- ---
210-UR 2670 N [600 lbf] --- 240208-M 235106
0,73kg [1.60lbs]
210-SR 3340 N [750 lbf] 210114 --- ---
210-TU 2670 N [600 lbf] 0,62kg [1.36lbs] --- --- 235106
MC-VHD-22
210 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacties
AF
Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF EF(X2):AF
[600lbf.] [290lbf.]
U/UB/UR
[2.38] [4.88] [6.75] 2670N 1290N
Y 14:1 7:1
60,5 124 171,5 [750lbf.] [360lbf.]
EF EF USS
[1.54] 3340N 1600N
39 [3.62] [5.25] [750lbf.] [500lbf.]
HC HC S/SR/SB 9:1
2 1 92,0 133 [4.50] 3340N 2220N
11:1
X [2.38] [4.88] 114,5 [600lbf.] [290lbf.]
TU 5:1
60,5 124 2670N 1290N
X1
X2 Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
Dimensions | -U/-USS/-S/-UB/-SB-/-UR/-SR/-TU
210-U [6.70]
Flanged Base 170,2
U-Bar [2.35]
[0.40] 59,7
10,2
[0.95] [1.16]
24 29,4
DESTACO®
[6.02] TOGGLE LOCK
152,9 PLUS OPTION
103°
58°
M10 OR 3/8
[9.11]
231,5
[8.19]
208
[5.43] [1.67]
137,9 42,4
[0.79] [2.20]
20 55,9
[0.12] [0.35] [0.12]

[0.31] 3 [3.65]
9 92,8 3
8
[5.54]
140,8
[0.31] [1.26]
210-SR 8 32
Flanged Base [0.26]
Solid Bar R 6,5
with
[2.56] [1.77]
DESTACO® 45
65
Toggle Lock
Plus [0.31]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[1.89]
8 48
[0.33]
[5.51] Ø 8,3 PROJECTION PROJECTION
140
247, 267 Series

• Hardened steel bushings • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Large bar guides for greater • Light machining 847-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
lateral stability on Model 247 • Welding (See page MC-PTC-15)
• Series 247 accommodates M12 847-S Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
or 1/2 spindle accessory (See page MC-PTC-15)
• Series 267 accommodates M16
or 5/8 spindle accessory
247-U 247-S 247-UB 267-U 267-S

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Flanged Base Flanged Base
U-Bar Solid Bar U-Bar U-Bar Solid Bar
Note:
Clamps shown with included accessories.
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
247-U 1,07kg [2.36lbs] --- 247208-M 247109
247-S 4400 N [1000 lbf] 120° 67° 1,08kg [2.36lbs] 247110 --- ---
247-UB 1,07kg [2.36lbs] --- 247208-M 247109
267-U 2,18kg [4.80lbs] --- 267203-M 267102
5340 N [1200 lbf] 140° 72°
267-S 1,98kg [4.36lbs] 110122 --- ---
Holding Capacities
AF
247-U/ [3.00] [6.13] [480lbf.]
12:1 6:1
247-UB [1.69] 76,2 155,7 [6.71] [1000lbf.] 2140N
Y 43 [4.56] [7.00] 170,5 4450N [650lbf.]
247-S 10:1 5:1
EF EF 115,8 177,8 2900N
[4.00] [8.00] [600lbf.]
267-U 18:1
HC HC [2.50] 101,6 203,2 [9.25] [1200lbf.] 2670N
2 1 8:1
63,5 [6.00] [8.75] 235 5340N [820lbf.]
X
267-S 152,4 222,3 3650N
12:1
X1 Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
X2 See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.  This item is available upon request
MC-VHD-24
247, 267 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-S/-UB
247-U [4.88]
123,8
Flanged Base
[3.15]
U-Bar 80
[1.36]
34,6
M12 OR 1/2 120°

IF SUPPLIED
67°
[0.87]
22,2
[8.86] [9.58]
225 243,4
[1.98]
50,3
[2.33]
59,3
[0.19]
4,7
[0.38] [0.39]
9,6 10
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT
247-S [0.57]
Flanged Base Ø 14,4 [4.89] [1.26]
124,2 32
Solid Bar
[1.77] [2.52]
45 64
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.37]
[0.38] 9,4
[0.35]
9,5
[2.00] Ø 8,8 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
50,8 PROJECTION PROJECTION
267 Series
Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions
267-U [5.87]
149,1
Flanged Base
U-Bar [3.92]
99,7
[1.61]
40,8
140°
M16 OR 5/8 72°

IF SUPPLIED
[11.97]
304
[1.25]
31,8
[3.08]
78,3
[0.19]
[5.87]
4,7
149,1
[1.89] [8.87]
48 225,3
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT
267-S
Flanged Base
[5.88] [2.00]
Solid Bar 149,2 50,8
[0.38]
[0.64] 9,5
Ø 16,3 [2.75] [3.74]
69,8 95
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.50]
[3.00] [0.48]
76,2 Ø 12,3
MC-VHD-26
Application Examples
Model 210-U
used in an airframe
assembly fixture
Model 210-U
shown being used
in a checking fixture
application.
Model 533-LB
and 227-UB shown
with black finish in
a fixture for used for
optical inspection.
5905, 5910, 5915 Series
Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
Features: Applications:
•H igh strength forged clamping arm for • Welding fixtures
heavy-duty service • Assembly fixtures
• Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings
provide long life
• Black oxide finish
5905/5910/5915 5905-B/5910-B/5915-B
Flanged Base Solid Base
Max. Holding Clamp Bar Handle

Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
5905 [750lbf.] [1.08lbs] 0,49kg
135° 70°
5905-B 3340N [0.82lbs] 0,37kg
5910 [1600lbf.] [2.84lbs] 1,29kg
132° 71°
5910-B 7120N [2.24lbs] 1,02kg
5915 [2750lbf.] [6.16lbs] 2,79kg
147° 74°
5915-B 12230N [5.11lbs] 2,32kg
Removable handle stop

can be repositioned to limit
opening angle to 90.°
MC-VHD-28
5905, 5910, 5915 Series
Heavy-Duty Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions
HANDLE
OPENING
BAR
OPENING
H1 H
C1
A4
B2
A5 A3 C2
B3
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
F B B1

A2 A D
A1
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 B3 C C1 C2 D F H H1 L
[1.00] [1.50] [0.25] [1.51] [0.25] [2.49] [1.50] [2.13] [0.59] [1.02] [1.27] [0.51] [0.24] [0.29] [0.56] [6.51] [6.75] [4.02]
5905 25,4 38,1 6,4 38,4 6,4 63,2 38,1 54,1 15,0 25,9 32,3 12,9 6,1 7,3 14,2 165,4 171,4 102.10
[1.50] [2.24] [0.37] [2.25] [0.25] [3.76] [2.00] [2.76] [0.75] [1.57] [1.75] [0.75] [0.24] [0.41] [0.75] [9.04] [9.27] [6.02]
5910 38,1 56,9 9,4 57,2 6,4 95,5 50,8 70,1 19,1 39,9 44,5 19,1 6,1 10,5 19,1 229,5 235,5 152.88
[2.00] [2.95] [0.48] [2.99] [0.38] [5.00] [2.75] [3.88] [0.98] [1.97] [2.37] [1.00] [0.35] [0.55] [1.00] [10.89] [11.25] [7.50]
5915 50,8 74,9 12,2 75,9 9,7 127,0 69,9 98,6 24,9 50,0 60,2 25,4 8,9 14,0 25,4 276,7 285,7 190.50
Model A3 A5 B2 B3
[1.51] [2.49] [0.59] [1.02]
5905-B 38,4 63,2 15,0 25,9
[2.25] [3.76] [0.75] [1.57]
5910-B 57,2 95,5 19,1 39,9
[2.99] [4.92] [0.98] [1.97]
5915-B 76 125 25 50
5105, 5110 Series
•H igh strength forged clamping arm for • Welding fixtures
heavy-duty service • Assembly fixtures
provide long life
• Large clearance under the clamping bar
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus versions available†
5105/5110 5105-B/5110-B 5105-R/5110-R 5105-BR/5110-BR

Flanged Base Soild Flanged Base Solid Base
Base with with
DESTACO® DESTACO®
Plus Plus

Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
5105 [1.12lbs] 0,51kg
5105-B [700lbf.] [1.06lbs] 0,48kg
89° 159°
5105-R 3100N [1.10lbs] 0,50kg
5105-BR [1.17lbs] 0,53kg
5110 [2.98lbs] 1,35kg
5110-B [1150lbf.] [2.95lbs] 1,34kg
74° 138°
5110-R 5100N [3.00lbs] 1,36kg
5110-BR [3.02lbs] 1,37kg
 This item is available upon request.
† Toggle Lock Plus locks the handle in the closed position only.
MC-VHD-30
5105, 5110 Series
B3 BAR
OPENING
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
C1 HANDLE
H H1 OPENING
C4 C
C3
B2 C2
A
B4
mm [INCH] F
mm [INCH]
B B1
A3 A D
A1
L
Model A A1 A2 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C4 D F H1 L
5105 --
[1.00] [1.62] [0.31] [1.46] [2.24] [0.59] [0.98] [0.51] [0.16] [2.54] [0.26] [0.56] [6.54] [4.13]
25,4 41,2 7,9 37 57 15 [1.48] 25 13,0 4,0 64,6 6,6 14,3 166,1 104,9
5105-R
37,5
5110 --
[1.50] [2.50] [0.50] [2.00] [2.76] [0.79] [1.26] [0.87] [0.20] [3.37] [0.35] [0.75] [8.70] [6.33]
38,1 63,5 12,7 50,8 70 20 [1.67] 32 22,0 5,0 85,6 9,0 19,1 221,1 160,9
5110-R
42,5
Model A3 B2 B3 B4 C C1 C3 F H
5105-B --
[2.50] [0.59] [0.98] [2.14] [0.51] [0.59] [0.56] [6.14]
63,5 15 [1.48] 25 54,3 13,0 15,0 14,3 156,0
5105-BR 37,5
5110-B --
[3.54] [0.79] [1.26] [3.05] [0.87] [0.98] [0.75] [8.39]
90 20 [1.67] 32 77,5 22,0 25,0 19,1 213,0
5110-BR 42,5
528 Series
•H ardened steel bushings at pivot points • Assembly & test
for long life • Light machining
• Solid bar may be modified to suit application • Welding
requirements • Medium to heavy
duty clamping
requirements
528 528-F  Technical Information

Flanged Base Front Mount
Solid Bar Base Solid Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
528 4450 N [2.50lbs]
180° 177°
528-F [1000 lbf] 1,13kg
 528 Model
This item is available upon request
Holding Capacities | Dimensions

AF Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF
528 [1.38] [3.50] [6.00] [5.50] [1000lbf.] [580lbf.]
23:1 12:1
528-F 35 89 152 140 4450N 2580N
Y
EF EF
[6.91]
HC HC 175,6
2 1 [0.75]
19
X
X1
X2
180
[8.64]
219,4 [0.87] 177
22,2
[2.07]
[2.60]
52,5
66,1
[0.24]
6
[3.40]
86,4
[3.94]
[0.50]
100,1
12,7
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[2.25]
57,2 [1.25]
[1.77] [0.41]
45 Ø 10,4
MC-VHD-32
548, 578 Series
• L arge bar guides for lateral stability • Assembly & test
• Hardened steel pins and bushings for long life • Light machining
• Replaceable pins • Welding
• Heavy duty
clamping
requirements
548 578 Technical Information

Straight Base Straight Base
Solid Bar Solid Bar Clamp Bar Handle
Max. Holding
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
548 11100N [2500lbf] 2,40kg [5.30lbs]
199° 129°
578 17800N
548 / [4000lbf]
578 Model 4,14kg [9.12lbs]

AF
[2.75] [3.50] [6.00] [7.50] [2500lbf] [1500lbf.]
548 4.5:1 3.4:1
70 89 152 190 11100N 6680N
Y
[4.25] [4.50] [7.00] [10.31] [4000lbf] [2500lbf.]
578 7.6:1 4.2:1
EF EF 108 114 178 262 17800N 11100N
HC HC See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
2 1
X
X1 OPENING
X2
H
C1
C2 L1 A1
B1
mm [INCH] mm [IN
B
B2 F1 THIRD ANGLE FIRST AN

PROJECTION PROJECT
L
Model A1 B B1 B2 C C1 C2 F1 H L L1
[3.25] [2.01] [0.75] [2.26] [2.24] [1.00] [0.31] [0.75] [9.45] [7.50] [4.25]
548
82,6 51 19,1 57,5 56,9 25,4 7,9 19,1 240 190,5 107,9
[4.02] [2.38] [0.87] [2.70] [2.79] [1.26] [0.37] [0.87] [11.04] [8.62] [4.61]
578
102,1 60,5 22,1 68,6 70,9 32 9,5 22,1 280,3 219 117,1
533, 535 Series

•H ardened steel bushings and pivot pins • Welding See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Large bar guides for greater lateral support • Heavy duty
• Solid clamping bar may be modified to suit clamping
application requirements applications
533-L 533-LB 535-L 535-LB

Flanged Base Straight Base Flanged Base Straight Base
Solid Bar Solid Bar Solid Bar Solid Bar
Model Opening Opening Weight Bolt Retainer
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
533-L
7000 N [1575 lbf] 1,00kg [2.20lbs] 533108-M
533-LB
120° 90°
535-L
10000 N [2250 lbf] 1,85kg [4.087lbs] 535108-M
535-LB
MC-VHD-34
535-L 533, 535 Series
F1
D3 D2
533-L
Flanged Base
Solid Bar
125°
H 92°
H1
C1
A8 C7 C6
C5 C
Ø D1
B2
C4
C2 C3
A A3 ØD
535-L B1 L1 A1
Flanged Base
B3 Ø D1
Solid Bar
B4 B5
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
A4 A 15
A1
L PROJECTION PROJECTION
Model A A1 A3 A4 A8 B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 C C1 C2
[0.08] [1.77] [2.44] [1.86]
533-L
[1.18] [2.36] 2 [0.20] [1.52] [0.39] [0.69] [1.75] 45 62 47,2 [0.79]
30 59,9 5.1 38,6 9,9 15,5 44,5 20,1
533-LB -- -- --
[0.59] [0.19]
15 [2.05] [2.87] [2.63] 4,8
535-L --
[1.77] [2.95] [0.18] [1.89] [0.47] [0.89] [2.13] 52,1 72,9 66,8 [0.98]
45 74,9 4,6 48 11,9 22,6 54,1 24,9
535-LB -- -- --
Model C3 C4 C5 C6 C7 D D1 D2 D3 F1 H H1 L L1
[2.24] [8.6]
533-L -- -- -- -- -- --
56,9 [0.33] [0.35] [0.59] [0.39] 218,4 [4.92] [2.56]
[0.39] [0.59] [1.86] [2.56] [0.22] 8,4 8,9 15 9,9 [9.31] 125 65
533-LB -- --
9,9 15 55,1 65 5.6 236,5
[3.13] [10.35]
535-L -- -- -- -- -- --
79,5 [0.41] [0.43] [0.79] [0.47] 262,9 [6.30] [3.35]
[0.59] [0.79] [2.95] [3.44] [0.30] 10,4 10,9 20,1 11,9 [11.26] 160 85,1
535-LB -- --
15 20,1 74,9 87,4 7,6 286
558 Series

•F orged alloy steel handle and links for • Welding Model 858 Pneumatic Toggle clamp
rugged service • Heavy duty See page MC-PTC-17
• Hardened steel pins and bushings clamping
• Hold down bar can be machined to suit requirements
application requirements
558 Technical Information

Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
558 11100 N [2500 lbf] 192° 64° 2,27kg [5.0lbs]
AF Model X X1 ‡HC1 ‡HC2

65,8 76,2 [2500 lbf] [1500 lbf]
558
[2.59] [3.00] 11100 N 6680 N
Y
EF EF
Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” , ‡ HC = Holding Capacity
HC HC
2 1
[1.34]
34
X OPENING
X1
X2
[11.19]
284,3
[1.00]
25,4
[3.74]
95
[0.44] [4.91] [2.13]

11,1 124,7 54
[1.94] [8.00] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
49,2 203,2

[1.00] PROJECTION PROJECTION
25,4
MC-VHD-36
91090 Series

•F ront flange mount • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Accepts M8 or 5/16” spindle accessory • Checking fixtures
(not supplied) • Light machining
• Woodworking
91090
Front Flanged Base
Open Bar
Technical Information | Dimensions
Recommended Accessories
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
91090 1710 N [385 lbf] 100° 60° 0,37kg [0.81lbs] --- 507208-M 507107
[0.31]
8
[0.13] [0.62]
3,2 [2.40] 15,8
60,9
[0.63]
16
[0.28] [7.89]
Ø7 200,4
[3.35] [2.72]
[1.46] 85,0 69
37
[3.02]
[1.31] [0.79] 76,7
33,4 20 [4.72]
[1.98] 120 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
50,4

[4.72]
120
317 Series

•D ual mounting surfaces • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Large bar opening angle • Checking fixtures 817-U Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
• Accommodates M8 or 5/16” • Light machining (See page MC-PTC-21)
spindle accessories • Woodworking 817-S Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
(See page MC-PTC-21)
317-U 317-S
U-Bar Solid Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
317-U 1670 N [375 lbf] --- 507208-M 507107
185° 60° 0,34kg [0.75lbs]
317-S 1780 N [400 lbf] 207105 --- ---
Holding Capacities
AF
Y Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

[2.00] [3.75] [375 lbf] [200lbf.]
EF EF 317-U 17:1 8:1
[1.57] 50,8 95,3 [4.00] 1670 N 900N
40,0 [2.50] [5.00] 101,6 [400 lbf] [190lbf.]
HC HC 317-S 13:1 5:1
2 1 63,5 127,0 1780 N 850N
X Dimensions shown “mm [inch]” ‡ HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
X1
X2
MC-VHD-38
317 Series
[2.53]
64,3
[1.97]
317-U [0.34] 50
U-Bar 8,6
[0.28]
7,1
M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED
OPENING
[0.63]
16
[2.68] [5.28]
[1.38]
68,1 134
35,1
[0.27]
Ø 6,7 [1,02]
[0.63] 26
16 [1.00] RANGE OF
25,4 ADJUSTMENT [4.00]
[1.50] 101,6
38,1
[0.34]
Ø 8,7 [0.63]
317-S 16 [1.00]
25,4
Solid Bar [1.50]
38,1
[0.44] [0.27] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

[0.25] 11,2 Ø 6,7
6,4 [3.20] [1.38]
81,2 35,1 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
527 Series
•H ardened steel bushings at pivot points • Assembly & test
• Solid bar can be modified to suit application • Light machining
requirements • Woodworking
• Thumb lever on link for easy opening
527 527-F  Technical Information

Flanged Base Front Mount v
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
527 [2.50lbs]
4450 N [1000 lbf] 195° 65°
527-F 1,13kg

AF
[3.12]
527
79,2 [3.50] [6.00] [4.00] [1000lbf.] [580lbf.]
Y 23:1 12:1
[2.53] 89,0 152,4 101,6 4450N 2580N
527-F
EF EF 64,3
HC HC See page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
2 1
[6.78]
X 172,2
[0.75]
X1 19
X2
OPENING
[2.47]
62,8
[0.75]
19
[2.17] [0.19]
55,1 4,8
[3.87] [3.25]
98,2 82,6
[3.84]
97,6
[0.87]
22,1
[2.22] [1.25]
56,4 31,8
[0.87] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

22,1 [0.41]
[1.83] Ø 10,4
46,5
[8.14] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
206,8
MC-VHD-40
7-101, 7-58, 7-59, 7-60 Series
Heavy Duty Cam Action Series | Product Overview
•C am action accommodates variable • Light machining
workpiece thickness • Welding
• Heavy duty construction • Assembly
• Solid clamp arms may be modified to
suit application requirements
7-101 7-58
Max. Holding Clamp Bar
Model Opening Weight
Capacity (+10° )
7-101 2110 N [475 lbf] 80° 0,45kg [1.0lbs]
7-58 2670 N [600 lbf] 95° 0,91kg [2.0lbs]
7-59 4450 N [1000 lbf] 95° 1,36kg [3.0lbs]
7-60 7120 N [1600 lbf] 80° 2,27kg [5.0lbs]
Dimensions
OPENING
H C1
S MAX
C3
C
L2
L3 ØD
C2
B B1
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
F1
A3 A
L1 A1
Model A A1 A3 B B1 C C1 C2 C3 D F1 H L L1 L2 S max.
[0.75] [1.25] [0.25] [1.25] [1.75] [1.44] [0.50] [0.31] [1.00] [0.22] [0.50] [5.00] [4.63] [3.12] [0.13]
7-101 19,1 31,8 6,1 31,8 44,5 36,6 12,7 7,9 25,4 5,6 12,7 127 117,6 79,3
-
3,3
[1.00] [1.69] [0.34] [1.62] [2.25] [1.87] [0.56] [0.38] [1.12] [0.28] [0.50] [7.00] [6.99] [2.55] [0.13]
7-58 25,4 42,9 8,6 41,2 57,2 47,5 14,2 9,7 28,5 7,1 12,7 177,8 177,6 64,8
-
3,3
[1.38] [2.06] [0.39] [1.88] [2.50] [2.19] [0.63] [0.44] [1.25] [0.34] [0.63] [8.50] [6.00] [3.50] [1.24] [0.19]
7-59 35,1 52,3 9,9 47,8 63,5 55,6 16 11,2 31,8 8,6 16 215,9 152,4 88,9 31,5 4,8
[1.62] [2.44] [0.44] [2.12] [2.88] [2.50] [0.88] [0.50] [1.44] [0.41] [0.75] [9.50] [7.40] [4.38] [1.97] [0.25]
7-60 41,2 62 11,2 53,9 73,2 63,5 22,4 12,7 36,6 10,4 19,1 241,3 188 111,3 50 6,4
229 Series

•C am action clamp holds workpieces • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
of varying height • Light machining
• Total clamping range of 8mm [.31in.] • Welding
• Accommodates M12 or ½” accessories
229
Flanged Base
Open Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
229 4450 N [1000 lbf] 115° 180° 1,17kg [2.59lbs] 229203 247109
Holding Capacities
AF
[1.53] [3.00] [6.12] [7.06] [1000lbf.] [500lbf.]
229 7:1 3:1
38,9 76,2 155,4 179,3 4450N 2230N
Y
EF EF
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
X2
MC-VHD-42
229 Series
229
[1.41]
Flanged Base 35,9
Open Bar
[0.49]
12,4 [3.81]
96,8
115
M12 OR 1/2" 180

IF SUPPLIED
[10.30]
261,6
[0.31]
[1.00] 8,0
25,4 MAX.
[2.05]
52,1
[0,80] [0.19]
[5.26] 4,7
20,4
133,5
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT
[7.13]
181,1
[0.33]
Ø 8,4
[2.00] [2.75]
50,8 69,9
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.50] [0.88]
12,7 22,2
[1.88]
47,6
500 Series
Weldable Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview

• Hardened
pivot pins and bushings • Welding See page MC-VHD-46 for accessories
• Weldable clamping bar • Assembly
• LSC version with locking spring clip for securing • Heavy duty,
the handle in the open position production
• Modular design allows you to set up the clamping
clamp to meet application requirements applications
501-B 501-LB 503-MB 503-MLB 503-MBLSC

Swivel Base Long Base Swivel Base Long Base Swivel Base
with Locking
Spring Clip
503-MLBLSC 505-MB 505-MLB 505-MBLSC 505-MLBLSC

Long Base Swivel Base Long Base Swivel Base Long Base
with Locking with Locking with Locking
Spring Clip Spring Clip Spring Clip
506-MB 506-MLB 506-MBLSC 506-MLBLSC

Swivel Base Long Base Swivel Base Long Base
with Locking with Locking
Spring Clip Spring Clip
Model 505-MLB in a robotic welding fixture  This item is available upon request
MC-VHD-44
500 Series
Clamp Bar Note:

Max. Holding The clamping bars are made from
Model Opening Weight
Capacity (+10° ) forged alloy steel and must be heated
to 200°C(400°F) prior to welding.
501-B 0,18kg [0.40lbs]
2000 N [450 lbf] We recommend welding the handles,
501-LB 0,20kg [0.44lbs] clamp arms, and mounting bases
503-MB 0,70kg [1.54lbs] when disassembled. Welding of non
pre-heated parts may only be done
503-MLB
7000 N [1575 lbf] 0,80kg [1.76lbs] with the addition of welding fillers.
503-MBLSC
503-MLBLSC 0,90kg [1.98lbs]
505-MB 1,40kg [3.09lbs]
200°
505-MLB
11000 N [2475 lbf] 1,50kg [3.31lbs]
505-MBLSC
505-MLBLSC 1,60kg [3.53lbs]
506-MB 2,60kg [5.73lbs]
506-MLB
22500 N [5060 lbf] 2,80kg [6.17lbs]
506-MBLSC
506-MLBLSC 3,00kg [6.61lbs]
Clamping Position Open Position
Patented spring latch hold-open device 3. S wivel the clamp into the open position
1. Mount the clamp and place it in the closed position 4. In this position, weld the bracket with
2. Position the bracket in the leaf spring the bar guide feature at point
500 Series
Weldable Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -B/-LB/-MB/-MLB/-MBLSC/-MLBLSC
Swivel Base Long Base

B A øD1
B A øD1
R
60°
H3
60 Opening
H3
° Opening
H
H
øD
øD
H1
H2
B1 A1 A2
B3
B1 A1 A4
B2 A3
B3
LSC-version LSC-version
503-MB 503-MLB
Swivel Base Long Base
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

Swivel Base Dimensions
Model A A1 A2 B B1 B3 ØD ØD1 H H1 H3 R
[1.13] [0.56] [0.75] [0.79] [0.25] [1.09] [0.19] [0.50] [1.12] [2.20] [0.37]
501-B 28,6 14,3 19,1 20,0 6,4 27,8 4,8 12,7 28,5 56 9,5
[0.79]
503-MB [1.54] [0.50] [1.12] [1.52] [0.39] [1.82] [0.31] [0.69] [1.96] 20 [3.51] [0.53]
503-MBLSC 39,2 12,8 28,5 38,5 10 46,2 8 17,5 49,8 89,1 13,5
505-MB [2.22] [1.02] [1.38] [1.89] [0.48] [2.31] [0.37] [0.87] [2.79] [1.10] [4.33] [0.72]
505-MBLSC 56,5 25,9 35 48 12,3 58,6 9,5 22,2 70,8 28 110,1 18,3
506-MB [2.82] [1.27] [1.97] [1.91] [0.63] [2.72] [0.47] [0.94] [3.45] [1.29] [5.30] [0.84]
506-MBLSC 71,7 32,3 50 48,4 16 69 12 24 87,7 32,8 134,6 21,4
Long Base Dimensions
Model A A1 A3 A4 B B1 B2 B3 ØD ØD1 H H2 H3 R
[1.13] [1.13] [0.56] [0.79] [0.25] [0.51] [1.09] [0.19] [0.50] [1.12] [1.32] [2.21] [0.37]
501-LB 28,6 [0.50] 28,6 14,3 20 6,4 13 27,8 4,8 12,7 28,5 33,5 56,1 9,5
503-MLB [1.54] 12,8 [1.75] [0.75] [1.52] [0.39] [0.79] [1.82] [0.31] [0.69] [1.96] [1.97] [3.51] [0.53]
503-MLBLSC 39,2 44,5 19 38,5 10 20 46,2 8 17,5 49,8 50 89,1 13,5
505-MLB [2.22] [1.02] [2.09] [1.08] [1.89] [0.48] [0.88] [2.31] [0.37] [0.87] [2.79] [2.50] [4.33] [0.72]
505-MLBLSC 56,5 25,9 53 27,5 48 12,3 22,3 58,6 9,5 22,2 70,8 63,5 110,1 18,3
[0.84]
506-MLB
[2.82] [1.27] [2.58] [1.45] [1.91] [0.63] [1.10] [2.72] [0.47] [0.94] [3.45] [3.00] [5.30] 21.4
71,7 32,3 65,5 36,9 48,4 16 28 69 12 24 87,7 76,2 134,6 [8.43]
506-MLBLSC 214
MC-VHD-46
500 Series
Weldable Vertical Hold Down Clamps | Accessories

• Used
with 500 Series Vertical Clamps • Welding See page MC-VHD-43
• Allows you to customize the clamp to • Assembly for clamp linkage
suit application requirements • Heavy duty, production
clamping applications
HANDLE H1
F L3
Ø D1
C1 L2
S
CLAMP BAR
BASE PLATE A A1 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
B ØD THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

B1
Use Handle Clamping Bar Base Plate

Part No.
with ØD1 H1 C1 F L2 L3 A A1 B B1 ØD S
501503 6x10 61 - - - - - - - - - -
501 501501 - - 15 15 40 10 - - - - - -
503502 - - - - - - 25 40 35 50 6.3 8
503503-L Ø18 129.5 - - - - - - - - - -
503 503501 - - 25 20 50 8 - - - - - -
503502 - - - - - - 25 40 35 50 6.3 8
505503-L Ø22 159 - - - - - - - - - -
505 505501 - - 30 25 60 12 - - - - - -
505502 - - - - - - 40 60 30 50 8.1 8
506503-L Ø28 188 - - - - - - - - - -
506 506501 - - 35 30 75 15 - - - - - -
506502 - - - - - - 50 70 45 65 8.1 8
 This item is available upon request Note: Dimensions shown in millimeters.
MC-HHD-1
Series
206
309
307
305
235
225
215
205
245
237
227
217
213
5310
5305
2027
2017
2013
7
5
3
31
31
29
27
27
27
25
23
21
19
17
15
13
11
Page: MC-HHD-#
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
horizontal hold down clamps
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

N[lbf.]
3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]
5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]

7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]
0 to 10 [0 to 0.39]
10 to 20 [0.39 to 0.79]
20 to 30 [0.79 to 1.18]
30 to 40 [1.18 to 1.57]
mm [inch]
Height Under
Clamping Bar
40 to 50 [1.57 to 1.97]
50 to 60 [1.97 to 2.36]
0 to 25 [0 to 0.98]
25 to 40 [0.98 to 1.57]
40 to 55 [1.57 to 2.17]
55 to 70 [1.57 to 2.76]
70 to 85 [2.76 to 3.35]
mm [inch]
Overall Height
85 to 100 [3.35 to 3.94]

100+ [1.57+]
50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

70 to 85 [2.76 to 3.35]
nch]
Height
85 to 100 [3.35 to 3.94]
100+ [1.57+]
50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]

mm [inch]
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

Overall Length
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]
250+ [9.84+]
0 to 25 [0 to 0.98]
25 to 40 [0.98 to 1.57]
40 to 55 [1.57 to 2.17]
mm [inch]
Overal Width
55 to 70 [1.57 to 2.76]
Welding

Assembly
Checking Fixtures
Machining
Woodworking
Closures
Food Processing
Duty Cycle
Excellent/High
MC-HHD-2
Steel
Stainless Steel
Material
Standard
Toggle Lock Plus
Fair/Medium
U-Bar Version
Arm
Style
Solid Arm Version
Straight Base
Poor/Low
Flanged Base
Style
MC-HHD-2
Mounting
Weld-On Mounting
Normal
Service
Harsh/Dirty
Environment
horizontal hold down clamps
Not Recommended
2013 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview

• Increased handle clearance reduces pinch points • Checking fixtures See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Common mounting hole pattern to Model 213 • Assembly & test Accommodates M5 or #10
• Fixed handle pivot provides smooth action • Light machining spindle accessory
• Nearly 2 times the holding capacity Model 213 • Woodworking
• BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish • Closures
2013-U 2013-U-LS-BLK 2013-UR

Flanged Base Blackout Series Flanged Base, U-Bar
U-Bar Flanged Base, U-Bar with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
Max. Holding Clamp Handle Spindle Flanged
Model Bar Opening Opening Weight
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
2013-U 2013208-M 102111

2013-U-LS-BLK 1310 N [295 lbf] 71° 58° 0,17kg [0.37lb] -- 102111-BLK
2013-UR 2013208-M 102111
Holding Capacities
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X1 Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF
X2 [0.63] [0.95] [1.95] [2.34] [295lbf.] [175lbf.]
U/UR 6:1 4:1
16 24 49,5 59,5 1310N 780N
MC-HHD-3 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
MC-HHD-4
2013 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UR
2013-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar [2.65]
[0.21] 67,4
5,3
[0.10] DESTACO®
2,6 TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
M5 OR #10-32
[0.75]
19,1
[1.30]
33,1
[0.30] [0.11]
7,5 2,7
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT
[1.65]
42,0 [0.17]
4,3
[1.06]
26,9
[0.70]
[0.24] 17,7
[0.03] 6,1 [0.53]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
0,8 13,5
[1.00]
25,4
149,2
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-HHD-4
2017 Series

• Common mounting hole pattern to Model 217 • Assembly & test Accommodates M6 or ¼”
• Over 2½ times the holding capacity Model 217 • Woodworking
2017-U 2017-U-LS-BLK 2017-UR

U-Bar Flanged Base with DESTACO®
U-Bar Toggle Lock
Plus
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
2017-U 215208-M 215105

2017-UR 215208-M 215105
Holding Capacities
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [1.08] [1.65] [3.15] [2.54] [560lbf.] [245lbf.]
U/UR 5:1 2.5:1
27,4 42 80 64,5 2500N 1090N
MC-HHD-6
2017 Series
2017-U
[8.65]
Flanged Base 219,7
U-Bar [0.24]
6,1
[2.20]
55,9
[0.12]
3,0
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
M6 OR 1/4-20 PLUS OPTION
[0.98]
24,8
[1.95]
49,4
[0.12]
[0.20] 3,0
5,0 [2.53]
RANGE OF 64,2
ADJUSTMENT [4.21]
106,8
[0.14] [1.03]
R3.4 26,2
[1.21]
30,8
[1.86]
47,2
[0.32] [0.11]
8,2 2,8 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[1.68]
42,6
2027 Series

• Common mounting hole pattern to Model 227 • Assembly & test Accommodates M8 or 5/16”
• Over 1½ times the holding capacity Model 227 • Woodworking
2027-U 2027-U-LS-BLK 2027-UR

U-Bar Flanged Base with DESTACO®
U-Bar Toggle Lock
Plus
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
2027-U 2007208-M 507107

2027-UR 2007208-M 507107
Holding Capacities
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [1.02] [1.75] [3.30] [2.54] [840lbf.] [480lbf.]
U/UR 5:1 3:1
25,8 44,5 83,8 64,5 3740N 2140N
MC-HHD-8
2027 Series
2027-U
Flanged Base [0.33]
U-Bar 8,3
[2.22]
56,4
[0.12]
3,0
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
M8 OR 5/16-18 PLUS OPTION
[1.32]
33,6
[0.75]
19,1
[2.25]
57,2
[0.16]
[2.86] 4,2
72,7
[0.28]
7,0 [4.42]
RANGE OF 112,3
ADJUSTMENT
[2.86]
72,8 [1.03] [1.21]
26,2 30,8
[1.81]
45,9
[0.11] mm [INCH] mm [INC
[1.56] [0.14]
39,6 R 3,4 2,8
[9.88] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANG
250,9 PROJECTION PROJECTIO
213 Series

• Low profile • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Large handle clearance in the open position • Checking fixtures Accommodates M5 or #10
• Available in stainless steel • Closures spindle accessory
• BLK models feature a black, non-reflective finish • Woodworking
213-U 213-U-LS-BLK 213-USS 213-UB 213-UB-LS-BLK

U-Bar Flanged Base U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar Straight Base
U-Bar Steel U-Bar
213-U-L 213-U-L-BLK 213-UB-L 213-UB-L-BLK

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Blackout Series
Open Bar Open Bar Open Bar Straight Base
Open Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
213-U 213208-M 102111
213-U-LS-BLK -- 102111-BLK
213-USS 201943-M 102911
213-UB 213208-M 102111
213-UB-LS-BLK 670 N [150 lbf] 90° 60° 0,08kg [0.17lb] 102111-BLK
213-U-L 102111
213-U-L-BLK -- 102111-BLK
213-UB-L 102111
213-UB-L-BLK 102111-BLK
MC-HHD-10
213 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Holding Capacities
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

X1 U/USS/UB [0.36] [0.75] [1.63] [1.81] [150lbf.] [70lbf.]
7:1 3:1
X2 U-L/UB-L 9,3 19 41,4 46 670N 310N
213-U
Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB
[0.39]
213-U 9,8
Flanged Base [0.21]
5,4
U-Bar
[0.85]
21,5
M5 OR #10 OPENING
IF SUPPLIED
[0.37]
9,5
[0.74]
18,8
[1.39]
35,3 [1.72]
43,8
[0.92]
[0.16] 23,3 [1.42] [0.08]
4,0 36,0 2,0
[2.42] 213-UB
[0.26]
Series 213 Open Bar Options 6,6
61,4
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT [0.53]
13,5 [0.75]
19,0
[1.06]
See page MC-ACC-7 for 27,0
Complete offering of
Open bar accessories [0.17]
Flanged Base [0.23] 4,3
Model [0.06]
5,9 1,5
213-U-L [0.21]
5,4 [1.00]
25,4
[0.85] [4.05]
213_U_L 21,5 102,9
[1.23]
31,2 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Straight Base THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

Model
213-UB-L
[0.25]
Dimensions and technical information are6,4
subject to change without notice MC-HHD-10
217 Series

• Large handle clearance in the open position • Checking fixtures Accommodates M6 or ¼”

U-Bar Steel U-Bar

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Blackout Series
Open Bar Open Bar Open Bar Straight Base
Open Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
217-U 900 N [200 lbf] 202208-M 215105
217-U-LS-BLK -- 215105-BLK
217-USS 1110 N [250 lbf] 202943-M 215105
217-UB 202208-M 215105
217-UB-LS-BLK 91° 61° 0,18kg [0.40lb] 215105-BLK
217-U-L 215105
900 N [200 lbf]
217-U-L-BLK -- 215105-BLK
217-UB-L 215105
217-UB-L-BLK 215105-BLK
MC-HHD-12
217 Series
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

[200lbf.] [80lbf.]
X1 U
900N 360N
X2
[0.53] [1.13] [2.63] [2.93] [250lbf.] [100lbf.]
USS 7:1 3:1
13,5 28,6 66,8 74,5 1110N 440N
UB/U-L/ [200lbf.] [80lbf.]
UB-L 900N 360N
Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB
217-U [0.25] [1.54]

Flanged Base 6,4 39,0
Series 217 U-Bar
Open Bar Options
[0.56]
14,2
OPENING
M6 OR 1/4
Flanged Base IF SUPPLIED
Model
217-U-L [0.49]
12,5
[1.95]
[2.47] 49,6
62,8 [1.23]
[0.21] 31,1
5,4
[2.30] [0.10]
[0.92] 2,5
[0.85] [0.20] 23,4 58,4
3_U_L 21,5 5,0
Straight Base
[3.76] 217-UB
[1.23]
Model [0.12]
95,4
3,0
217-UB-L
31,2 RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT [0.19] [1.03]
Ø 4,8 26,2
See page MC-ACC-7 for
Complete offering of
Open bar accessories
[1.55] [1.12]
39,4 28,4
[0.25]
6,4
[0.12]
[0.52] 3,0
[1.49] 13,1 [0.22]
5,5
217_U_L 38
[0.21]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
5,4
[2.09] [1.46]
53,2 37,0
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE [6.58]
167,2
[0.34]
Dimensions
8,6 and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-HHD-12
227 Series

• Large handle clearance in the open position. • Checking fixtures Accommodates M6 or 5/16”

U-Bar Steel U-Bar

Flanged Base Blackout Series Straight Base Blackout Series
Open Bar Flanged Base Open Bar Straight Base
Open Bar Open Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
227-U 225208-M 507107
2220 N [500 lbf]
227-U-LS-BLK -- 507107-BLK
227-USS 2670 N [600 lbf] ‑207943-M 507907
227-UB 225208-M 507107
227-UB-LS-BLK 91° 56° 0,31kg [0.68lb] 507107-BLK
227-U-L 507107
2220 N [500 lbf]
227-U-L-BLK -- 507107-BLK
227-UB-L 507107
227-UB-L-BLK 507107-BLK
MC-HHD-14
227 Series
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [500lbf.] [225lbf.]
U
2220N 1000N
[0.39] [1.25] [2.75] [3.58] [600lbf.] [270lbf.]
USS 8:1 3:1
10,0 31,8 70,0 91,0 2670N 1200N
UB/U-L/ 500lbf.] [225lbf.]
UB-L 2220N 1000N
[0.21] Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB

5,4
227-U
[0.85] [1.54]
Flanged Base
213_U_L 21,5 39,1
U-Bar
[1.23]
31,2 [0.33]
8,4
[0.83]
21,2
M8 OR 5/16
Series 227 Open Bar Options
[0.25] IF SUPPLIED OPENING
6,4
[0.56]
14,3
[1.49] [1.25]
217_U_L 38 31,8
[2.40]
[2.96]
[2.09] 61,1 [1.55]
75,3
53,2 39,3
See page MC-ACC-7 for
Complete offering of [0.12]
[0.24] 3,0
Open bar accessories 6,0 [0.16]
[2.65]
67,2
Flanged Base 4,0
[0.34] RANGE OF
Model 8,6 [4.23]
ADJUSTMENT
227-U-L 107,3
[1.49] [8.38]
37,7 212,8 [1.02]
227_U_L 26,0 [1.24]
[0.19]
[2.39] Ø 4,8 31,6
60,7
[1.74]
[4.43] 44,2
112,5
[0.26]
[0.28] 6,6 [0.10]
7,0 2,5
[0.26]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] 6,6
Straight Base [1.57]

40,0
Model THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE [7.48]
227-UB-L PROJECTION PROJECTION
189,9
237 Series

• Available in stainless steel • Welding spindle accessory
237-U 237-USS
U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless
Steel
Clamp Bar Handle
Max. Holding Spindle Flanged
Model Open- Opening Weight
Capacity Assembly Washers
ing(+10° ) (+10° )
237-U 3340 N [750 lbf] 240208-M 235106
93° 59° 0,73kg [1.60lb]
237-USS 3780 N [850 lbf] 237943-M 235906
Holding Capacities
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [750lbf.] [290lbf.]
U
[0.81] [1.75] [4.50] [5.25] 3340N 1290N
6:1 2:1
20,6 44,5 114,3 133,3 [850lbf.] [330lbf.]
USS
3780N 1470N
MC-HHD-16
237 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-USS
237-U
Flanged Base [2.76]
U-Bar 70,0
[0.42]
10,6
[0.97]
24,6
OPENING
M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED
[0.75]
19,0
[3.18]
80,8 [1.75]
44,5
[0.16]
[3.98] 4,0
[0.43] 101,1
11,0
[6.23]
RANGE OF
158,1
ADJUSTMENT
[11.02]
280,0
[3.98] [1.61]
101,1 41,0
[0.23]
Ø 5,8 [0.08]
2,0
[2.28] [1.69]
58,0 43,0
[0.31] [0.35] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

8,0 8,8
[0.81]
20,5
57,0
245 Series

• Welding spindle accessory
245-U
Flanged Base
U-Bar
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
245-U 4450 N [1000 lbf] 105° 74° 1,32kg [2.90lb] 247208-M 247109
Holding Capacities
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X1
[0.50] [2.00] [5.00] [6.09] [1000lbf.] [400lbf.]
U 11:1 5:1
12,7 50,8 127 154,7 4450N 1780N
MC-HHD-18
245 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions
245-U
Flanged Base [3.20]
U-Bar 81,3
[0.53] [1.37]
13,5 34,7
OPENING
M12 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED
[1.00]
25,4
[4.24]
107,8
[2.19]
55,5
[0.19]
4,7
[0.31] [4.87]
8,0 123,6
RANGE OF [7.49]
ADJUSTMENT 190,3
[1.63]
[4.87] 41,3
123,6
[2.62] [1.62]
66,6 41,2
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.50] [0.34]
12,7 Ø 8,7
66,7
[12.23]
310,6
205 Series

• Smallest of the Horizontal Hold Down clamps • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Ideal for light duty clamping in tight spaces • Closures Accommodates M4 or #8
• Stainless steel models furnished without • Woodworking spindle accessory
plastic grip • Light duty
clamping
205-U 205-UB  205-UL 205-UR 205-USS

Flanged Base Straight Base Left Flanged Right Flanged Flanged Base
U-Bar U-Bar Base, U-Bar Base, U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless
Steel
205-S 205-SB 205-SL 205-SR 205-SSS

Flanged Base Straight Base Left Flanged Base, Right Flanged Flanged Base
Solid Bar Solid Bar Solid Bar Base, Solid Bar Solid Bar, Stainless
Steel
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
205-U
205-UB
270N [60 lbf] 205208-M 105106
205-UL 90° 80°
205-UR
205-USS 340N [75 lbf] 205943-M 105906
0,03kg [0.06lb]
205-S
205-SB
270N [60 lbf] 205208-M
205-SL 94° 82° --
205-SR
205-SSS 340N [75 lbf] 205943-M
MC-HHD-20
205 Series
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [60lbf.] [50lbf.]
U
[0.43] 270N 220N
9:1 5:1
11 [75lbf.] [65lbf.]
USS
[0.22] [0.81] [1.31] 340N 290N
5,6 20,5 33,2 [60lbf.]
S
270N
-- -- -- 4:1
[75lbf.]
SSS
340N
Dimensions | -U/-UB/-UL-/-UR/-USS/-S/-SB/-SL/-SR/-SSS
[2.71]
68,8
205-U [0.37]
Flanged Base 9,5
U-Bar
[0.18]
4,6
[0.21]
5,5
M4 OR #8
IF SUPPLIED
[0.25] OPENING
6,3
[0.30] [0.67]
7,5 17,1
[0.06]
1,5
[0.12] [0.06]
3,0 [0.09] 1,5
[0.16]
[0.95] 4,0 2,4
[0.06]
24,1 [0.63]
1,5
RANGE OF [0.73] 16,0
ADJUSTMENT 18,6
[1.68]
42,6
[0.62]
205-S [0.17] 15,8
Ø 4,3 [0.62]
Flanged Base 15,8
Solid Bar
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.95] [0.09]
24,1 2,4
[0.08]
[2.85] R 2,2 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
72,5
215 Series

• Stainless steel model furnished without • Checking fixtures Accommodates M6 or ¼”
plastic grip • Closures spindle accessory
• Woodworking
215-U 215-USS 215-UB 215-S

Flanged Base Flanged Base Straight Base Flanged Base
U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar Solid Bar
Steel
Max. Holding Clamp Bar Handle Spindle Flanged Bolt
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers Retainer
215-U 890 N [200 lbf] 202208-M 215105

215-USS 1110 N [250 lbf] 0,15kg 202943-M 215905 --
87° 78°
215-UB [0.34lb] 202208-M 215105
890 N [200 lbf]
215-S -- -- 205105
Holding Capacities
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [200lbf.] [80lbf.]
U/UB
[1.00] [2.25] 890N 360N
9:1
[0.22] 25,4 57 [2.72] [250lbf.]
USS 4:1
5,6 69 1110N [110lbf.]
[1.63] [2.88] [200lbf.] 490N
S 6:1
41,4 73 890N
MC-HHD-22
215 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UB/-S
215-U
[1.26]
Flanged Base 32,0
U-Bar
[0.28]
7,0
[0.78]
19,7
OPENING
M6 OR 1/4
IF SUPPLIED
[0.50]
12,7
[1.00]
25,5
[1.53]
[1.41] 38,9
35,8
[0.20] [2.25] [0.10]

5,0 [0.26] 57,1 2,5
6,6
RANGE OF [3.68] 215-UB
ADJUSTMENT 93,5
[0.28] [2.23] [1.06] [0.20]

Ø 7,2 56,6 27,0 5,2
215-S
Flanged Base
[1.38]
Solid Bar 35,0
[0.19] [0.24] [0.87]

4,8 6,0 22,0 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.03]
0,8
36,4
[5.46]
138,6
225 Series

• Stainless steel model furnished without • Checking fixtures Accommodates M8 or 5/16”
plastic grip • Closures spindle accessory
• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus • Woodworking
225-U 225-USS 225-UR 225-UB

Flanged Base Flanged Base, U-Bar, Flanged Base, U-Bar Straight Base
U-Bar Stainless Steel with DESTACO® U Bar
Toggle Lock
Plus
225-UBSS
Straight Base, U Bar,
Stainless Steel
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
225-U 2220 N [500 lbf] 225208-M 507107
0,25kg [0.55lb]
225-USS 2670 N [600 lbf] 207943-M 507907
225-UR 92° 70° 0,31kg [0.69lb]
2220 N [500 lbf] 225208-M 507107
225-UB
0,25kg [0.55lb]
225-UBSS 2670 N [600 lbf] 207943-M 507907
MC-HHD-24
225 Series
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [500lbf.] [250lbf.]
U
2220N 1110N
[600lbf.] [300lbf.]
USS
[0.12] [1.25] [2.50] [3.56] 2760N 1340N
12:1 5:1
3,0 31,8 63,5 90,4 [500lbf.] [250lbf.]
UR/UB
2220N 1110N
[600lbf.] [300lbf.]
UBSS
2760N 1340N
Dimensions | -U/-USS-/UB/-UBSS Dimensions | -UR
[4.63]
117,7
[1.38]
35,0
[1.38] [0.33]
35,0 8,4
[1.08] [1.08]
27,4 27,5
M8 OR 5/16
IF SUPPLIED OPENING M8 or 5/16 OPENING DESTACO®
IF SUPPLIED TOGGLE LOCK
[0.50] [1.57] PLUS
12,7 39,9
[0.50]
[1.31] 12,7
33,2 [1.89]
[1.84]
46,8 48,0
[1.29]
[0.24] 32,9 [0.21]
6,0 [2.69] [2.69] 5,4
68,2 [0.12] [0.18] 68,2
[1.56] [4.18] 3,0 4,5
39,6 RANGE OF [4.18]
106,2
ADJUSTMENT 106,2
[0.28]
7,0
RANGE OF
ADJUSTMENT [1.00] [1.50]
[0.88]
25,4 38,0
22,4
[0.87] [1.37]
22,2 34,9
[1.37]
225-U 34,9 [0.25]
[0.25] [0.26] [0.94] 6,3
Flanged Base 24,0 [0.26]
6,3 6,7 Ø 6,6
U-Bar [1.00]
[1.50] 25,4
38,0
[6.91] [7.09]
175,5 180,0
mm [INCH] mm
THIRD ANGLE FIRST

PROJECTION PROJE
235 Series

• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus • Checking fixtures Accommodates M10 or 3/8”
• Available in stainless steel • Welding spindle accessory
• Closures
• Woodworking
235-U 235-USS 235-UR 235-UB

Flanged Base Flanged Base, U-Bar, Flanged Base, U-Bar Straight Base
U-Bar Stainless Steel with DESTACO® U-Bar
Toggle Lock
Plus
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
235-U 3340 N [750 lbf] 240208-M 235106
0,67kg [1.47lb]
235-USS 3780 N [850 lbf] 237943-M 235906
92° 70°
235-UR 0,74kg [1.64lb]
3340 N [750 lbf] 240208-M 235106
235-UB 0,67kg [1.47lb]
Holding Capacities
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [750lbf.] [300lbf.]
U
3340N 1330N
[0.25] [1.75] [4.13] [5.75] [850lbf.] [360lbf.]
USS 9:1 5:1
6,4 44,5 105 146 3780N 1600N
[750lbf.] [300lbf.]
UR/UB
3340N 1330N
MC-HHD-26
235 Series
Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-USS-/UR-/UB
235-U [2.40]
Flanged Base 61
U-Bar
[0.44]
11,1
[1.60]
40,7
M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED
[0.75]
92° 70°
19,1
[2.09]
53,2 [Ø 0.33]
Ø 8,4
[0.31]
8 [4.16] [1.63]
[0.45]
105,6 41,3
11.3 [2.25]
RANGE OF [1.75]
57,2
ADJUSTMENT 44,4
[1.63]
Dimensions | -UR 41,3
2.26 [1.63]
[2.32] 57,3 41,3
59,0
[0.31]
8
[0.33]
[0.44] [2.25] Ø8,4
11,1 57,2
[1.60] [10.70]
40,6 271,4
M10 OR 3/8
IF SUPPLIED OPENING
DESTACO®
[0.75] TOGGLE LOCK
19,0 PLUS mm [INCH] mm [INC
[2.56]
[1.70] 64,9 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANG
43,3 PROJECTION PROJECTIO
[0.22]
[0.47] [4.16] 5,5
12,0 105,6
RANGE OF
[6.41]
ADJUSTMENT
162,8
[1.63]
41,3
235-UR
[2.26] [1.63] Flanged Base, U-Bar
57,3 41,3 with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
[0.31] Plus
8,0 [0.33]
[2.25] Ø 8,4
57,2
[10.50]
266,7
305, 307, 309 Series

•C ompact design suitable for use in • Assembly & Test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
confined spaces • Light Machining
• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus • Closures
• Stainless steel models available • Woodworking
305-U 305-USS 305-UR 307-U 307-USS

Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base, Flanged Base Flanged Base
U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar with U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless
Steel DESTACO® Steel
Toggle
Lock
Plus
307-UR 309-U 309-USS 309-UR

Flanged Base, Flanged Base Flanged Base Flanged Base,
U-Bar with U-Bar U-Bar, Stainless U-Bar with
DESTACO® Steel DESTACO®
Toggle Toggle
Lock Lock
Plus Plus
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
305-U 670 N [150 lbf] 305208-M 102111
305-USS 900 N [200 lbf] 90° 170° 0,06kg [0.13lb] 201943-M 102911
305-UR 670 N [150 lbf] 305208-M 102111
307-U 307208-M 507107
307-USS 1560 N [350 lbf] 92° 173° 0,24kg [0.54lb] 207943-M 507907
307-UR 307208-M 507107
309-U 309208 235106
309-USS 3340 N [750 lbf] 90° 168° 1,30kg [0.59lb] 237943-M 235906
309-UR 309208 235106
MC-HHD-28
305, 307, 309 Series
Y
AF
[150lbf.] [110lbf.]
305-U/UR
EF EF [0.58] [1.38] [1.88] [1.14] 670N 490N
14,6 35 47,7 29 [200lbf.] [150lbf.]
305-USS 3:1
HC HC 900N 670N
2 1
2:1
307- [0.94] [1.88] [2.50] [1.77] [350lbf.] [260lbf.]
X
U/UR/USS 24 47,7 63,5 45 1560N 1160N
X1
309- [1.34] [2.50] [3.50] [2.70] [750lbf.] [530lbf.]
X2 4:1
U/UR/USS 34 63,5 89305_307_309
68,5 3340N 2360N
Dimensions | -U/-USS/-UR
305-U L3
Flanged Base
U-Bar F
L2
OPENING
DESTACO®
"M" TOGGLE LOCK
IF SUPPLIED
PLUS
C1
"E" C2
RANGE OF L1
ADJUSTMENT
307-UR L
Flanged Base,
U-Bar with
DESTACO®
Toggle B B1
Lock
Plus mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
A3 A
ØD THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
A1
Model A A1 A3 B B1 C C1 C2 D E F H L L1 L2 L3 M
[0.53] [1.035] [0.25] [0.63] [1.02] [0.48] [0.31] [0.08] [0.18] [0.31] [0.21] [1.43] [2.21] [1.19] [0.51] [0.50] [#10]
305-U/UR 13,5 26,3 6,4 16,0 25,9 12,2 7,9 2,0 4,6 8 5,3 36,3 56,1 30,2 13,0 12,7 M5
[0.91] [1.72] [0.40] [1.14] [1.80] [0.89] [0.50] [0.12] [0.28] [0.37] [0.33] [2.36] [3.61] [1.89] [0.86] [0.75] [5/16]
307-U/UR 23,1 43,7 10,2 29,0 45,7 22,6 12,7 3,0 7,1 9.5 8,4 59,9 91,7 48,0 21,8 19,1 M8
[1.38] [2.52] [0.58] [1.50] [2.47] [1.31] [0.75] [0.12] [0.33] [0.72] [0.44] [3.53] [5.19] [2.68] [1.28] [1.06] [3/8-16]
309-U/UR 35,1 64,0 14,7 38,1 62,7 33,3 19,1 3,0 8,4 18.5 10,4 89,7 131,8 68,1 32,5 26,9 M10
206 Series

• All stainless steel construction • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Offers good bar clearance under clamping • Chemical Accommodates M4 or #8
bar while maintaining low profile processing spindle accessory
• Closures
• Light duty
clamping
206-SS 206-HSS
Low U-Bar, High U-Bar,
Stainless Steel Stainless Steel
Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
Assembly Washers
206-SS
440 N [100 lbf] 90° 90° 0,03kg [0.07lb] 205943-M 105906
206-HSS
Model 206-HSS shown securing a platen on a prototyping machine.
MC-HHD-30
206 Series
Y
EF EF AF
HC HC
2 1
X
X2 [0.20] [0.43] [1.06] [1.14] [100lbf.] [50lbf.]
SS/HSS 5:1 3:1
5 11 27 29 440N 220N
Dimensions | -SS/-HSS
[0.35]
8,8
[0.22]
5,5
[0.45]
11,5
OPENING
M4 OR #8
IF SUPPLIED
[0.31] [1.06]
8,0 27,0
[0.76]
[0.05]
19,2
[0.44] 1,2
"HSS"
11,3 [0.95]
"SS" 24,2
[1.89]
48,1
[0.63]
[0.94] 15,9
23,8 [0.63]
15,9
[0.16]
4,0 [0.09]
[0.94] 2,4
[2.74]
69,7
5305, 5310 Series
Heavy Duty Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Product Overview
•S olid clamping arm may be modified to • Welding fixtures
suit requirements • Assembly fixtures
• Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings • Light machining
provide long life
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus versions available†
5305/5310 5305-B/5310-B 5305-R/5310-R 5305-BR/5310-BR

Flanged Base Soild Flanged Base Solid Base
Base with with
DESTACO® DESTACO®
Plus Plus

Capacity (+10° ) (+10° )
5305 [1.08lbs] 0,49kg
5305-B [600lbf.] [0.82lbs] 0,37kg
90° 69°
5305-R 2670N [1.09lbs] 0,49kg
5305-BR [0.83lbs] 0,37kg
5310 [2.84lbs] 1,29kg
5310-B [1300lbf.] [2.24lbs] 1,02kg
90° 69°
5310-R 5780N [2.87lbs] 1,30kg
5310-BR [2.27lbs] 1,03kg
† Toggle Lock Plus locks the handle in the closed position only.
MC-HHD-32
5305, 5310 Series
Heavy Duty Horizontal Hold Down Clamps | Dimensions
OPENING HANDLE
ANGLE OPENING
C1
H
C
B A2
C2 A3
B1
A4 DESTACO®
B2 TOGGLE LOCK
A5
PLUS OPTION
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
ØD A
A1
L
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 C C1 C2 D F H L
5305 --
[2.50] [3.15] [2.12] [2.75] [4.63] [5.27] [0.79] [0.98] [0.81] [0.51] [0.31] [0.35] [0.51] [1.51] [8.36]
63,5 80,0 53,8 69,9 117,6 133,9 20,1 24,9 [1.84] 20,6 13,0 7,9 8,9 13,0 38,4 212,4
5305-R
46,7
[11.13]
5310 --
[3.63] [4.63] [2.63] [3.63] [6.25] [7.25] [1.13] [1.50] [1.00] [0.75] [0.31] [0.41] [0.79] [2.00] 282,6
92,2 117,6 66,8 92,2 158,8 184,2 28,7 38,1 [2.31] 25,4 19,1 7,9 10,4 20,1 50,8 [11.02]
5310-R
58,7 279,8
Model A3 A4 B2 C C1 F H L
5305-B --
[2.75] [4.63] [0.81] [0.51] [0.51] [1.51] [8.36]
69,9 117,6 [1.84] 20,6 13,0 13,0 38,4 212,4
5305-BR 46,7
[11.13]
5310-B --
[3.63] [6.25] [1.00] [0.75] [0.79] [2.00] 282,6
92,2 158,8 [2.31] 25,4 19,1 20,1 50,8 [11.02]
5310-BR 58,7 279,8
MC-SLA-1
Straight Line Action Clamps
695
690
675
670
614
624
604
602
650
640
630
620
615
610
609
607
606
605
608
603
601
Series
5150
5133
5131
5130
6004
6015
6001
95060
95050
95040
95030
9
7
7
5
4
3
31
31
31
31
29
27
25
25
25
23
21
21
21
19
19
19
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
Page: MC-SLA-#
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]
3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]

N[lbf.]
5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]
7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

10000+ [2250+]
0 to 20 [0 to 0.79]
20 to 40 [0.79 to 1.57]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
mm [inch]
Plunger Travel
80 to 105 [3.15 to 4.13]

0 to 40 [0 to 1.57]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]
Overall He
mm [inch
20 to 40 [0.79 to 1.57]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
mm [inch]
unger Travel
80 to 105 [3.15 to 4.13]
0 to 40 [0 to 1.57]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94] mm [inch]
100 to 120 [3.15 to 4.72]
Overall Height
120 to 140 [4.72 to 5.51]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
80 to 120 [2.36 to 4.72]
120 to 160 [4.72 to 6.30]
160 to 200 [6.30 to 7.87]

mm [inch]
200 to 240 [7.87 to 9.45]

Overal Length
240 to 280 [9.45 to 11.02]
280+ [11.02+]
0 to 30 [0 to 1.18]
30 to 45 [1.18 to 1.77]

45 to 60 [1.77 to 2.36]
mm [inch]
60 to 75 [2.36 to 2.95]
Overal Width
75 to 90 [2.95 to 3.54]
Welding
Assembly
Checking Fixtures
Excellent/High
MC-SLA-2
Machining
Woodworking
Food Processing
Fair/Medium
Duty Cycle
Steel
Stainless Steel
Poor/Low
Material
Standard
Toggle Lock Plus
Normal
Service
Harsh/Dirty
Environment
Not Recommended
6001 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview

•H eavier duty version of Model 601 • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
with 50% more holding capacity • Testing
• Mounting pattern interchangeable • Soldering
with Model 601 • Gluing
• Allow handle to fall below mounting
plane to lock in retracted position
6001 6001-SS
6001-M 6001-MSS
Technical Information | Holding Capacities | Dimensions
AF Max. EF:AF (M) Spindle

Model Holding 6001-M (pushing/ Plunger
Weight Plunger (Recom-
Spindle
Travel Included
Capacity pulling) Thread mended)
HC EF
6001 #8-32 105203
No
6001-M [150 lbf] [0.12lb] [0.63] M4 205208-M
14:1/25:1
6001-SS 670 N 0,05kg 16 #8-32 205943
Yes
6001-MSS M4 205943-M
HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
[0.43] [0.19]
11 Ø 4,8
[0.37]
[0.71]
PLUNGER THREAD 9,5
18
M
[0.63] [1.23]
16 31,3
[0.51]
13
[0.52] [0.63]
13,2 16
[1.54]
39
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
187,0°
[0.33]
[1.27] 8,3
[0.85] 32,2
21,7
[0.71] Ø7 [0.12]
[0.50] [0.16]
18 3
12,7 4
[1.10] [0.19] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
27,9 Ø 4,8
[2.63]
66,9
MC-SLA-3 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
601 Series

• Compact straight line action clamp • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
• Testing for accessories
• Soldering
• Gluing
601 601-M 01-O

6 601-SS 01-OSS
6
Straight Base Stainless steel Stainless steel
U-Bar External
thread
AF Max. EF:AF (M) Spindle

Plunger Spindle
Model Holding Weight (pushing/ Plunger (Recom-
Travel Included
Capacity pulling) Thread mended)
HC EF
601 #8-32 105203 Yes
601-M M4 205208-M
[100 lbf] [0.09lb] [0.63] No
601-O 14:1/25:1 1/4-20 --
440 N 0,04kg 16
601-SS #8-32 205943 Yes
601-OSS 1/4-20 -- No
 This item is available upon request HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
[1.33]
33,8
[0.17]
4,3 [0.63]
16
[0.63] [1.05]
16 26,7
[0.50]
12,7 [0.32]
8,1
PLUNGER
TRAVEL 185
[0.44]
[0.50] [0.25] Ø11,1
12,7
Ø6,4 [1.27]
[0.78] 32,1
19,8
PLUNGER THREAD [1.28]

M 32,4
[2.61] [0.09]
2,3 mm [INCH] mm [IN
66,2
[0.56]
14,2
1/4-20 601-O (EXTERNAL THREAD) THIRD ANGLE FIRST A
PROJECTION PROJEC
[1.53]
38,8
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-SLA-4
6015 Series

•S mallest of the solid base Straight Line • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
Action clamps • Checking fixtures
• Compact design combined with high • Tensioning devices
holding capacity
• Allow handle to fall below mounting plane
to lock in retracted position
6015 6015-SS, 6015-R,

6015-M 6015-MSS 6015-MR
Stainless with DESTACO®
Steel Toggle Lock
Plus
Technical Information | Holding Capacities
AF
Max. EF:AF (M) Recommended

Plunger
Model Holding Weight (pushing/ Plunger Spindle
Travel
Capacity pulling) Thread (Not Supplied)
HC EF
6015 [560 lbf] 1/4-20 205203
6015-M 2500 N M6 205203-M
6015-SS [630 lbf] [0.35lb] [0.70] 1/4-20 202943 (supplied)
35:1
6015-MSS 2800 N 0,15kg 17,8 M6 202916-M (supplied)
6015-R [560 lbf] 1/4-20 205203
6015-MR 2500 N M6 205203-M
6015 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions | -M/-SS/-MSS/-R/-MR
6015 6015-SS, 6015-R,

6015-M 6015-MSS 6015-MR
Stainless with DESTACO®
Steel Toggle Lock Plus
6015-R
[0.22]
Ø 5,5
PLUNGER THREAD
M
[1.26]
32
[0.25] [1.75]
[0.87]
6,4 44,5
22,2
[2.25]
57,2
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
6015-R / 6015-MR
(Engages in extended
PLUNGER
position only)
TRAVEL
184°
[1.59]
40,5
12,7

[0.39] [0.71]
[0.20] Ø 10 17,9
5,1
[2.96]
75,1
603, 608 Series

•A llow handle to rotate and fall below • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
mounting plane to lock in retracted position • Checking fixtures 803 Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
• Large holding capacities for their size • Welding fixtures See page MC-PTC-27
• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus • Tensioning devices
803-ME Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
See page MC-PTC-27
603 603-SS 603-R 608

603-M 603-MSS 603-MR 608-M
Stainless with
Steel DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
AF

Plunger
HC EF Model Holding Weight (pushing/ Plunger Spindle
Travel
603 [600 lbf] 5/16-18 207203
603-M 2670 N M8 207203-M
603-SS [840 lbf] [0.83lb] [1.25] 5/16-18 207943
23:1/34:1
603-MSS 3740 N 0,38kg 31,8 M8 207943-M (supplied)
603-R [600 lbf] 5/16-18 207203
603-MR 2670 N M8 207203-M
608 [850 lbf] [1.25lb] [1.63] 3/8-16 210203
44:1/50:1
608-M 3780 N 0,57kg 41,3 M10 210203-M
603, 608 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions | -M/-SS/-MSS/-R/-MR
603 603-SS 603-R 608

603-M 603-MSS 603-MR 608-M
Stainless with
Steel DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
603-608
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
PLUNGER
TRAVEL (Engages in extended
position only)
190º
PLUNGER
THREAD
M
C1 C2 L3
L2 A6 A5
A1
A3 A
Ø D1 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
B B1
ØD
Model A A1 A3 A5 A6 B B1 C1 C2 D D1 H L L2 L3
603 [2.17] [0.34] [0.51] [0.82] [0.19] [0.44] [3.43] [4.77]
603-M 55 8,5 13 21 4,8 11,1 87 121,2
603-SS [1.44] [0.54] [0.65] [1.31] [1.88] [0.97] [0.25] [0.27] [0.47] [3.28] [4.69] [1.28] [1.00]
603-MSS 36,6 13,6 16,5 33,3 48 24,6 6,4 6,8 12 83,4 119,2 32,5 25,4
[2.20] [0.30]
603-R 55,9 7,5
[0.51] [0.82] [0.44] [3.43] [4.77]
603-MR 13 21 11,1 87 121,2
[0.19]
608 4,8
[1.63] [2.25] [0.31] [0.75] [1.40] [1.63] [2.25] [1.25] [0.33] [0.62] [4.04] [6.00] [1.59] [1.25]
608-M 41,4 57,2 8 19 36 41,4 57,2 31,8 8,4 15,8 102,6 152,3 40,5 31,8
605 Series

•F or push/pull clamping • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Allow handle to rotate and fall below • Woodworking Reverse action version Model
mounting plane to lock in retracted position • Tensioning devices 615/615-M
605
605-M
AF Max. EF:AF (M) Recommended

Plunger
Travel
HC EF
605 [300 lbf] [0.69lb] [1.25] 5/16-18 207203
45:1/40:1
605-M 1330 N 0,31kg 31,8 M8 207203-M
[1.25]
31,8
PLUNGER
TRAVEL [3.29]
83,5
[1.47]
37,3 [.97] PLUNGER THREAD
24,6 M
[1.00] [.08] [.12]
25,4 2,1 3.1
THREAD
[1.94]
49,4
[5.47]
139
[Ø.22]
Ø5,6
[Ø.44]
Ø11,1
[1.63] [2.19]
41,3 55,6
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[.28]
7,1
[3.41]
86,5
606 Series

•H andle and linkage swivel 125° • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
for mounting flexibility • Woodworking
• Narrow base for tight spaces • Tensioning devices
• Plunger locks in extended position only
606 Mounting configuration:

606-M CopyOf606
Bottom Mount Side Mount
AF Max. (M) Recommended

EF:AF Plunger
Model Holding Weight Plunger Spindle
(pushing) Travel
Capacity Thread (Not Supplied)
HC EF
606 [450 lbf] [0.81lb] 40 5/16-18 207203
33:1
606-M 2000 N 0,37kg [1.57] M8 207203-M
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[1.00] 125°
25,4
[0.44]
125° 125° Ø11,1
[2.42]
61,5
PLUNGER
THREAD [0.69] [0.19]
[1.45] M 17,4 4,7
36,7 [2.26]
[0.88] 57,3 [0.20]
22,4
Ø5,1
[1.07] [1.25] [1.25]
27,1 31,8 31,8 [0.63]
16
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[1.00] [1.13]
Ø25.4 28,7
[0.44] [6.72]
Ø11,1 170,8
607 Series

• L ow profile and high holding capacity • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
for its size • Welding
• Available with round or square plunger • Tensioning devices
to resist torsional loads
• Allow handle to rotate and fall below
mounting plane to lock in retracted position
607 607-SQ
607-M 607-SQM
with Square
Plunger
AF
Plunger
Travel
607 607-M / 6-7-SQM 5/16-18 207203
HC EF
607-M [800 lbf] [1.63lb] [1.63] M8 207203-M

37:1/64:1
607-SQ 3560 N 0,74kg 41,4 5/16-18 207203
607-SQM M8 207203-M
PLUNGER 189° [3.52]

607-SQ TRAVEL 89,3
[0.50]
607-SQM 12,6
[1.00]
[0.69] 25,4 [0.20]
17,5 [1.76] 5
44,8
[6.02]
152,8
[0.51]
Ø 13
[1.63] [2.20]
41,5 56
PLUNGER THREAD mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.63] [1.38] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

16 35 PROJECTION PROJECTION
[3.01] [0.28]
76,5 Ø 7,2
[4.25]
108
609 Series

• L ow profile and high holding capacity • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
for its size • Welding
• Flanged or straight base • Tensioning devices
609 609-B
Flanged Base Straight Base
AF Max. 609 EF:AF (M) Recommended

Plunger
Travel
609 [300 lbf] [0.88lb] [1.25]
HC EF 36:1/47:1 5/16-18 207203
609-B 1330 N 0,40kg 31,8
[3.17] PLUNGER
80,4 200°
TRAVEL
[0.97]
24,6
[1.00]
25,4
PLUNGER
THREAD [1.88]
[0.12] M 47,6
3,1
[0.28] [1.38]
[0.24] 7,1 35,1
6,2
[5.46]
138,6
[3.58]
90,9
[0.28] [1.38]
7,2 35,1
[0.44]
Ø 11,1
[1.62] [2.19] mm [INCH] mm [I

41,2 55,6
THIRD ANGLE FIRST A

PROJECTION PROJEC
[0.28] [0.27]
7,1 Ø 6,8
610 Series

• Allow handle to rotate and fall below • Woodworking
mounting plane to lock in retracted position • Tensioning devices
610
610-M

Plunger
Travel
HC
610 [800 lbf] [1.69lb] [1.63] 3/8-16 210203
EF
51:1/70:1
610-M 3560 N 0,77kg 41,4 M10 210203-M
PLUNGER
TRAVEL 182°
[1.25]
[4.41] 31,8
112
[1.70]
43,3 [Ø0.62]
Ø15,8
[0.25] PLUNGER THREAD [1.94] [1.91]

6,3 M 49,3 48,4
[6.72]
170,7
[Ø0.34]
Ø8,7
[1.62] [2.25]
41,2 57,2
mm
mm[INCH]
[INCH] mm
mm[INCH]
[INCH]
[0.31]
7,9
[1.62]
41,3 THIRD
THIRD
ANGLE
ANGLE FIRST
FIRST
ANGLE
ANGLE
PROJECTION
PROJECTION
[2.25]
57,2
615 Series

•R everse handle action. • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Plunger locks in the extended position only • Woodworking
as the handle is moved downward • Tensioning devices
615
Max. (M) Recommended

Plunger
Model 615Holding Weight Plunger Spindle
Travel
[300 lbf] [0.69lb] [0.97]
615 5/16-18 207203
1330 N 0,31kg 24,6
121°
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[2.29]
[1.47] 58
37,3 [0.97]
24,6
[1.00]
25,4
[0.12]
PLUNGER THREAD [0.10] 3,1
M 2,5
[1.75] [3.53]
[0.44] 44,6 89,7
Ø 11,1
[8.53]
216,6
[1.63] [2.19]
41,3 55,6
mm [INCH] mm [I
[0.28] [0.22] THIRD ANGLE FIRST A

7,1 Ø 5,6 PROJECTION PROJEC
[1.38]
34,9
620 Series

• Reverse handle action • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Plunger locks in the extended position only as • Woodworking
the handle is moved downward • Tensioning devices
620
620-M
620
Plunger
Travel
AF
HC EF
620 [600 lbf] [1.50lb] [1.11] 3/8-16 210203
44:1
620-M 2670 N 0,68kg 28,2 M10 210203-M
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
101°
[0.62]
Ø 15,8
PLUNGER THREAD
M
[2.25]
57,1
[1.00]
25,4
[1.70] [0.25]
43,3 6,3 [1.73] [1.84]
43,9 46,8
[11.63] [1.63]
295,5 41,3
[2.25]
57,2
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.31] [0.38]
7,9 Ø 9,5
[2.25]
57,2
630 Series

• Allow handle to rotate and fall below • Welding 830, 830-ME Pneumatic Toggle Clamp
mounting plane to lock in retracted position • Tensioning devices (See page MC-PTC-27)
• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus
630 630-R
630-M 630-MR
with
DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus

Plunger
Travel
HC
630 3/8-16 210203
EF
630-M [2,500 lbf] 630
[1.90lb] [2.00] M10 210203-M
36:1/23:1
630-R 11100 N 0,89kg 50,8 3/8-16 210203
630-MR M10 210203-M
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
position only) 187°
PLUNGER
[3.05]
TRAVEL
77,6
[0.81] [2.03]
20,6 [0.18] 51,5
4,4 [7.06]
179,2
[0.50] [3.00] [0.34]

12,7 76,2 Ø 8,6
[1.25] [1.38]
31,8 35,1 [1.63]
[0.62]
630, 630-R, 630-MR Ø 15,8 41,4
mm
mm [INCH]
[INCH] mm
mm [I[I
[0.63]
630-M Ø 16 [2.25]
57,2
THIRD
THIRD ANGLE
ANGLE FIRST
FIRST A
A
PROJECTION
PROJECTION PROJEC
PROJEC
PLUNGER THREAD
M [5.03]
127,8
640 Series

• For heavy duty push/pull clamping • Assembly & test See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Longest stroke of our Straight Line • Welding
Action Clamps • Tensioning devices
• Available with DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus
640 640-R
640-M 640-MR
with
DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus

EF:AF Plunger
(pushing) Travel
HC
640 1/2-13 220203
EF
640-M [7,500 lbf] [6.78lb] [4.00] M12 220203-M
35:1
640-R 33400 N 3,08kg 101,6 1/2-13 220203
640-MR M12 220203-M
[0.41]
PLUNGER THREAD Ø10,4
(SEE CHART)
[1.50] [2.13] [3.00]

38,1* 54,1 76,2
[0.87]
Ø22,2
[0.69] [3.56]
17,5 90,4
[7.12]
180,8 Extended (640-R shown)
[8.53] [0.93]
216,7 23,5*
[12.65]
321,4
DESTACO®
[4.00] TOGGLE LOCK
101,6 PLUS OPTION
PLUNGER TRAVEL [4.28]
108,7 Retracted (640-R shown)
[1.25]
[1.18] [0.38]
[2.00] 30,0* 9,7
50,8
104,8
(*) Dimesions above in RED applies to the 640-R/640-MR only
650 Series

• For heavy duty push/pull clamping • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Largest of our Straight Line Action Clamps • Welding
• Forged steel base and handle • Staking, light
• Allow handle to rotate and fall below presswork
mounting plane to lock in retracted position • Tensioning
devices
650
650-M

EF:AF Plunger
650-M (pushing) Travel
650 [16,000 lbf] [5.69lb] [3.00] 5/8-11 250203
HC EF 25:1
650-M 71200 N 2,58kg 76,6 M16 250203-M
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
[2.00]
PLUNGER THREAD 50,8 185°
M
[4.84]
122,9
[2.25]
57,2
[0.99] [3.35] [2.88] [2.75] [0.25]

Ø 25,2 85,1 73,2 69,9 6,4
[7.81]
198,4
[11.16]
283,5
[1.38]
35,1 mm [INCH] mm [I
[2.25] [3.25]
57,2 82,6
THIRD ANGLE FIRST A
PROJECTION PROJEC
[0.41]
Ø 10,5
95030, 95040, 95050, 95060 Series

• L ow profile with high holding capacities • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Cast steel base and handle • Testing
• Allow handle to rotate and fall below • Tensioning devices
95030 95040 95050 95060
Max. (M) Recommended

Plunger
PLUNGER H Travel
TRAVEL Capacity Thread (Not Supplied)
[550 lbf] [0.80lb] [0.98]
95030 M6 205203-M
2450 N 2,58kg 24,9
C1 C2
L [1100 lbf] [1.60lb] [1.50]
95040 M8 207203-M
4900 N 0,73kg 38,1
PLUNGER
THREAD A1 [1650 lbf] [2.10lb] [1.97]
M 95050 7340 N 0,95kg 50
ØD1 M12 220203-M
[3960 lbf] [6.4lb] [2.36]
B B1 95060 17600 N 2,9kg 60
L3 HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
THREAD A A ØD
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
DEPTH
A3
Part No. A A1 A3 B B1 C1 C2 ØD ØD1 H L L3

25 77 4.4 25 35.9 7.5 12.2 5.5 10 56 105 25
95030
[0.98] [3.03] [0.17] [0.98] [1.41] [0.30] [0.48] [0.22] [0.39] [2.20] [4.13] [0.98]
35 109 7.9 35 50.7 10 18.3 6.5 14 77 149.1 65
95040
[1.38] [4.29] [0.31] [1.38] [2.00] [0.39] [0.72] [0.26] [0.55] [3.03] [5.87] [2.56]
45 138.5 8.7 45 66 14 23.8 8.5 19 78 189.8 60
95050 [1.77] [5.45] [0.34] [1.77] [2.60] [0.55] [0.94] [0.33] [0.75] [3.07] [7.47] [2.36]
56 167 10.2 55 77 16 27.4 10.5 22 92 229 78.8
95060 [2.20] [6.57] [0.40] [2.17] [3.03] [0.63] [1.08] [0.41] [0.87] [3.62] [9.02] [3.10]
Notes
5130, 5131, 5133 Series
Heavy-Duty Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
•R everse action allows the handle to stay • Welding fixtures
out of the work zone • Assembly fixtures
• Hardened steel pivot pins and bushings • Light machining
provide long life
• Black oxide finish with hardened plungers
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus versions available
5130/-M 5130-B/-MB 5130-R/-MR 5130-BR/-MBR

5131/-M 5131-B/-MB 5131-R/-MR 5131-BR/-MBR
5133/-M 5133-B/-MB 5133-R/-MR 5133-BR/-MBR
Flanged Base Solid Base Flanged Base Solid Base
with DESTACO® with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock Plus Toggle Lock Plus
Plunger Recommended
Max. Holding Handle Plunger
Model Weight Travel Spindle
Capacity Opening Thread (M)
mm[in.] (not supplied)
5131 [1.12lbs] 5/16-18 461203
5131-M 0,51kg M8 461203-M
5131-B [0.85lbs] 5/16-18 461203
5131-MB [2500lbf.] 0,39kg [1.00] M8 461203-M
113°
5131-R 11120N [1.15lbs] 25,4 5/16-18 461203
5131-MR 0,52kg M8 461203-M
5131-BR [0.88lbs] 5/16-18 461203
5131-MBR 0,40kg M8 461203-M
5130 [2.87lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5130-M 1,30kg M12 220203-M
5130-B [2.40lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5130-MB [5800lbf.] 1,09kg [1.75] M12 220203-M
125°
5130-R 25800N [3.03lbs] 44,5 1/2-13 325203
5130-MR 1,37kg M12 220203-M
5130-BR [2.56lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5130-MBR 1,16kg M12 220203-M
5133 [3.12lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5133-M 1,41kg M12 220203-M
5133-B [2.65lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5133-MB [4600lbf.] 1,20kg [3.13] M12 220203-M
139°
5133-R 20460N [3.36lbs] 79,5 1/2-13 325203
5133-MR 1,52kg M12 220203-M
5133-BR [2.89lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5133-MBR 1,31kg M12 220203-M
5130, 5131, 5133 Series
Heavy-Duty Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions
HANDLE DESTACO®
OPENING TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
B3 position only)
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H1 H
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE B2
C1 C B2
L2 L1
L
B1 B ØD1
PLUNGER A3 A ØD
THREAD "M"
A1
Model A A1 A3 B B1 B2 B3 C D D1 H L L1 L2
5131
-
5131-M 28.6 44 7.7 47.6 64 29 28 8.6 13 63.1 193.4 83 29.3
5131-R [1.13] [1.73] [0.30] [1.87] [2.52] 18.5 [1.14] [1.10] [0.34] [0.51] [2.49] [7.61] [3.27] [1.15]
5131-MR [0.73]
5130
-
5130-M 44.5 64 9.8 58.7 76 40 35 10.5 19 92.3 283 132 49.7
5130-R [1.75] [2.52] [0.38] [2.31] [2.99] 27.2 [1.57] [1.38] [0.41] [0.75] [3.63 [11.14] [5.20] [1.96]
5130-MR [1.07]
5133
-
5133-M 44.5 64 9.8 58.7 76 39 35 10.5 19 97.5 331.4 167 82.2
5133-R [1.75] [2.52] [0.38] [2.31] [2.99] 31.4 [1.54] [1.38] [0.41] [0.75] [3.84] [13.05] [6.58] [3.24]
5133-MR [1.24]
Model B2 B3 C1 D1 H1
5131-B
-
5131-MB 29 22 13 57.1
5131-BR 12.4 [1.14] [0.87] [0.51] [2.25]
5131-MBR [0.49]
5130-B
-
5130-MB 40 29 19 86.3
5130-BR 21.2 [1.57] [1.14] [0.75] [3.40]
5130-MBR [0.84]
5133-B
-
5133-MB 39 29 19 91.5
5133-BR 25.4 [1.54] [1.14] [0.75] [3.60]
5133-MBR [1.00]
5150 Series
•S quare plunger provides positive radial location • Welding fixtures
• Reverse action allows the handle to stay out of • Assembly fixtures
the work zone • Light machining
provide long life
• Black oxide finish with hardened plungers
5150/5150-M 5150-B/5150-MB 5150-R/5150-MR 5150-BR/5150-MBR

Flanged Base Solid Flanged Base Solid Base
Base with with
DESTACO® DESTACO®
Plus Plus
Plunger Recommended
Max. Holding Handle Plunger
Model Weight Travel Spindle
Capacity Opening Thread (M)
mm[in.] (not supplied)
5150 [3.00lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5150-M 1,36kg M12 220203-M
5150-B [2.50lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5150-MB [5800lbf.] 1,13kg [1.91] M12 220203-M
125°
5150-R 25800N [3.15lbs] 48.4 1/2-13 325203
5150-MR 1,43kg M12 220203-M
5150-BR [2.68lbs] 1/2-13 325203
5150-MBR 1,22kg M12 220203-M
5150 Series
HANDLE DESTACO®
OPENING TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
position only)
B3
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

H1 H
C1 C B2 B2
L2 L1
L
B1 B D1
PLUNGER THREAD "M" A3 A

ØD
A1
Model A A1 A3 B B1 B2 B3 C C1 D D1
5150 44.5 64 9.8 58.7 76 35 10.5
-
5150-M [1.75] [2.52] [0.38] [2.31] [2.99] [1.57] [0.41]
-
5150-B 29
- - - - - - -
5150-MB 40 [1.14] 19
5150-R 44.5 64 9.8 58.7 76 27.2 [1.57] 35 10.5 [0.75]
-
5150-MR [1.75] [2.52] [0.38] [2.31] [2.99] [1.07] [1.57] [0.41]
5150-BR 21.2 29
- - - - - - -
5150-MBR [0.84] [1.14]
Model H H1 L L1 L2 M
5150 92.3 1/2-13
-
5150-M [3.63] M12
5150-B 86.3 1/2-13
-
5150-MB [3.40] 285.3 72.6 49.7 M12
5150-R 92.3 [11.23] [2.86] [1.96] 1/2-13
-
5150-MR [3.63] M12
5150-BR 86.3 1/2-13
-
5150-MBR [3.40] M12
602, 604, 624 Series

•V ersatile and compact straight line • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
action clamps • Checking fixtures
• Threaded body for through hole mounting • Welding fixtures
• -SS models are stainless steel • Tensioning devices
602 604 624

602-SS 604-SS 624-SS
602-MM 604-MM 624-MM
602-MMSS 604-MMSS
HC EF
Max. EF:AF (M) Spindle Mounting
Plunger
Model Holding Weight (pushing/ Plunger (Recom- Nut
Travel
Capacity pulling) Thread mended) (Supplied)
AF
602 205203 602105
1/4-20
602-SS [200 lbf] [0.12lb] [0.75] 202943 602905
31:1/28:1
602-MM 900 N 0,05kg 19 205203-M 602105-M
M6
602-MMSS 202943-M 602905-M
[300 lbf]
604 207203 606104
1330 N
5/16-18
[400 lbf]
604-SS -- 606904
1780 N
[0.44lb] [1.50]
45:1/26:1
0,20kg 38
[300 lbf]
604-MM 207943 606104-M
1330 N
M8
[400 lbf] 207943-M
604-MMSS 1780 N (included)
606904-M
624 210203 624105
[700 lbf] [1.63lb] [2.63] 3/8-16 237943

624-SS 49:1/21:1 624905
3110 N 0,74kg 66 (included)
624-MM M10 210203-M 624105-M

 This item is available upon request HC = Holding Capacity, EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
602, 604, 624 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions | -SS/-MM/-MMSS
602 604 624

602-SS 604-SS 624-SS
602-MM 604-MM 624-MM
602-MMSS 604-MMSS
PLUNGER
TRAVEL
B2
ØD1
C1
M2 M1 M
L3 H
L2
L1
L
L4 M1
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
SW
JAM NUT THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
(included) PROJECTION PROJECTION
Model no. B2 C1 ØD1 H L L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 SW

602 [0.39] 10 [0.88]
5/8-18
602-SS [0.37] 9,5 22,2
[1.04] [0.37] [3.13] [2.43] [1.31] [0.50] [0.63] [0.25] [0.75]
602-MM 26,3 9,5 80 61,7 33,3 12,7 16 6,4 19
[0.39] [0.87]
M16x1.5
602-MMSS 10 22
604 [1.00]
3/4-16
604-SS 25,4
[1.30] [0.44] [0.44] [4.16] [4.27] [2.18] [0.63] [1.00] [0.88]
604-MM 33 11 11 106 108,5 55 16 25 22
[1.18]
M20x1.5
604-MMSS [0.25] 30
6
624 [1.50]
1-14
624-SS [1.81] [0.75] [0.62] [5.60] [6.68] [3.62] [0.88] [1.25] [1.25] 38,1
46 19 16 142 170 92 22 32 32
[1.61]
624-MM M27x2
41
6004 Series

•S imilar in size to Model 604, with a solid body • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• 50% more holding capacity than 604 • Checking fixtures
• May be mounted through a hole or in • Welding fixtures
a tapped hole. • Tensioning devices
• Locks over center in the extended and
retracted position
6004 6004-R
6004-MM 6004-MMR
with
DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
HC EF Max. (M) Spindle Mounting

EF:AF Plunger
Model Holding Weight Plunger (Recom- Nut
(pushing) Travel
Capacity Thread mended) (Supplied)
AF 6004 [0.81lb] 5/16-18 207203 606104
6004-MM 0,37kg M8 207203-M 606104-M
[450 lbf] 38
14.4:1
6004-R 2000 N [1.50] 5/16-18 207203 606104
[0.89lb]
6004-MMR 0,40kg M8 207203-M 606104-M
[.88]
22,2
[1.00]
25,4 [1.84]
46,8
6004 3/4-16
6004-MM M20X1,5
[2.81]
71,4
[.75]
DESTACO®
19,1
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION
PLUNGER 6004-R / 6004-MMR
TRAVEL
[.13]
Ø[.50] 3,2
Ø12,7
PLUNGER
6004 - 25,4 [1.00] THREAD [.25]
M [4.21] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
6004-MM - 30,0 [1,18] 6,4 107
[1.00]
[1.35]
34,2
[5.52]
140,1
602, 604, 624, 6004 Series
602106-M 604106-M
Straight Line Action Clamps | Mounting Plates
øD C2
øD1
Features: øD1
•M
ounting accessories for Threaded Body
A5
A5
C1
A6
A6
B1 B1
B B
øD øD
602106-M 604106, 624106-M
604106-M
A1
A1
A
A3
C2
A3
602106-M 602106-M 604106-M 604106-M 624106-M
øD C2øD C2 øD
øD1 øD1 øD1
øD1 øD1
A4
A5
A5
A5
A5
A5
C1
C1
C1
A6
A6
A6
A6
A6
B1 B1 B1 B1
B B1
B B B
øD øD B
øD øD
C2 øD
A1
A1
A1
A
A1
A
A3
A3
A1
A
C2
C2
A3
A3
A3
624106-M 624106-M
Item
For Use WithøD A øD
A1 A3 A4 A5 A6 B B1 C1 C2 D D1
Number øD1 øD1
602 [1.57] [0.87] [1.57] [0.94] [1.57] [2.36]
[0.20] [0.25] [0.65]
602106-M -- -- --
602-MM 40 22 40 24 405 60
6,3 16,5
604 [0.75]
604106
A4
A4
A5
6004 [2.05] [0.50] [1.62] [2.80] [1.30] [0.19] [0.22] 19,1

A5
[0.75] [1.60] [0.55]

--
C1
C1
604-MM 19,1 40,6 14 52,1 12,7 41,1 71,1 33 4,7 5,6 [0.81]
A6
A6
604106-M
6004-MM 20,5
624 [1.25] [2.20] [0.63] [1.25] [2.44] [0.83] [1.78] [2.99] [1.46] [0.20] [0.33] [1.08]
624106-M
624-MM B1 31,8 56
B1
16 31,8 62 21 45,2 76 37 5 8,5 27,5
B B
C2 øDC2 øD
A1
A1
A
A
A3
MC-SLA-28
A3

614 Series

• Single hole threaded mount or side mount • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
• Precision hardened and ground plunger • Checking fixtures
is designed for anti-rotation under • Locaters and
torsional loads positioners
• Locks in the extended or retracted position,
internal locking in the push direction
614-M

614_M
Max.
Plunger Plunger Mounting Nut
Model Holding Weight
Travel Thread (Supplied)
Capacity
[1125 lbf] [1.81lb] [1.26]
614-M M8 614-1-10
5000 N 0,82kg 32
[0.63]
16,0
[0.16] [0.47]
4,0 12,0 [0.94]
H7 [0.35] 24,0
Ø 9,0
h7 [0.47] + [0.002] 0,04

Ø 12,0 + [0.001] 0,03
[0.22]
M8X1.25 Ø 5,5
[0.31]
PLUNGER 8,0 [6.00]
TRAVEL [0.98] 152,4
Ø 25,0
f7
M24X1.5
[1.42]
36,0
[0.69]
17,5 [0.20]
[0.39] 5,0
10,0 [0.75]
19,0
f7
[1.29] [3.66]
[1.38] 32,7 93,0 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
35,0

Notes
670, 675, 690, 695 Series
•P recision clamping for high production • Assembly
• Adjustable collet-type bushing minimizes • Welding
radial plunger movement
• Plunger has a flat surface for anti rotation
• Pre-load nut and hold open device included
670-1MBPLS 675-1MBPLS 690-1MBPLS 695-1MBPLS
Series 670, 675, 690, 695 Technical Information | Holding Capacities
Max.
Plunger Plunger
Model Holding Weight
Travel Thread
Capacity
[4.2lb] [2.25]
670-1MBPLS
[2400 lbf] 1,91kg 57,2
M12
10680 N [4.0lb] [1.10]
675-1MBPLS
1,81kg 28
[8.2lb] [3.00]
690-1MBPLS
[5000 lbf] 3,72kg 76,2
M16
22240 N [7.2lb] [1.50]
695-1MBPLS 3,27kg 38,1
The unique feature of these clamps is the collet-type bushing that

can be adjusted to eliminate plunger end movement after long
repeated use. The plunger also has a flat which prevents lateral
movement and allows offset piloting and holding. The plunger is L3
drilled and tapped for threaded spindles or custom fixturing.
The adjustable pre-load nut (PL) can be used to lock the clamp
against itself when not under pressure and therefore prevent
opening when mounted vertically. The spring hold-open device
(S) prevents the clamp from accidentally closing.
The mounting base (B) is supplied disassembled with the four Welding range L3 axial Welding range
models, to enable welding the base and the main assembly in 0-8mm [0-0.31in.] radial 360°
any handle position.
Series 675 and 695 (shorter stroke) reach the over-center position
only when clamping. Series 670 and 690 (longer stroke) lock in
both the extended and retracted position.
670, 675, 690, 695 Series
Straight Line Action Clamps | Dimensions
ØD ØD3
L5
ØD2 A
B3 B B1
L4 ØD1
DETAIL A
B2
A
A1
H
ØD1 PLUNGER L1 L3
THREAD
675
B4 HANDLE
B POSITION
VIEW B
L2
C2 C1
L
670
HANDLE
POSITION
MODEL 670/675
ØD ØD3
ØD1 B3 B B1
B2
A
ØD1 A1
B4
L1 L3 695
VIEW B H HANDLE
POSITION
C2 B
C1
L4
L2
PLUNGER L 690
THREAD HANDLE
POSITION
MODEL 690/695
Model A A1 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 D D1 D2H7 D3
670-1MBPLS
[1.18] [2.24] [2.60] [3.50] [1.75] [1.38] [0.68] [1.37] [0.50] [0.33] [0.75] [0.51] [0.31]
30 57 66 89 44,5 35 17,3 34,8 12,7 8,4 19 13 7,8
675-1MBPLS
690-1MBPLS
[1.97] [3.00] [3.23] [4.00] [2.25] [1.75] [0.93] [1.63] [0.50] [0.41] [1.00] [0.39]
--
50 76,2 82 101,6 57,2 44,4 23,7 41,3 12,7 10,5 25,4 9,8
695-1MBPLS
Model H L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5
[10.55] [2.97]
670-1MBPLS
[8.11] 268 75,5 [0.25] [0-0.31] [1.38] [0.41]
206 [7.68] [1.74] 6,4 0-8 35 10,3
675-1MBPLS
195 44,4
[13.31] [3.69]
690-1MBPLS
[6.37] 338 93,7 [0.50] [0-0.31] [0.98]
--
162 [9.45] [2.25] 12,7 0-8 25
695-1MBPLS
240 57,2
FO, FL, G Series
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Product Overview
FO Series FL Series G Series
Type of Mounting: Type of Mounting: Type of Mounting:

• Foot mount • Flange mount • Through hole mount
Type of Actuation: Type of Actuation: Type of Actuation:

•H and wheel or hand lever • Locking
lever or hand wheel • Locking
lever and Plunger
(one-handed operation) (one-handed operation) (two-handed operation)
• Locking lever and Plunger • Locking lever and Plunger • Hand wheel or hand lever
(two-handed operation) (two-handed operation) (one-handed operation)
Holding Page Page

Model Capacity Max. MC- Accessories Model MC-
[lbs] N VSC-# VSC-#
Flanged FO-082-40 [335] 1500 Plunger 12/100
base FO-120 [675] 3000 12/200
FO-121-45 [675] 3000 12/300
FO-122-45 [675] 3000 16/100
16/200
FO-160 [2020] 9000 16/300 4
FO-161-60 [2020] 9000 16/400
FO-162-60 [2020] 9000 16/500
FO-220 [4045] 18000 22/100
FO-221-80 [4045] 18000 22/200
Front
22/300
FL-120 3
flange Swivel thrust pad
FL-121-45 [675] 3000 K508
FL-122-45 K612
7
K816
FL-160
K1222
FL-161-60 [2020] 9000
FL-162-60
Threaded mount G-082-40 [335] 1
500
G-120 [675] 3000
G-121-45
[675] 3000
G-122-45
Holding Page
Model Capacity Max. MC-
[lbs] N VSC-#
[4,040]
F-160 18000
3
MC-VSC-1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
FO, FL, G Series
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Operation
Two-hand operation One-hand operation

(the plunger and the hand (the plunger and handle
lever are operated separately) lever/hand wheel are
operated simultaneously)
rapid stroke
clamping
stroke
DESTACO‘s variable stroke Straight Line clamps are used The clamping strokes S1 specified in this catalog
in applications where workpiece thicknesses and workpiece were measured with no opposing forces present while
tolerances vary. These clamps are suitable for clamping measurements were taken. When clamping this product
between ribs and hollow spaces difficult to reach. against a workpiece, the clamping stroke S1 is reduced by
Compact design and different types of operation allow for the force-locking connection between the plunger and the
application of the Straight Line clamps in fixtures for mass workpiece. The straight-action clamp is unlocked by turning
production as well as for single part production. the hand lever or the hand wheel counter-clockwise. This
method is used for both the one-hand and the two-hand
Mounting types operation types. This counter-clockwise rotation makes the
• F oot base (FO Series) conical sleeve (4) and the threaded sleeve (8) or (9) move
• F lange mount (FL Series) backward. The pressure spring (7) pushes back the relieved
ball bearings (5) via the pressure ring (6).
• T hrough hole mount (G Series)
The force-locking connection between the slotted clamping
Type of operation
sleeve and the plunger can be moved freely again. Straight
• T wo hand operation Line clamps which are two-hand operated can also be
• T he hand lever (10) and the plunger (1) applied to pull actions when the plunger is inserted in the
are separate. The hand lever is connected to clamp´s housing in the opposite direction. On the one
the clamping mechanism. The plunger can hand operated clamp, the rotation inducing the clamping
be removed from the clamp stroke S1 is directly transmitted from the plunger (2) or the
hand wheel to the threaded sleeve (9) via a groovespring
• O
ne-hand operation
connection. The clamping and unclamping operations are
• The hand lever (10) or the hand wheel (11) executed in the same way as described before.
and the plunger (2) are linked. The plunger
is retained within the clamp. Handling
Clamping operation To change the position of the handle while in the clamped
or the unclamped position, pull the hand lever off its spline
The plunger (1) or (2) which is guided within the clamp body (12) and set it in the desired position.
contacts the workpiece. By rotating the hand lever (10) or
the hand wheel (11) clock-wise the clamping stroke, S1 is Important
engaged and the plunger is tightly gripped by the slotted
The holding forces specified in the catalog refer to the
clamping sleeve (3). maximum load exerted on the clamp by counter-forces.
Operating principle For details concerning the clamping force FS exerted
on the workpiece by the clamp and depending on the
The hand lever´s (10) clock-wise rotation causes the
operation force FB (manual force), please see the chart
threaded sleeve (8) and the conical sleeve (4) to which it is
on the next page.
connected to move in the direction of the arrow shown in
the drawing. The conical sleeve produces a force-locking he clamping force is proportional to the operation force.
T
connection between the slotted clamping sleeve (3) and the The achieved clamping force must not exceed the maximum
plunger by means of the ball bearings (5) located at the holding force.
clamping sleeve´s perimeter. the Straight Line clamps, with the exception of the F-160
As
Due to the force-locking connection, the plunger rotates and model, are designed only for axial load, we recommend to
produces the clamping stroke S1. The plungers rotation may use an additional radial support for the plunger in the event
be compensated for by means of a swivel hold-down piece. of side load.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-VSC-2
FO, FL, G Series
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Technical Information
Model FO-161/60 on a milling machine Model FL-160 with plunger 16/100 on a punching fixture
Different Designs
FO Series FL Series G Series

Mounting type: flange base foot mount Mounting type: front flange mount Mounting type: through hole mount
Operating method: one-hand or Operating method: one-hand or Operating method: one-hand or
two-hand operation two-hand operation two-hand operation
Operating method Model Max. Clamping Rapid stroke Weight
Max. clamping
holding force FS –
capacity with an
Two-hand One-hand One-hand operating
stroke
operation operation operation Plunger
1) force FB
order
separately;
Plunger see page FB FS
and Hand Hand MC-VSG-5 [lbs.] [lbs.] S S1
Mounting type hand lever lever wheel [lbs.] N N N [mm] [mm] [lbs] Kg
Foot • FO-082-40 [335] 1500 [100] 450 40 2,5 [0.72] 0,325
mount • FO-1201) [675] 3000 [425] 1900 100, 200, 300 3 [1.19] 0,540
• FO-121-45 [675] 3000 [425] 1900 45 3 [1.47] 0,665
• FO-122-45 [675] 3000 [100] 450 40 3 [1.34] 0,610
• FO-1601) [2020] 9000 [560] 2500 100, 200, 300 4 [2.73] 1,240
• FO-161-60 [2020] 9000 [560] 2500 60 4 [3.40] 1,540
• FO-162-60 [2020] 9000 [190] 850 60 4 [3.15] 1,430
• FO-2201) [4045] 18000 [675] 3000 100, 200, 300 4 [5.85] 2,655
• FO-221-80 [4045] 18000

[22]
[675] 3000 80 4 [7.46] 3,385
Flange • FL-1201) [675] 3000
100
[425] 1900 100, 200, 300 3 [1.07] 0,485
mount • FL-121-45 [675] 3000 [425] 1900 45 3 [1.34] 0,610
• FL-122-45 [675] 3000 [100] 450 40 3 [1.21] 0,550
• FL-1601) [2020] 9000 [560] 2500 100, 200, 300 4 [2.49] 1,130
• FL-161-60 [2020] 9000 [560] 2500 60 4 [3.15] 1,430
• FL-162-60 [2020] 9000 [190] 850 60 4 [2.92] 1,325

Through hole • G-082-40 [335] 1500 [100] 450 40 2,5 [0.66] 0,300
mount • G-120 1) [675] 3000 [425] 1900 100, 200, 300 3 [1.01] 0.470
• G-121-45 [675] 3000 [425] 1900 45 3 [1.31] 0,595
• G-122-45 [675] 3000 [100] 450 40 3 [1.18] 0,335
FO, FL, G Series
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps | Technical Information | Dimensions
Two-hand operation (the plunger and the hand lever are operated separately)
Through hole mount Flange mount Foot mount
*without counter-force
effect
rapid
stroke S
clamping
stroke*
Part no. G-121/45

View “Y”
View “X” Accessories
(order separately)
Plunger
Part no. For rapid Weight For

Ø length stroke S ~ [lbs.] kg clamps
Part no. FO-120/--
12/100 100 [0.30] 0,135 FO-120
Part no. FL-120/-- 12/200 200 [0.62] 0,280 FL-120
View “Y” G-120
12/300 300 [0.82] 0,370
View “X” 16/100 100 [0.88] 0,400
Important 16/200 200 [1.10] 0,500
FO-160
The Straight Line clamps FL-160
16/300* 300 [1.54] 0,700
are designed only for
axial load. In case of side 22/100 100 [2.20] 1,000
load, we recommend an 22/200 200 [2.40] 1,090 FO-220
additional radial support Part no. F
O-160/-- 22/300 300 [3.06] 1,390
of the plunger. Part no. FL-160/-- FO-220/-- *400 and 500 mm lengths available upon request.
Part no. Available rapid

without strokes S (order A A1 A2 A3 A4 A8 B B1 B2 Dh8 D1 D2 D3 D4
Mounting type plunger plunger separately) ~ ~ ~ ~
Foot mount
FO-120 100, 200, 300 – 44 19 12 6,3 8,5 52 68 40 12 35 – 6,5 20
FO-160 100, 200, 300 40 62 11 12 12 10 70 90 52 16 46 – 9 25

FO-220 100, 200, 300 50 75 13 20 15 12 90 115 69 22 60 – 11 36
Flange
mount FL-120 100, 200, 300 – 44 44 12 6 8,5 52 68 – 12 30f7 40 6,5 20
FL-160 100, 200, 300 – 60 – 14 14 10 68 73 – 16 40f7 52 9 25
Through hole
mount M30
G-120 100, 200, 300 – 44 – 12 10 8.5 – – – 12 40 – 20
x1,5
Part no. ~L
L with rapid
without D5 D6 E E1 H strokes: L1 R S2 S3 SW SW1 T T1 T3
Mounting type plunger ~ 100 200 300 ~
Foot mount FO-120 M6 30 20 12,5 42 228 328 428 24 95 2,5 2, 5 – 11 12 – 10
FO-160 M8 35 30 14,8 58 280 380 480 33 130 3 3 13 15 1 14

–
FO-220 M12 40 35 19,5 71 295 395 495 35 197 3 3 17 25 1 18
Flange mount
FL-120 M6 30 – 12,5 – 228 328 428 24 95 2,5 2,5 – 11 12 – 10
FL-160 M8 35 28 14,8 – 280 380 480 33 130 3 3 – 13 15 1 14
Through hole mount

G-120 M6 30 – 12,5 – 228 328 428 24 95 2,5 2, 5 35 11 12 – 12
FO, FL, G Series
One-hand operation (the plunger and the hand wheel are operated simultaneously)
effect
rapid
stroke S
clamping
stroke*
Part no. G
-082/40 View “X”
G-122/45 View “Y”
Part no. FL-122/45 Part no. FO-082/40

FO-122/45
View “X” View “Y”
Important
The Straight Line clamps
axial load. In case of
side load, we recommend
an additional radial
support of the plunger. Part no. FL-162/60 Part no. FO-162/60
Part no.
with A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 Dh8 D1 D2 D3 D4
Mounting type plunger ~ ~ ~ ~
Foot mount FO-082-40 – 37 15,3 10 5 6 44 56 35 8 30 – 4,5 16
FO-122-45 – 44 19 12 6,3 8,5 52 68 40 12 35 6,5 20
FO-162-60 40 62 11 12 12 10 70 90 52 16 46 – 9 25
Flange
mount FL-122-45 – 44 44 12 6 85 52 68 – 12 30f7 40 6,5 20
FL-162-60 – 60 – 14 14 10 68 73 – 16 40f7 52 9 25
Through hole
mount G-082-40 – 37 – 10 8 6 – – – 8 M24x1,5 35 – 16
G-122-45 – 44 – 12 10 8,5 – – – 12 M30x1,5 40 – 20
Part no.
with D5 D6 E E1 H L L1 S2 S3 SW SW1 T T1 T3
Mounting type plunger ~ ~ ~
Foot mount FO-082-40 M5 40 18 9,2 36 128 26 9 2,5 – 8 8 – 8
FO-122-45 M6 75 20 12,5 42 153 27 15 2,5 – 11 12 – 10
FO-162-60 M8 75 30 14.8 58 196 35 18 3 – 13 15 1 14
Flange mount
FL-122-45 M6 52 – 12,5 – 153 27 15 2,5 – 11 12 – 10
FL-162-60 M8 75 28 14,8 – 196 35 18 3 – 13 15 1 14
Through hole mount

G-082-40 M5 40 – 9,2 128 26 9 2,5 30 8 12 – 8
–
G-122-45 M6 52 – 12,5 153 27 15 2,5 35 11 12 – 10
FO, FL, G Series
One-hand operation (the plunger and the hand lever are operated simultaneously)
effect
rapid
stroke S
clamping
stroke*
Part no. G-121/45

View “Y”
View “X”
Part no. FO-121/45

Part no. FL-121/45
View “Y”
View “X”
Important
The Straight Line clamps
axial load. In case of
side load, we recommend
an additional radial Part no. F
O-161/60
support of the plunger. Part no. FL-161/60 FO-221/80
Part no.
with A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 Dh8 D1 D2 D3 D4
Foot mount
FO-121-45 – 44 19 12 6,3 8,5 52 68 40 12 35 – 6,5 20
FO-161-60 40 62 11 12 12 10 70 90 52 16 46 – 9 25
FO-221-80 50 75 13 20 15 12 90 115 69 22 60 – 11 36
Flange
mount FL-121-45 – 44 44 12 6 8,5 52 68 – 12 30f7 40 6,5 20
FL-161-60 – 60 – 14 14 10 68 73 – 16 40f7 52 9 25
Through hole
mount G-121-45 – 44 – 12 10 8,5 – – – 12 M30x1,5 40 – 20
Part no.
with D5 E E1 H L L1 R S2 S3 SW SW1 T T1 T3
Foot mount FO-121-45 M6 20 12,5 42 153 27 95 15 2,5 – 11 12 – 10
FO-161-60 M8 30 14,8 58 196 35 130 18 3 – 13 15 1 14

FO-221-80 M12 35 19,5 71 245 40 197 20 3 – 17 25 1 18
Flange mount
FL-121-45 M6 – 12,5 – 153 27 95 15 2,5 – 11 12 – 10
FL-161-60 M8 28 14,8 – 196 35 130 18 3 – 13 15 1 14
Through hole mount

G-121-45 M6 – 12,5 – 153 27 95 15 2,5 35 11 12 – 10
F-160 Series
Technical features:
• igh holding capacity of [4040 lbf] 18000N lbs.
H
• High side load capacity
• Plunger guide
• Wiper ring avoiding contamination of clamping mechanism
• Block style base provides for variable mounting
• Low weight due to the aluminium housing
• 50 mm horizontal and vertical hole pattern
Accessories (order separately)
Plunger
Weight
For rapid Dh8 D5 D9 L T
Part no. ~ [lbs.]
stroke S ~ ~
kg
[0.90]
16/100 100 16 M8 35 280 15
Allowable side load FS depending 0,4
on the stroke length L H 16/200 200 16 M8 35 380 15
[1.10]
0,5
2000 [890] [1.54]
1800 [801]
16/300* 300 16 M8 35 480 15 0,7
1600 [712] *400 and 500 mm strokes available on request

Lateral Load FS N [lbf]
1400 [623]
1200 [534]
1000 [445] Swivel thrust pad

800 [356]
Use with
600 [267] Part no. plunger A5 D5 D10 E1 T3 SW1
diameter
400 [178]
K-508 8 6 M5 5 9,2 8 8
200 [89]
K-612 12 8,5 M6 6 12,5 10 11
0 [0]
[0] [1.97] [3.94] [5.91] [7.87] [9.84] [11.81] K-816 16 10 M8 8 14,8 14 13
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
K-1222 22 12 M12 9,5 19,5 18 17
Stroke Length LH mm [in]
Clamping
stroke, Rapid
max. 4mm stroke S
Part no. Max. Fs* ~L Weight

without holding [lbs] b1 b2 For rapid strokes: I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7 I8 d1H7 d2H8 d3 d4 d5 R ~ [lbs.]
plunger cap. [lbs] N N 100 200 300 kg
[4040] [110] [3.30]
F-160 50 68 250 350 451 80 50 18 35 20 2 50 12 10 16 40 8,3 8,5 165
18000N 500N 1,5
*Fs=exerting force at an operating force of [22lbf] 100N.
Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps
Notes
MC-PAL-1
pull action latch clamps
Series
311
353
301
374
344
334
324
385
375
341
331
323
381
371
351
330
3011
3051
8
8
8
4
4
4
4
3
23
22
21
21
17
17
17
17
14
12
Page: MC-PAL-#
0 to 2000 [0 to 450]
2000 to 4000 [450 to 900]
4000 to 6000 [900 to 1350]

N[lbf.]
6000 to 10000 [1350 to 2250]
10000 to 20000 [2250 to 4500]

20000+ [4500+]
0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]
50 to 75 [14.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

mm [inch]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

Drawing Movement
150+ [5.91+]

0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]
50 to 75 [14.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

mm [in
Overall H
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]
mm [inch]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
ng Movement
150+ [5.91+]
0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]
50 to 75 [14.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

mm [inch]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

Overall Height
150+ [5.91+]
50 to 100 [1.97 to 3.94]
100 to 150 [3.94 to 5.91]
150 to 200 [5.91 to 7.87]
200 to 250 [5.91 to 9.84]

mm [inch]
Overal Length
250 to 300 [5.91 to 11.81]
300 to 350 [11.81 to 13.78]
0 to 40 [0 to 1.57]

40 to 50 [1.57 to 1.97]
50 to 60 [1.97 to 2.36]
60 to 70 [2.36 to 2.76]
mm [inch]
Overal Width
70 to 80 [2.76 to 3.15]
80 to 90 [3.15 to 3.54]
Excellent/High
Duty Cycle
MC-PAL-2
Steel
Stainless Steel
Material
Standard
Fair/Medium
Toggle Lock Plus
Fixed
Poor/Low
Adjustable U-Hook
Hook Style
Adjustable J-Hook
Normal
Service
Harsh/Dirty
Environment
pull action latch clamps
Not Recommended
3051 Series
331
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview
• afe, single handed operation
S • Molding
• Innovative controlled motion • Closures for doors, lids, covers
• Secure toggle locking action • Assembly
• Simple set-up and adjustment • Checking fixtures
• Clamp hook/arm moves and stays
safely out of the way
3051 3051-R
Max. Holding Drawing Replacement Hook Adj.

AF Model Weight EF:AF
Capacity Movement Hook Assembly Range
EF 3051 6700N 0,50kg 19,1 14

12:1 3051208
3051-R [1500lbf] [1.0lb] [0.75] [0.55]
EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
[.50] [.75] [.22]

12.7 19.1 Ø5.5
[1.93] [1.38] [1.24]

49 35 31.4
[.50] [2.03]
12.7 51.5
[6.47]
164.4
[8.98]
228
123°
FULL
OPEN
93°
STRAIGHT
PULL DESTACO ®
MODEL 3051-R
TOGGLE
ONLY LOCK
57°
[.31] PLUS OPTION
[.39]
Ø10 Ø8
[.69]
17.6 [1.77]
44.9
M8x1.25 [.27] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

[.08] Ø6.7
FOR LOCKOUT
[.75] [1.99] 2.1
19.1 50.6 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
DRAWING MIN. PROJECTION PROJECTION
MOVEMENT [2.50]
63.6
MAX.
MC-PAL-3 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
330, 351, 371, 381 Series

• J -hook style latch clamps are supplied with • Molding •C lamps with longer hooks available
threaded J-hooks for easy adjustment • Closures for doors, Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
• Supplied with patented thumb control lever lids, covers 100mm longer than standard length
for one handed operation • Assembly • To order clamp with longer hook, add
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus versions -M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
available of the model. Example: 330-M-50
• Stainless steel version available as -SS models
Covered under one or331

more U.S./International Patents
330 351 351-B 351-R 371

330-SS 351-SS 351-BSS with 371-SS
Narrow Base DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
371-R 381
with DESTACO® 381-SS
Toggle Lock
Plus
AF Max.
Drawing Replacement Hook Adj.
Model Holding Weight EF:AF
Movement Hook Assembly Range
Capacity
EF
330 0,11kg 59,7 330215 7.4
900 N [200 lbf] 17:1
330-SS [0.24lb] [2.35] 330915 [0.29]
351 1670 N [375 lbf] 351215

351-SS 2000 N [450 lbf] 0,28kg 351915
351-B [0.61lb] 351215
101,6 12.4
21:1
351-BSS [4.00] 351915 [0.49]
1670 N [375 lbf]
0,36kg
351-R 351215
[0.8lb]
371 0,69kg 371215

371-SS [1.53lb] 371915
136,7 23.9
3340 N [750 lbf] 36:1
[5.38] [0.94]
0,85kg
371-R 371215
|[1.88lb]
381 1,16kg 155,7 381215 29.7

4450 N [1000 lbf] 37:1
381-SS [2.56lb] [6.13] 381915 [1.17]
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-PAL-4
330, 330-SS, 351, 351-SS, 351-B, 371, 371-SS, 381,
381-SS
330, 351, 371, 381 Series

Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -SS/-B/-BSS
330
330-SS
L
330, 330-SS, 351,
Ø D2
351-SS, 351-B, 371, 371-SS, 381,
381-SS
H
H1
C
351
351-SS S L1 C2
A3 A
M
L
Ø D2
371 381 B B1
371-SS 381-SS C2
ØD A1 H
A1 H1
B4 B C ØD
A3 A S L1 C2
351-B ONLY Model A A1 A3 B
351-B 330 A3 [0.50] [1.00]
A [0.25] [1.22]
351-BSS M
330-SS 12,7 25,4 6,4 30,9
Narrow Base
351 [0.75] [1.50] [0.50] [1.37]
19,1 38,1 12,7 34,8 B B1
C2 351-SS
ØD A1 351-B [1.50] [2.00] [0.25] [0.56]
351-BSS 38,1 A1 38,1 6,4 14,3
B4 B ØD
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] 371 [1.25] [1.94] [0.34] [1.94]
A3 A
371-SS 31,8 49,2 8,7 49,2
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE 351-B ONLY
PROJECTION PROJECTION 381 [1.13] [2.13] [0.50] [2.37]
381-SS 28,6 54,1 12,7 60,3
Model B1 B4 C C2 ØD ØD2 H H1 L L1 Max M S

330 [1.69] [0.56] [0.12] [0.22] [0.32] [1.43] [0.89] [6.01] [1.70] [2.35]
- M5
330-SS 42,9 14,2 3,1 5,6 8,1 36,2 22,6 152,7 43,3 59,7
351 [1.93] [0.75] [0.22] [1.83] [2.13]

- [1.34] 34
351-SS 49,1 19,1 5,5 46,6 54,2
[0.12] [0.38] [8.82] [4.00]
M8
351-B 3,1 9,7 224 101,6
[0.87] [0.86] [0.27] [1.94] [1.45] [1.63]
-
351-BSS 22,1 21,8 6,7 49,3 36,8 41,4
371 [2.63] [1.42] [0.34] [0.50] [2.58] [2.23] [11.89] [2.81] [5.38]
- [0.16] 4 M10
371-SS 66,7 36,1 8,7 12,7 65,6 56,5 302 71,5 136,7
381 [3.38] [0.19] [0.41] [0.62] [2.90] [2.71] [13.45] [3.13] [6.13]
- [1.81] 46 M12
381-SS 85,9 4,7 10,3 15,7 73,6 68,8 341,7 79,5 155,7
351-R, 371-R Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions
L
371-R Ø D2
with
DESTACO®
Toggle Lock H
H1
Plus C
C2
S L1
351-R
with A6
A3 A M
DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
B B4 B1

A1 ØD
Model A A1 A3 A6 B B1 B4 C C2 ØD H H1
[0.75] [1.50] [0.50] [3.06] [1.37] [1.93] [1.70] [0.75] [0.12] [0.22] [1.85] [1.34]
351-R
19,1 38,1 12,7 77,7 34,8 49,1 19,1 19,1 3,1 5,5 47,1 33,9
[1.25] [1.94] [0.34] [4.73] [1.94] [2.63] [2.25] [1.42] [0.16] [0.34] [2.65] [2.22]
371-R
31,8 49,2 8,7 120,1 49,2 66,7 57,2 36,1 4 8,7 67,4 56,3
Model L L1 M S Pressure Locking lever

[9.45] [2.13] [4.33] spring
351-R M8
240 54,2 110
[12.74] [2.81] [5.59]

371-R M10
323,6 71,4 142
Jam Nut
Locking [0.25]
Locknut plate 6,5
Thumb Control
Lever
Model 351-R, 371-R
For added convenience, DESTACO Information concerning the assembly and function of the clamps
Pull Action Toggle Clamps are supplied locking mechanism
with a thumb control lever. The locking plate which is supplied with the unit must be fastened with
a screw (M6 or 1/4-20) as shown in this illustration. The screw head
Replacement Thumb Used on should be flat.
Control Lever Clamp Model
Function
330-ZB1 330
When closing the latch clamp, the locking lever engages automatically.
351, 351-B Actuate the locking lever to open the clamp.
351-ZB1
351-R, 351-SS
371, 371-R
371-ZB1
371-SS
381-ZB1 381, 381-SS
351-R, 371-R Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Replacement Hook Assembly Dimensions
Replacement Hook Used on Clamp

A1 A2 B ØC M Material
Assembly Model
330215 30
3 [2.00] 50,8
330215-M-25 330-M-25 [3.00] 76,2
Steel
330215-M-50 330-M-50 [4.00] 101,6
330215-M-100 330-M-100 [6.00] 152,4 [1.50] [0.75] [0.32]
M5 x 0.8
330915 330-SS [2.00] 50,8 38,1 19,1 8,1
330915-M-25 330-SS-M-25 [3.00] 76,2
Stainless Steel
330915-M-50 330-SS-M-50 [4.00] 101,6
330915-M-100 330-SS-M-100 [6.00] 152,4
351
351215 351-B [2.09] 53,1
351-R
351-M-25
351215-M-25 351-B-M-25 [3.09] 78,5
351-R-M-25
Steel
351-M-50
351215-M-50 351-B-M-50 [4.09] 103,9
[3.38] [1.63] [0.38]
351-R-M-50 M8 x 1.25
85,9 41,4 9,6
351-M-100
351215-M-100 351-B-M-100 [6.09] 154,7
351-R-M-100 351103
351915 351-SS [2.09] 53,1
351915-M-25 351-SS-M-25 [3.09] 78,5
Stainless Steel
351915-M-50 351-SS-M-50 [4.09] 103,9
351915-M-100 351-SS-M-100 [6.09] 154,7
371
371215 [2.94] 74,7
371-R
371-M-25
371215-M-25 371-R-M-25
[3.94] 100
Steel
371-M-50
371215-M-50 371-R-M-50
[4.94] 125,5
[4.16] [2.22] [0.50]
371-M-100 M10 x 1.50
371215-M-100 [6.94] 176,3 105,7 56,4 12,7
371-R-M-100
371915 371-SS [2.94] 74,7
371915-M-25 371-SS-M-25 [3.94] 100
Stainless Steel
371915-M-50 371-SS-M-50 [4.94] 125,5
371915-M-100 371-SS-M-100 [6.94] 176,3
381215 381 [3.00] 76,2
381215-M-25 381-M-25 [4.00] 101,6
Steel
381215-M-50 381-M-50 [5.00] 127
381215-M-100 381-M-100 [7.00] 177,8 [4.63] [2.50] [0.62]
M12 x 1.75
381915 381-SS [3.00] 76,2 117,6 63,5 15,8
381915-M-25 381-SS-M-25 [4.00] 101,6
Stainless Steel
381915-M-50 381-SS-M-50 [5.00] 127
381915-M-100 381-SS-M-100 [7.00] 177,8
A1 A2
C B
323, 331, 341 Series

•U -hook style latch clamps are supplied with • Molding •C lamps with longer hooks available
threaded U-hooks for easy adjustment • Closures for doors, Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
• Supplied with latch plate and patented thumb lids, covers 100mm longer than standard length
control lever for one handed operation • Assembly • To order clamp with longer hook, add
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus versions available -M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
• Stainless steel version available as -SS models of the model. Example: 323-M-50
323 331 323-R 331 331-R 341

323-SS 323-RSS 331-SS 331-RSS 341-SS
with DESTACO® with
Toggle Lock DESTACO®
Plus Toggle Lock
Plus
341-R
341-RSS
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
Max. Replacement Hook

Drawing Latch Plate
AF Model Holding Weight EF:AF Hook Adj.
Movement (Supplied) Assembly
Capacity Range
EF 323 30 323104-M 323215
323-SS [1.18] 323104-MSS 323915
1600 N 0,07kg [0.36]
27:1
323-R [360 lbf] [0.15lb] 323104-M 323215 9,1
29,7
323-RSS [1.17] 323104-MSS 323915
331 331005 331215
331-SS 3200 N 0,25kg 44,5 331905 331915 [0.87]
32:1
331-R [720 lbf] [0.56lb] [1.75] 331005 331215 22,1
331-RSS 331905 331915

341 341005 341215
341-SS 8900 N 0,65kg 63,5 341905 341915 [0.97]
29:1
341-R [2000 lbf] [1.43lb] [2.50] 341005 341215 24,6
341-RSS 341905 341915

323, 323-R, 331, 341 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -R/-RSS
M
323
323-SS B4 B3
323-R
S
323-RSS
with DESTACO ® L2 L
Toggle Lock
Plus
331 C3 L1 C2
331-SS
A3 A
Ø D1
341 mm [INCH] mmB2
[INCH]
341-SS B B1

A4
A2
A5 ØD
A1
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C C2
323
323-SS [0.63] [1.02] [0.39] [0.20] [0.24] [0.79] [0.75] [1.10] [0.52] [0.75] [1.10] [0.47] [0.08]
323-R 16 26 10 5 6 20 19 28 13,2 19,1 28 12 2
323-RSS
331 [0.75] [1.56] [0.56] [0.25] [0.22] [1.00] [1.25] [1.74] [0.68] [1.00] [1.50] [0.66] [0.12]
331-SS 19,1 39,7 14,3 6,4 5,6 25,4 31,8 44,3 17,3 25,4 38,1 16,7 3,1
341 [1.63] [2.38] [0.75] [0.38] [0.38] [1.50] [1.50] [2.12] [1.19] [1.75] [2.38] [0.94] [0.16]
341-SS 41,3 60.5 19.1 9.7 9.5 38.1 38.1 53.8 30.1 44.5 60.5 23.8 4
Model C3 ØD ØD2 H L L1 MAX L2 M S

323
323-SS [0.08] [0.17] [0.17] [1.19] [3.88] [2.32] [0.37] [1.18]
M4
323-R 2 4,2 4,2 30,3 98,6 58,9 9,3 30
323-RSS
331 [0.12] [0.27] [0.27] [1.97] [6.07] [3.07] [0.52] [1.75]
M5
331-SS 3,1 6,7 6,9 50 154,2 78 13,3 45,5
341 [0.16] [0.33] [0.33] [2.89] [8.20] [4.59] [0.75] [2.50]
M8
341-SS 4 8,5 8,5 73,4 208,3 116,6 19,1 63,5
331-R, 331-RSS, 341-R, 341-RSS
331-R, 341-R Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -R/-RSS
331-R M
331-RSS
with
DESTACO® B4 B3
Toggle Lock
Plus
341-R
341-RSS S
with DESTACO® L2 L
Toggle Lock
Plus
C3 L1 C2
A3 A
Ø D1
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
B2 B B1
PROJECTION A4
PROJECTION
A2
ØD
A5 A1
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C C2
331-R [0.75] [1.56] [0.56] [0.25] [0.22] [1.00] [1.25] [1.74] [0.68] [1.00] [1.50] [0.66] [0.12]
331-RSS 19,1 39,7 14,3 6,4 5,6 25,4 31,8 44,3 17,3 25,4 38,1 16,7 3,1
341-R [1.63] [2.38] [0.75] [0.38] [0.38] [1.50] [1.50] [2.12] [1.19] [1.75] [2.38] [0.94] [0.16]
341-RSS 41,3 60,5 19,1 9,7 9,5 38,1 38,1 53,8 30,1 44,5 60,5 23,8 4
Model C3 ØD ØD2 H L L1 MAX L2 M S

331-R [0.12] [0.27] [0.27] [2.01] [6.07] [3.07] [0.52] [1.75]
M5
331-RSS 3,1 6,7 6,9 53,1 154,2 78 13,3 45,5
341-R [0.16] [0.33] [0.33] [2.89] [8.20] [5.24] [0.77] [2.50]
M8
341-RSS 4 8,5 8,5 73,4 208,3 133,2 19,4 63.5
323, 331, 341 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Replacement Hook Assembly | Dimensions
Replacement Hook Used on

A B C M Material
Assembly Clamp Model
323215 323, 323-R [2.12] 53,8
323215-M-25 323-M-25, 323-R-M-25 [3.12] 79,2
Steel
323215-M-50 323-M-50, 323-R-M-50 [4.12] 104,6
323215-M-100 323-M-100, 323-R-M-100 [6.12] 155,4 [0.94] [0.75]
M4 x 0.7
323915 323-SS, 323-RSS [2.12] 53,8 23,8 19,1
323915-M-25 323-SS-M-25, 323-RSS-M-25 [3.12] 79,2
Stainless Steel
323915-M-50 323-SS-M-50, 323-RSS-M-50 [4.12] 104,6
323915-M-100 323-SS-M-100, 323-RSS-M-100 [6.12] 155,4
331215 331, 331-R [3.00] 76,2
331215-M-25 331-M-25, 331-R-M-25 [4.00] 101,6
Steel
331215-M-50 331-M-50, 331-R-M-50 [5.00] 127
331215-M-100 331-M-100, 331-R-M-100 [7.00] 177,8 [1.50] [1.00]
M5 x 0.8
331915 331-SS, 331-RSS [3.00] 76,2 38,1 25,4
331915-M-25 331-SS-M-25, 331-RSS-M-25 [4.00] 101,6
Stainless Steel
331915-M-50 331-SS-M-50, 331-RSS-M-50 [5.00] 127
331915-M-100 331-SS-M-100, 331-RSS-M-100 [7.00] 177,8
341215 341, 341-R [4.31] 109,5
341215-M-25 341-M-25, 341-R-M-25 [5.31] 135
Steel
341215-M-50 341-M-50, 341-R-M-50 [6.31] 160,2
341215-M-100 341-M-100, 341-R-M-100 [8.31] 211 [1.97] [1.75]
M8 x 1.25
341915 341-SS, 341-RSS [4.31] 109,5 50 44,5
341915-M-25 341-SS-M-25, 341-RSS-M-25 [5.31] 135
Stainless Steel
341915-M-50 341-SS-M-50, 341-RSS-M-50 [6.31] 160,2
341915-M-100 341-SS-M-100, 341-RSS-M-100 [8.31] 211
M
Jam Nut Locknut

C
Thumb Control
Lever
Flat Surface of B
Pin to Rear A
For added convenience, DESTACO
Pull Action Toggle Clamps are supplied
with a thumb control lever that allows
the clamp to be operated with one hand.
Replacement Thumb Used on

324-ZB1 323, 323-SS
331, 331-SS
330-ZB1
331-R, 331-RSS
341, 341-SS
341-ZB1
341-R, 341-RSS
375 Series

•H eavy duty U-hook style latch clamps are • Molding •C lamps with longer hooks available
supplied with threaded U-hooks for easy • Closures for doors, Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
adjustment lids, covers 100mm longer than standard length
• Supplied patented thumb control lever • Assembly • To order clamp with longer hook, add
for one handed operation -M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
• DESTACO® Toggle Lock Plus versions available of the model. Example: 375-M-50
375 375-R 375-B 375-BR

331 with Weld-on Weld-on
DESTACO® Mounting Mounting
Toggle Lock with DESTACO®
Plus Toggle Lock
Plus
375509 385102
Cleat Optional
Latch Plate
for 375 and
375-R
Max. Replacement Hook

Drawing Latch
AF Model Holding Weight EF:AF Hook Adj.
Movement Plate Assembly Range
Capacity
EF [2.94lb]
375
1,33kg
385102
(Optional)
[3.0lb]
375-R
1,36kg
[4000 lbf] [0.81]
44:1 88,9 [3.50] 375215
17800 N 20,5
[2.56lb]
375-B
1,16kg
375509
(Supplied)
[2.62lb]
375-BR 1,19kg
 This item is available upon request. EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
375, 375-R, 5-B, 375-BR Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions CopyOf375_R
Shown with optional [0.41] [0.69]

Latch Plate (385102) Ø 10.3 Ø 17.5
M10 [1.75]
44.5
375 [3.13] [2.25]

79.4 57.2
[1.38] [2.25]
34.9 57.2
[2.26] [3.44] DESTACO®

57.3 87.4 TOGGLE LOCK
[0.56] PLUS OPTION
14.2
[10.19]
258.8 [7.47]
375-R
189.8
with [3.50]
DESTACO® 88.9
Toggle Lock
[4.19]
106.4
[0.13]
3.2
[1.13] CopyOf375_BR [0.38]

28.6 [0.94] [2.24] 9.7
23.8 56.8
[3.50] [10.19]
88,9 258,8
[7.47]
189,8
375-B
Weld-on
Mounting
[4.19]
106,4
[1.13]
28,6
DESTACO®
[0.78]
19,8 TOGGLE LOCK
[35.1] [2.79] PLUS OPTION
375-BR 35,1 70,8
[1.00] [1.75]
Weld-on 25,4 44,5
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Mounting
with DESTACO® [2.50]
63,5
Toggle Lock THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
Plus PROJECTION PROJECTION
[0.88] [0.49] M10
22,4 12,4
Replacement
A B C M C
Hook Assembly
375215 [5.72] 145 50,8 [2.00] [1.75] 44,5 M10 x 1.50
Hook assembly includes (2) jam nuts and (2) locknuts. Longer hook lengths available
Upon Request. 375215-M-25, 375215-M-50, 375215-M-100 B
A
385 Series

•H eavy duty U-hook style latch clamps are • Molding •C lamps with longer hooks available
supplied with threaded U-hooks for easy • Closures for doors, Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
adjustment lids, covers 100mm longer than standard length
• Supplied with patented thumb control lever • Assembly • To order clamp with longer hook, add
for one handed operation -M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
385 331 385-R 385-L 385-V2A

with DESTACO® Low Profile Stainless Steel
Toggle Lock Handle
Plus
375509 385102
Cleat Optional
Latch Plate
for 385, 385-R
and 385-L
Max. Hook
Drawing Latch Replacement
AF Model Holding Weight EF:AF Adj.
Movement Plate Hook Assembly Range
Capacity
EF [3.3lb]
385
1,50kg
385102
(Optional)
[7500 lbf] [3.4lb] [1.36]
385-R 385215
33300 N 1,54kg 34,5
375509
44:1 55,6 [2.19]
(Optional)
385-L
[3.3lb]
1,50kg
[6000 lbf] [1.77]
385-V2A 26700 N Supplied  385915 45
 This item is available upon request. EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force
385, 385-R, 385-L Series
CopyOf385_R
Shown with optional [0.69]

[0.41]
385 Latch Plate (385102)
Ø 10,3 Ø 17,5 [0.47]
M 12
[2.12]
53,8
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[3.13] [2.25]
79,4 57,2
[1.38]
34,9 [2.25]
57,2
[2.26] [3.44]
57,3 87,4
385-R [0.56]
with DESTACO® 14,2
[2.29] [9.65]
Toggle Lock 58,3 245,1
Plus [6.46]
164,2
DESTACO®
TOGGLE LOCK
PLUS OPTION [3.67]
[0.13] 93,2
3,2
[0.38]
[1.13] [2.18] 9,7
28,6 [0.94] 55,3
23,8
CopyOf385_L
385-L
Low Profile Shown with optional
Handle Latch Plate (385102) [0.41] [0.69] [0.47]
Ø 10,3 Ø 17,5 Ø 12
[3.13] [2.25] [2.12]

79,4 57,2 53,8
[2.25]
[1.38] 57,2
34,9
[2.27] [3.44]
57,6 [0.56] 87,4
[2.19] 14,2 [10.12]
55,6 257
[6.95]
176,4
[2.75]
[1.84]
46,8
[1.13] [0.94] [0.12] [0.38] PROJECTION PROJECTION
28,6 23,8 3 9,7
385-V2A Series
[0.43]
Ø11
[2.28] [0.67] [0.47]
58 Ø17 Ø12
385-V2A
[3.15] [2.24] [2.13]

80 57 54
[1.38] [2.24]
[0.45] 35 57
 This item is available upon request 11,5
[0.57]
14,5
[3.39]
86
[10.69]
271,4
[2.76]
[7.46]
70,1
189,4
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] [3.65]

92,8

[1.26] [0.65] [0.39]

[0.16]
32 16,5 10
4
Replacement Hook
Used on Clamp Model A B C M Material
Assembly
385215 385, 385-R, 385-L [5.72] 145,3
385-M-25, 385-R-M-25
385215-M-25 385-L-M-25
[6.72] 170,7
385-M-50, 385-R-M-50 Steel
385215-M-50 385-L-M-50
[7.72] 196
385-M-100, 385-R-M-100 [2.75] [2.12]
385215-M-100 [9.72] 247 M12 x 1.75
385-L-M-100 70 53,8
385915 385-V2A [5.72] 145,3
385915-M-25 385-V2A-M-25 [6.72] 170,7
Stainless Steel
385915-M-50 385-V2A-M-50 [7.72] 196
385915-M-100 385-V2A-M-100 [9.72] 247
M
Replacement Thumb Used on

C
375, 375-B
375-ZB1
375-R, 375-BR
385, 385-R
385-ZB1 B
385-L, 385-V2A
A
324, 334, 344, 374 Series

•U -hook style latch clamps supplied with • Molding •C lamps with longer hooks available
threaded U-hooks for easy adjustment • Closures for doors, Upon Request that are 25mm, 50mm,
• Supplied with latch plate (except 374) lids, covers 100mm longer than standard length
and patented thumb control lever for • Assembly • To order clamp with longer hook, add
one handed operation. -M-25, -M-50, or -M-100 to the end
• Stainless steel available as -SS models.
324 324-R 334 334-R 344

324-SS with DESTACO® 334-SS with DESTACO® 344-SS
331 Plus Plus
344-R 374
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
Plus
Max. (S) Hook

Latch Plate Replacement
AF Model Holding Weight EF:AF Drawing Adj.
(Supplied) Hook Assembly
Capacity Movement Range
EF 324 324101 324215
[500 lbf] [0.25lb] 11.9
324-SS 38,7 [1.53] 324901 324915
2200 N 0,11kg [0.47]
324-R 324101 324215
31:1
334 334101 334915
[1000 lbf] [0.60lb] 19.3
334-SS 51,7 [2.04] 334901 334915
4450 N 0,27kg [0.76]
334-R 334101 334215
344 344101 344215
[2000 lbf] [1.50lb] 31
344-SS 45:1 62,4 [2.46] 344901 344915
8900 N 0,68kg [1.22]
344-R 344101 344215
[4000 lbf] [2.10lb] 53.8
374 36:1 44,5 [1.75] None* 374215
17800 N 0,95kg [2.12]
EF = Exerting Force, AF = Applied Force *375509 Latch Plate may be used as an alternate.
324, 334, 344, 374 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -SS
324
324-SS
L
B3
M
R
H2 H
H1
334 C2
334-SS
L1
F H3
A4 A7
344
A2 A5
344-SS A6
Ø D2 S E
B2 E1
A3 ØD
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
374
B4 B B1
A
A1
Model 374
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C2
324 [0.50] [1.00] [0.56] [0.25] [0.28] [1.00] [0.19] [0.19] [0.88] [1.38] [0.53] [0.81] [1.19] [0.09]
324-SS 12,7 25,4 14,2 6,4 7,1 25,4 4,8 4,8 22,4 35,1 13,5 20,7 30,2 2,4
334 [0.75] [1.31] [0.81] [0.28] [0.41] [1.50] [0.28] [0.28] [1.00] [1.56] [0.68] [1.13] [1.63] [0.12]
334-SS 19,1 33,3 20,6 7,1 10,4 38,1 7,1 7,1 25,4 39,6 17,4 28,7 41,4 3.1
344 [1.94] [1.06] [0.35] [0.69] [2.13] [0.36] [0.39] [1.44] [2.12] [1.20] [2.38] [0.16]
344-SS [1.25] 49,3 27 8,0 17,5 54 9,1 9,9 36,6 53,8 30,6 [1.75] 60,5 4
31,8 [2.43] [0.68] [1.50] [2.50] 44,5 [2.36] [0.37]
374 -- -- -- -- -- --
61,7 17,3 38,1 63,5 60 9,4
Model ØD ØD2 F H H1 H2 H3 E E1 L L1 MAX R M S

324 [0.20] [0.17] [0.25] [1.91] [1.10] [1.97] [0.92] [0.19] [0.38] [3.49] [2.56] [3.49] [1.53]
M4
324-SS 5,1 4,3 6,4 48,5 28 50,1 [23,4] 4,4 9,7 88,7 65,1 88,8 38,7
334 [0.28] [0.22] [0.28] [2,37] [1.55] [2.68] [1.34] [0.35] [0.63] [4.10] [3.70] [4.12] [2.04]
M6
334-SS 7,1 5,6 7,1 60,1 39,3 68 34 8,8 16 104,2 94 104,5 51,8
344 [0.34] [0.34] [0.35] [3.39] [1.86] [7.09] [1.73] [0.50] [0.94] [5.77] [5.00] [5.84] [2.46]
M8
344-SS 8,6 8,6 8,9 86,1 47,3 78,6 49,1 12,7 23,8 146,6 126,9 148,4 62,4
[0.41] [2.38] [1.36] [6.60] [6.04] [6.04] [1,75]

374 -- -- -- -- -- -- M10
10,3 60,5 34,5 167,8 153,5 153,5 44,5
324-R, 334-R, 344-R Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Dimensions | -R/-SS
324-R
with DESTACO® H4
Toggle Lock HOOK ADJ
Plus L
B4
H H2
H1 C2
M
L1
A4
334-R
H3
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock E1
Plus A5 A2
E
ØD2
B2 S
DRAWING
B3 MOVEMENT
F
ØD
344-R
B1 B
with DESTACO®
Toggle Lock
A3
A
PROJECTION PROJECTION A1
Model A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 B B1 B2 B3 B4 C2 D
[.50] [1.00] [.56] [.25] [.28] [1.00] [0.88] [1.38] [.52] [0.81] [0.44] [0.09] [0.20]
324-R 6.4 7.1 25.4
12.7 25.4 14.3 22.4 35.1 13.3 20.6 11.1 2.4 5.2
[.75] [1.38] [.81] [.27] [.41] [2.13] [1.00] [1.56] [0.68] [1.13] [1.63] [0.12] [0.28]
334-R 7.0 10.3 54.0
19.1 34.9 20.6 25.4 39.6 17.3 28.6 41.3 3.1 7.1
[1.25] [1.94] [1.06] [.34] [0.69] [2.13] [1.44] [2.13] [1.21] [1.75] [2.38] [0.16] [0.34]
344-R 8.7 17,5 54
31,8 49.1 27.0 36,6 54 30,6 44,5 60,5 4 8.6
Model D2 E E1 F H H1 H2 H3 H4 L L1 M S R
[0.17] [0.20] [0.17] [0.22] [2.03] [1.11] [2.07] [1.52] [.44] [3.47] [2.62] [1.53] [3.49]
324-R M4
4.4 5.2 4.4 5.6 51.6 28.1 52.7 38.5 11.1 88.1 66.6 38.7 88.8
[0.22] [0.35] [0.63] [0.18] [2.37] [1.55] [2.55] [2.22] [0.86] [4.12] [3.76] [2.04] [4.10]
334-R M6
5.6 8.8 15.9 4.5 60.2 39.3 64.7 56.3 21.8 104.6 95.6 51.7 104.2
[0.34] [0.50] [0.94] [0.36] [3.40] [1.86] [3.39] [3.17] [1.22] [5.77] [5.04] [2.46] [5.90]
344-R M8
8,7 12,7 23,9 9,1 86,5 47,3 86.0 80.8 31 146.5 128.0 62.4 150
324, 334, 344, 374 Series
Pull Action Latch Clamps | Replacement Hook Assembly | Dimensions
Replacement Hook Used on Clamp

A B C M Material
Assembly Model
324
324215 [3.00] 76
324-R
324-M-25*
324215-M-25 324-R-M-25*
[4.00] 101,6
Steel
324-M-50*
324215-M-50 324-R-M-50*
[5.00] 127
[1.00] [0.81]
324-M-100* M4X0.7
324215-M-100 [7.00] 178 25,4 20,6
324-R-M-100*
324915 334-SS [3.00] 76
324915-M-25 334-SS-M-25* [4.00] 101,6
Stainless Steel
324915-M-50 334-SS-M-50* [5.00] 127
324915-M-100 334-SS-M-100* [7.00] 178
334
334215 [4.31] 109,5
334-R
334-M-25*
334215-M-25 334-R-M-25*
[5.31] 135
Steel
334-M-50*
334215-M-50 334-R-M-50*
[6.31] 160,3
[1.50] [1.13]
334-M-100* M6X1.0
334215-M-100 [8.31] 211 38,1 28,7
334-R-M-100*
334915 334-SS [4.31] 109,5
334915-M-25 334-SS-M-25* [5.31] 135
Stainless Steel
334915-M-50 334-SS-M-50* [6.31] 160,3
334915-M-100 334-SS-M-100* [8.31] 211
344
344215 [5.81] 147,5
344-R
344-M-25*
344215-M-25 344-R-M-25*
[6.81] 173
Steel
344-M-50*
344215-M-50 344-R-M-50*
[7.81] 198,5
[2.25]
344-M-100* M8X1.25
344215-M-100 [9.81] 249,2 57,2
344-R-M-100*
344915 344-SS [5.81] 147,5 [1.75]
44,5
344915-M-25 344-SS-M-25* [6.81] 173
Stainless Steel
344915-M-50 344-SS-M-50* [7.81] 198,5
344915-M-100 344-SS-M-100* [9.81] 249,2
374215 374 [6.50] 165
374215-M-25 374-M-25* [7.50] 190,5 [3.25]
M10X1.50 Steel
374215-M-50 374-M-50* [8.50] 216 82,6
374215-M-100 374-M-100* [10.50] 266,5
Hook assemblies are supplied with (2) jam nuts and (2) locknuts.
M
Replacement Thumb Used on C

324-ZB1 324, 324-SS
334-ZB1 334, 334-SS B
344-ZB1 344, 344-SS A
375-ZB1 374
301, 311 Series
331Clamps | Product Overview
Pull Action Latch
•F ixed stop automatically limits handle travel • Molding
at various clamping positions once the clamp • Closures for doors,
is installed lids, covers
• Model 301 available in stainless steel • Assembly
as 301-SS
301 311
301-SS
301, 301-SS, 311

Max. Holding Drawing
Capacity Movement
EF 301 1670 N [375 lbf]

0,32kg [0.70lb] 29:1 101,6 [4.00]
301-SS 2000 N [450 lbf]
311 5340 N [1200 lbf] 0,53kg [1.16lb] 31:1 85,9 [3.38]
A1
A3 A
B3
B1
B
B4
ØD
S
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H
C

L1 C2
L
Model A A1 A3 B B1 B3 B4 C C2 ØD H L L1 S
301 [0.75] [1.38] [0.32] [1.25] [1.75] [0.56] [1.04] [1.52] [0.12] [0.28] [1.91] [8.33] [3.04] [4.00]
301-SS 19,1 35,1 8 31,8 44,5 14,1 26,4 38,6 3,1 7,1 48,4 211,5 77,1 101,6
[1.25] [1.91] [0.33] [1.78] [2.53] [0.56] [1.05] [1.91] [0.12] [0.33] [2.44] [9.49] [3.02] [3.88]
311
31,8 48,4 8,3 45,2 64,3 14,3 26,6 48,6 3,1 8,4 61,9 241,2 76,7 85,9
3011 Series
331 Pull Action Latch Clamps | Product Overview
•H eavy duty cast steel or stainless steel • Molding
construction with ergonomic handle • Closures for doors,
• Replaceable stainless steel pivot pins lids, covers
• Assembly
3011

3011
Max. Holding Drawing

Capacity Movement
3011 8900 N [2000 lbf] 0,91kg [2.00lb] 31:1 76,2 [3.00]

EF
[0.63]
16
[3.61]
91,7
[1.55] [0.24]
39,5 6
[3.00]
76,2
[2.49]
63,2
[9.28]
235,6
[0.33] [2.52]
Ø 8,5 64,0
[0.71]
18
[1.42] [3.23]
36 82,0
[0.55] [1.77]
14 45 [1.78]
[0.38] [1.25] 45,2 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
9,6 31,8
[1.97]
50 THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
353 Series
353-359_35

•H eavy duty cast steel clamps are designed • Molding • Keeper plate
to withstand the harshest environments • Closures for doors, • Papered bolt assembly
• Ideally suit for parting line clamping of lids, covers
rotational molds
• Replaceable stainless steel pivot pins
353-35 353-65
AF Max. Keeper Tapered Bolt

Drawing
Model Holding Weight EF:AF L K Plate Assembly
Movement
Capacity (included) (included)
EF HC [2800 lbf] [2.10lb] [9.50] [1.38]
353-35 23:1 353004
12460 N 0,95kg 241,5 35
12
353908
[0.47]
[2100 lbf] [2.30lb] [10.69] [2.56]
353-65 27:1 353004
9350 N 1,04kg 271,5 65
353 Series
353-35 353-65
353-359_35
[0.31]
8,0
M10
[0.79] [3.15]
20,0 80,0
[0.27]
Ø 6,8
[2.46]
[1.12] 62,5
28,5
[1.00]
25,4
[0.50]
[1.57]
12,7
40,0
[6.56]
[2.20] K
166,5
56,0 MAX,
L
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[9.50]
PROJECTION PROJECTION 241,3
Series
486
484
482
463
462
435
425
431
441
424
345
325
7
7
7
7
7
6
6
5
4
4
3
2
Page: MC-SAP-#
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
MC-SAP-1
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]
N [lbf.]
squeeze action plier clamps
3000 to 4000 [675 to 900]

4000 to 5000 [900 to 1125]
5000 to 6000 [1125 to 1350]
0 to 10 [0 to 0.39]
10 to 20 [0.39 to 0.78]
20 to 30 [0.78 to 1.18]
30 to 40 [1.18 to 1.57]
mm [inch]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
Maximum Clamping Thickness
60 to 80 [1.57 to 3.15]
80+ [2.26+]

325 Series
Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Product Overview

•D esigned for attachment by welding or using • Molding See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
mounting holes • Closures for doors,
• Available in stainless steel as -SS version lids, covers
325, Technical Information | Holding Capacities

325-SS
Max. Holding Jaw Spindle
Model Weight
Capacity Opening (Supplied)
325 325203-M
3560 N [800 lbf] 0,54kg [1.18lb] 90°
325-SS 325943-M
Dimensions
[1.06]
Ø 27,0
[1.25]
31,7
M12
[0.27]
Ø 6,8
90°
[1.78]
45,3
[0.28]
7,1
[8.28]
210,2
[0.31]
8,0
[0.50]
12,7
mm [INCH] mm
[2.94] THIRD ANGLE FIRST

74,6 PROJECTION PROJE
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-SAP-2
345 Series

•D esigned for welding or bolting at any • Welding fixtures See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
point along the mounting bar • Assembly fixtures
• Includes M10 swivel foot spindle • Closures for doors,
• Model 345-G includes sliding jaw lids, covers
with spindle
345, Technical Information | Holding Capacities

345-G
Max. Holding Jaw Spindle
Model Weight
Capacity Opening (Supplied)
345 1,22kg [2.69lb] 468206-M

3560 N [800 lbf] 85°
468206-M
345-G 1,40kg [3.09lb]
210203-M

345, 345-G
Dimensions
M10
85°
[2.72]
[4.77] 69,0
121,1 MIN
[9.33] M10
237,0 MAX
[10.86]
276,0
INCLUDED WITH
345-G ONLY
[0.75]
19,1
[6.47]
164,3
435113 [1.06] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Ø 27,0
[1.97] SLIDING JAW
50,0
MC-SAP-3 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
424, 441 Series

•C ompact clamps with forged alloy steel • Welding See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
construction for high strength • Assembly
• Versions ending with (-2) are supplied with
two adjustable spindles
424 424-2 441 441-2

With Two With Two
Adjustable Adjustable
Spindles Spindles
424, 424-2, 441, 441-2
(K5) Maximum
K5 Max. Holding Spindle
Model Weight Clamping
Capacity (Supplied)
Thickness
424 16 [0.63] 424208-M
K2 900 N [200 lbf] 0,14kg [0.31lb]
424-2 7,4 [0.29] (2X) 431208-M
K2
441 23,3 [1.03] 441203-M
1560 N [350 lbf] 0,29kg [0.63lb]
441-2 20,8 [0.82] (2X) 461203-M
424, 424-2, 441, 441-2
MODEL 424-2 & 441-2 AS SHOWN

L1
M
B
K5
K2
K4 K1 K
K2 K5
MODEL 424-2 & 441-2 AS SHOWN

mm [INCH] mm
L1
M
B THIRD ANGLE FIRST
PROJECTION PROJE
L
Model B K K1 K2 K4 L L1 M
424 [0.66] [1.91] [1.00] [0.50] [2.06] [4.63] [1.08]
K4 K1 K M6
K5 424-2 16.8 48.5 25.4 12.7 52.3 117.6 27.4
441 [0.50] [2.07] [1.25] [0.63] [2.80] [6.03] [1.77]

M8
441-2 12.7 52.5 31.8 15.9 71.2 153.1 44.9
431 Series

•T
empered spring steel jaws provide • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
exceptional jaw depth • Gluing, soldering
431 431
Max. Holding (K5) Maximum Spindle

Model Weight
Capacity Clamping Thickness (Supplied)
431 400 N [100 lbf] 0,14kg [0.31lb] 6,8 [0.27] 424208-M
[2.91]
M6 74,0
[0.64]
16,2
[2.83] [2.38]
72,0 60,4
K5
[0.66]
16,8
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

172,7
425, 435 Series

•T
wo way trigger release allows for fast • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
and easy opening of clamp • Welding
• Gluing, soldering
425 435
425
(K5) Maximum
Max. Holding Spindle
Capacity (Supplied)
Thickness
425 0,14kg [0.31lb] 24 [0.94] 205203-M
2220 N [500 lbf]
435 0,23kg [0.50lb] 36,3 [1.43] (2X) 205203-M
[1.83]
M6 46,5
435
[2.80] [1.10] [1.84]

71,1 28,1 46,7
K5
[0.58]
14,8
MODEL 425 AS SHOWN

[5.51]
140,0
[1.83]
M6 46,5
[0.55]
14,0
K5 [1.76]
[3.38] [1.75] 44,7
86,0 44,4
mm [INCH] mm [IN
[0.58]
14,8 [5.52]
THIRD ANGLE FIRST AN
MODEL 435 AS SHOWN 140,1 PROJECTION PROJECT
460, 480 Series

•D rop forged alloy steel components • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1 for accessories
for exceptional strength • Welding
• Two way trigger release allows for fast
and easy opening of clamp
462 462-2 463

With Two Adjustable
Spindles
482 484 486
(K5) Maximum
Max. Holding Spindle
Capacity (Supplied)
Thickness
468206-M
462 29,5 [1.16]
0,51kg [1.13lb] 210206-M
462-2 3110 N [700 lbf] 30,5 [1.20] (2X) 491203-M
468206-M
463 0,54kg [1.19lb] 54,2 [2.13]
210206-M
482 0,79kg [1.75lb] 29,5 [1.16] 468206-M
5340 N [1200 lbf] 468206-M
484 0,91kg [2.00lb] 76,5 [3.01]
210206-M
486 4450 N [1000 lbf] 1,05kg [2.31lb] 138,4 [5.45] (2X) 240203-M
460, 480 Series
Squeeze Action Plier Clamps | Dimensions
M 10
484
[0.88]
22,2 K5
[0.88] [2.13]
22,2 54
[4.65] [3.00] [2.72]
118,0 76,2 69 [2.65]
[2.72] 67,2
69,0 [0.88]
[0.75] M10 22,2
19,1
[1.75]
44,5
[4.16] [2.65]
105,6 67,4
[0.69]
K5 Ø 17,5
[8.51]
216,1
[8.51]
216,1
MODEL 463 AS SHOWN
MODEL 462 AS SHOWN
486
M10
[9.13] [2.56]
232 [5.98]
65,1
151,8
[3.00]
[3.88] 76,2
98,4
[2.99]
M 10 [0.88] 76,0
22,2
[4.18] [1.75] [2.59] [2.94]

[1.19] 65.7
106.2 44.5 74.6
30.2
[0.69]
Ø 17,5
[9.15]
232,5
MODEL 482 AS SHOWN MODEL 484 AS SHOWN
[3.00]
76,2
[2.56]
65,1
[7.92] [2.99]
201,1 76,0
[3.00]
76,2
M10
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[0.69]
Ø 17,5
[9.15]
232,5
MODEL 486 AS SHOWN
manual clamping accessories
Manual Clamping Accessory Overview
Flat-Tip Bonded Large Diameter Neoprene Caps Bolt Retainers

Neoprene Spindle Padded Swivel Foot
– Inch Spindle – Inch
Flat-Tip Bonded Swivel Foot Special Neoprene Caps Flanged Washers

Neoprene Spindle Spindle
– Metric
Round Bonded Hex Head Polyurethane Caps

Neoprene Spindle Spindle
– Metric
Cone-Tip Bonded Plunger-matic Cone-Tip

Neoprene Spindle Assemblies Polyurethane Caps
– Metric
MC-ACC-1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
Spindles
Manual Clamping Accessories | Technical Information | Dimensions
Flat-Tip Bonded Neoprene Part No. M L L1 SW H A ØD ØD1

Spindle – Inch 102208
[1.25] [0.94]
31,8 23,8 [0.34] [0.06]
• Black neoprene, hardness: CopyOfLARGE BONDED SPINDLE ASSEMBLY
#8-32
8,7 1,6
[1.00] [0.69] [0.13] [0.56] [0.44]
70-80 Shore A 105208 25,4 17,4 3,2 14,3 11,1
• Temperature Range: 201208 #10-32 [1.38] [1.01] [0.38] [0.13]
35,1 25,5 9,5 3,2
-20°C to 100°C [1.63] [1.08]
[-22°F to 212°F] 202208 41,4 27,4
SW [0.12] [0.63] [0.47]
• Oil resistant, LABS M 2.13] [1.58] 3 16 12
215208 54,1 40,1 [0.44] [0.16]
(silicone) free 1/4-20
[1.50] [1.12] 11,1 4
424208
• Includes jam nuts H 38,1 28,5 [0.13] [0.66] [0.50]
[1.00] [0.62] 3,3 16,8 12,7
• Stainless steel L1 431208 25,4 15,8
versions available L
[2.25] [1.54]
225208 57,2 39,1
upon request 5/16-18 [0.50] [0.19] [0.83] [0.55]
[3.00] [2.29] 12,7 4,8 21 14
507208 76,2 58,2
A
[3.25] [2.31] [0.20] [1.02] [0.79]
240208 82,6 58,5 5 26 20
CopyOfSMALL BONDED SPINDLE ASSEMBLY-METRIC [3.50] [2.50] [0.56] [0.22] [0.88] [0.63]
Ø D1 527208 3/8-16
88,9 63,5 14,3 5,6 22,2 16
ØD [5.75] [4.77] [1.02] [0.79]
235208 146,1 121,1 26 20
[3.87] [2.73] [0.75] [0.31] [0.28] [1.18] [0.95]
247208 1/2-13
98,3 69,3 19,1 7,9 7 [30] 24
[5.00] [3.63] [0.94] [0.38] [0.38] [1.38] [1.00]
267208 5/8-11
127 92,1 23,8 9,5 9,5 35,1 25,4
Flat-Tip Bonded Neoprene Part No. M L L1 SW H A ØD ØD1

Spindle – Metric 431208-M
[1.00]
25,4
[0.6]
15,8 [0.13] [0.66] [0.66]
• Red neoprene, hardness: [1.63] [1.25] 3,3 16,8 16,8
424208-M
80-85 Shore A M6
41,3 31,7 [0.39] [0.13]
[1.73] [1.18] 10 3,2
• Temperature Range: SW 202208-M 44 30 [0.12] [0.63] [0.47]
-20°C to 100°C M [2.13] [1.57] 3 16 12
215208-M
[-22°F to 212°F] 54 40
[2.09] [1.38]
• Oil resistant, LABS H 225208-M 53 35
(silicone) free L1
2007208-M M8
[2.48] [1.77] [0.51] [0.16] [0.83] [0.55]
63 45 13 4 21 14
• Includes jam nuts L
[3.27] [2.56] [0.20]
507208-M 83 65 5
[3.11] [2.17]
240208-M 79 55
A [0.67] [0.20] [1.02] [0.78]
M10
[4.72] [3.74] 17 5 26 20
235208-M 120 95
Ø D1 [4.02] [2.87] [0.75] [0.24] [0.28] [1.18] [0.94]
247208-M M12
102 73 19 6 7 30 24
ØD
Part No. M L L1 SW H A ØD
[0.87] [0.79]
205208-M 22 20
SW [0.28] [0.09] [0.11] [0.32]
M4
[1.26] [1.18] 7 2,2 2,8 8
201208-M 32 30
H
[1.14] [0.98]
305208-M 29 25
L1
[1.34] [1.18] [0.32] [0.11] [0.20] [0.39]
L 213208-M M5
34 30 8 2,7 5 10
[1.54]
2013208-M 39 [1.38]
G A [1.69] 35 [0.51] [0.16] [0.35] [0.75]
307208-M M8
43 13 4 9 19
ØD
L1 H
L Part No. D L L1 ØG
SW
[0.24] [1.34] [1.18]
213208-M-L 6 34 30
M5
D
 Item is available upon request.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-ACC-2
Spindles
Cone-Tip Bonded Neoprene Spindle – Inch

• Black neoprene, hardness: [0.50] SW
12,7 Part No. M L L1 SW H A B ØD ØD1
70-80 Shore A CopyOf905
• Temperature Range: 305208 #10-32

[1.50] [1.00] [0.38] [0.13] [0.38] [0.19] [0.56] [0.44]
38,1 25,4 9,5 3,3 9,5 4,8 14,2 11,2
-20°C to 100°C M
[2.25] [1.56] [0.44] [0.16]
[-22°F to 212°F] 7,9 213208 1/4-20
57,2 39,6 11,2 40,6
H
• Oil resistant, LABS 509208
[3.00] [2.28] [0.50] [0.25] [0.75] [0.63]
L1 76,2 57,9 [0.50] [0.19] 12,7 6,4 19,1 16
(silicone) free L 5/16-18
12,7 4,8
[5.50] [4.75]
• Includes jam nuts 519208 139,7 120,7
[3.50] [2.50] [0.56] [0.23] [0.75] [0.41] [0.88] [0.75]
210208 3/8-16
88,9 63,5 14,2 5,8 19,1 10,4 22,4 19,1
A Ø D1
B ØD
Large Diameter Padded Swivel Foot Spindle-Inch

• White neoprene, hardness:
Swivel
70-80 Shore A Part No. M L L1 SW H A ØD
Angle
• Temperature Range: [2.56] [1.56] [0.44] [0.16] [1.00]
SW 207209 1/4-20 14°
-40°C to 105°C 65 39,6 11,2 4 25,4
[-40°F to 220°F] M
507209 5/16-18 [2.98] [1.94] [0.50] [0.19] [0.31] [1.50]
24°
75,7 49,3 12,7 4,8 8 38,1
• Non-marking neoprene H
[3.56] [2.44] [0.56] [0.23] [2.00]
• Includes jam nuts L1
CopyOfSWIVEL210209
FOOT ASSEMBLY
3/8-16
90,4 62 14,2 5,8 50,8
26°
L
Plunger-matic Assemblies Spring Max.

Max.
• For use with Straight Line Action clamps Part No. M L L1 ØD Compression
Constant Force
• Internal compression spring [lbf./in] [lbf.]
M S
N/mm N
compensates for
variations in 905 5/16-18
L1 [2.50] [0.75] [0.19] [750] [135]
material thickness 63,5 19,1 4,8 131 600
905-M M8
• Zinc plated [0.88]
• Includes jam nut 22,2
L 920 3/8-16
[3.63] [1.13] [0.38] [822] [308]
92,2 28,6 [9,6] 144 1370
920-M M10
S
ØD
Swivel Foot Spindle Part No. M Style L L1 SW H ØD

Swivel
• Includes jam nuts Angle
[2.44] [2.13] [0.39] [0.13] [0.47]
207206-M M6
62 54 10 3,2 12
A 30°
SW SW SW [2.87] [2.46] [0.51] [0.16]
507206-M M8
73 62,5 13 4 [0.63]
[3.00] [2.00] 16
468206-M B
76,2 50,8
24°
M M [0.67] [0.20]
M10
[3.31] [2.80] 17 5 [0.79]
210206-M 84 71 20
A 30°
H [4.72] [4.13] [0.75] [0.24] [0.98]
L1 250206-M M12
120 105 19 6 25
L1 L
L L L1 [2.38] [1.56] [0.44] [0.16] [0.50]
207206 1/4-20
60,5 39,6 11,2 4 12,7
14°
C
[2.75] [1.94] [0.50] [0.19] [0.56]
507206 5/16-18
69,9 49,3 12,7 4,8 14,2
24°
[3.06] [1.92]
ØD 468206 B
77,7 48,8
ØD ØD [0.56] [0.23] [0.63]
3/8-16
Style A Style B Style C [3.38] [2.41] 14,2 5,8 16
210206 85.9 61,2
26°
C
[4.63] [3.44] [0.75] [0.31] [1.00]
250206 1/2-13
117,6 87,4 19,1 7,9 25,4
24°
spindles
Hex Head Spindle –

Part No. M L L1 SW H Part No. M L L1 SW H
Stainless Steel
• Includes Plain
CopyOfPLAIN SPINDLE ASSEMBLY [0.89] [0.79] [0.28] [0.09] [0.86] [0.75] [0.25]
205943-M M4
22 20 7 2,2 205943 #8-32
21,8 19,1 6,4 [0.13]
hexagonal head
3,2
• Includes Fully threaded M5
[1,32] [1.18] [0.31] [0.11]
#10-32
[1,37] [1,37] [0.31]
201943-M 33,5 30 8 2,7 201943 34,8 34,8 8
• Includes Stainless steel,
type 303 202943-M M6
[1.73] [1.57] [0.39] [0.13]
202943 1/4-20
[1.67] [1.50] [0.44] [0.16]
42,4 40 10 3,2 42,4 38,1 11,1 4
• Includes jam nuts
[2.77] [2.56] [0.51] [0.16] [2.72] [0.50] [0.19]
207943-M M8
70.3 65 13 4 207943 5/16-18
69 12,7 4,8
[2.50]
63,5
[3.00] [2.76] [0.67] [0.20] [2.75] [0.56] [0.22]
237943-M M10
76,4 70 17 5 237943 3/8-16
69,9 14,2 5,6
[2.87] [2.56] [0.75] [0.24] [2.72] [2.38] [0.75] [0.31]

245943-M M12 245943 1/2-13
73 65 19 6 69 60,5 19,1 8
Hex Head Spindle

Part No. M L L1 SW H Part No. M L L1 SW H
• Plain hexagonal head
• Fully threaded
[1.93] [1.77] [0.39] [0.13] [1.92] [1.75]
• Zinc plated 205203-M M6
49 45 10 3,2 205203 48,8 44,5
[0.44] [0.16]
• Includes jam nuts 1/4-20
11,2 4
[1.20] [0.98] [3.17] [3.00]
461203-M 30,5 25 202203 80,5 76,2
[0.51] [0.16]
M8
13 4
[2.97] [2.76] [1.22] [1.00]
SW
207203-M 75,5 70 461203 31 25,4
[1.85] [1.57] [1.97] [1.75] [0.50] [0.19]

491203-M 47 40 441203 5/16-18
50 44,5 12,7 4,8
M
[3.03] [2.76] [0.67] [0.20] [2.72] [2.50]
210203-M M10
77 70 17 5 207203 69,1 63,5
H [4.21] [3.94] [1.75] [1.50]

240203-M 107 100 491203 44,5 38,1
[3.46] [3.15] [0.75] [0.24] [3.00] [2.75]

220203-M M12 210203
88 80 19 6 76,2 69,9
L1 [0.56] [0.23]
3/8-16
L 14,2 5,8
[5.12] [4.72] [0.94] [0.28] [4.25] [4.00]
267203-M M16
130 120 24 7 240203 108 101,6
#8-32 [0.86] [0.75] [0.25] [5.25] [5.00]

105203* 21,8 19,1 6,4 527203 133,4 127
[0.13]
3,3
#10-32 [1.12] [1.00] [0.31] [2.84] [2.50]
305203 28,4 25,4 8 325203 72,1 63,5
[0.75] [0.31]
1/2-13
19,1 7,9
*Material: nylon [3.34] [3.00]
220203 84,8 76,2
[4.00] [0.38] [0.38]

250203 5/8-11 [4.42]
101,6 9,5 9,5
spindle caps
Neoprene Caps For Spindle

• Slip on head of hex-head spindles Part No. D d H
Diameter
• Hardness: 60-70 Shore A
• Temperature range: 215119
[0.63] [0.25] [0.44]
M6 or 1/4
16 6,35 11,1
-40°C to 105°C [-40°F to 220°F]
. [0.75] [0.31] [0.50]
d
225119 19,1 8 12,7
M8 or 5/16
[0.88] [0.38] [0.53]

235119 22,3 9,7 13,5
3/8
H
Special Neoprene Caps For Spindle

• Slip on threaded spindle rod Part No. D d H
Diameter
• Hardness: 60-70 Shore A
• Temperature range: 424107
[0.44] [0.22] [0.44]
M6 or 1/4
11,1 5,6 11,1
-40°C to 105°C [-40°F to 220°F]
[0.72] [0.34] [0.88]
d 235110 18,3 8,6 22,3
M10 or 3/8
Polyurethane Caps For Spindle

• Flat tip, internally threaded Part No. D D1 L1 L2
Diameter
• Hardness: 80 Shore A
• Temperature range: 215219 1/4-20
-70°C to 95°C [-90°F to 200°F] 215219-M [0.79] [0.50] [0.69] [0.50] M6 x 1.0
225219 20 12,7 17,5 12,7 5/16-18
D
225219-M M8 x 1.25
235219 [0.81] [0.63] [0.88] [0.63] 3/8-16
235219-M 20,5 16 22,3 16 M10 x 1.5
L2
L1
D1
Polyurethane Caps – Cone-tip For Spindle

• Cone tip, internally threaded Part No. D L1 L2
Diameter
• Hardness: 80 Shore A
• Temperature range: 215319 [0.75] [0.50] 1/4
19,1 12,7
-70°C to 95°C [-90°F to 200°F] 225319 [0.81] 5/16
20,5
[0.94] [0.63]
D 235319 23,9 16
3/8
L2
L1
bolt retainers, washers
Bolt Retainers – For Spindle

Part No. A B Ød F1 Style
• For use with clamps featuring U-bar Diameter
and open bar clamping arms [1.25] [0.33] [0.25]
207105 31,8 8,4 6,4
A
[0.63]
M8 or 5/16
[1.26] 16 [0.32] [0.24]
207105-M 32 8,2 6
B
Ød F1
Ød F1 [1.50] [0.75] [0.53]
210114 38,1 19,1 13,5
A
[0.31]
M10 or 3/8
[1.49] [0.78] [0.51] 8
210114-M 38 20 13
B
B B
[1.63] [0.88] [0.56]
247110 41,4 22,3 14,2
A
M12 or 1/2
[1.61] [0.87] [0.57] [0.38]
247110-M 41 22,2 14,4 9,7
B
38.1 38
[1.88] [1.00] [0.64]
250121 47,8 25,4 16,3
M12 or 1/2 A
Style A Style B [0.97] [0.50] [0.26]

2002115-E 24,6 12,7 6,6
M6 or 1/4
[0.23]
[1.26] [0.75] [0.34] 5,8
2007115-E 32 19,1 8,6
M8 or 5/16 B
[1.58] [1.13] [0.41] [0.32]

2010115-E 40,1 28,7 10,4 8,1
M10 or 3/8
Flanged Washers – For Spindle

Part No. ØD Ød F2
and open bar clamping arms [0.44] [0.17] [0.33]
105106 M4 or #8
• Zinc plated 11,2 4,3 8,3
[0.56] [0.20] [0.38]

102111 14,2 5,1 9,6
M5 or #10
d
[0.69] [0.26] [0.50]
215105 17,5 6,7 12,7
M6 or 1/4
[0.88] [0.33] [0.59]

507107 22,4 8,4 15
M8 or 5/16
F2 [1.00] [0.41] [0.75]

235106 25,4 10,5 19,1
M10 or 3/8
[1.26] [0.53] [0.91]

D 247109 32 13,5 23,2
M12 or 1/2
[1.44] [0.66] [1.03]

267102 36,5 16,8 26,2
M16 or 5/8
Flanged Washers-Stainless Steel Part No. ØD Ød F2

For Spindle
and open bar clamping arms 105906
[0.44] [0.17] [0.33]
M4 or #8
11,2 4,3 8,3
d [0.56] [0.20] [0.38]

102911 14,2 5,1 9,6
M5 or #10
[0.69] [0.26] [0.50]

215905 17,5 6,7 12,7
M6 or 1/4
[0.88] [0.33] [0.60]

507907 22,4 8,4 15,2
M8 or 5/16
F2
[1.00] [0.41] [0.75]
235906 25,4 10,5 19,1
M10 or 3/8
D [1.26] [0.53] [0.91]

247909 32 13,5 23,2
M12 or 1/2
[1.44] [0.66] [1.03]

267902 36,6 16,8 26,2
M16 or 3/8
Adapters & extensions
Manual Clamping Accessories | Product Overview
Features: Application Areas:

Provides flexible adjustment of length and height
• • Checking fixtures
• Mounts to manual clamp models that feature • Areas requiring multiple clamping points
open clamping arms
• Lightweight aluminum
Length Adapter:
For horizontal bridging
Made of aluminum
Easy handling
Height Adapter:
For vertical bridging
Made of aluminum Plastic Grip:
Ergonomic design
Easy handling
for checking fixtures
Internal
over-centre
Clamping Arm Adapter: locking:
Flexible adjustment of the Secure fixing
clamping points with several Exact positioning
holes for asymmetric clamping
Open clamping arm:

Attaches easily to manual clamps
with open ended clamping arms
(Model 227-U-L shown)
Also available in black
Adjustment Spindles:
For Checking Fixtures
Small head-diameter
No interference during
the checking process
Manual Clamping Accessories | Dimensions
Length Adapter
ØD2H7
Length
Model no. B B1 B2 B3 B4 DØ D1 Ø D2H7 L L1 L2 L3 L4 M M1
adapter +0, -,1 +0,2
213-U-L / 213-UB-L L-213-1-01

[1.97] [1.18]
[0.39] [0.22] [0.31] [0.39] 2x [0.22] 50 30 [0.47] [0.79] [0.20]
2013-U / 2013-UB 10 5,5 8 10 45º 5,5
--
12 20 5
M4 M5
[3.54] [2.76]
L-213-1-02
2013-UR / 2013-UBR 90 70
202-U-L / 202-UB-L [0.24] [1.30]

[2.17] [1.18] 33
L-217-1-01 6
217-U-L / 217-UB-L 55 30
[0.26] [0.35] [0.47] 2x [0.22] [3.74] [2.76]
2002-U-L / 2002-UB-L L-217-1-02
6,5 9 12 45º 5,5 95 70
M5 M5
[1.89]
2017-U / 2017-UB [5.31] [4.33]
L-217-1-03 48
135 110
2017-UR / 2017-UBR
[0.47] [0.39] [0.59] [0.24]
12 10 [2.17] [1.18] 15 [1.30] 6
207-U-L / 207-UB-L L-227-1-01 33
55 30
227-U-L / 227-UB-L L-227-1-02
[3.74] [2.76]
[0.33] [0.51] [0.59] 2x [0.22] [0.31] 95 70
2007-U-LS / 2007-U-LS 8,5 13 15 45º 5,5 8
M6 M5
[5.31] [4.33] [2.87]
L-227-1-03 73
2027-U / 2027-UB 135 110
2027-UR / 2027-UBR [6.89] [5.91]

L-227-1-04
175 150
 Available upon request. Also available in Black. Add -BLK to part number.
Height Adapter
Model no. Height adapter DØ D1 Ø D2 L L1 L2 L3 SW M

f7 f7
213-U-L / 213-UB-L [2.05] [1.38]

L-213-2-01
52 35
[0.20] [0.24]
2013-U / 2013-UB 5 6
M5
L-213-2-02 [3.23] [2.56]
2013-UR / 2013-UBR 82 65
202-U-L / 202-UB-L [0.39] [0.47] [0.31]

10 [2.05] [1.38] 12 8
217-U-L / 217-UB-L L-217-2-01 52 35
[0.24] [0.24]
2002-U-LS / 2002-UB-LS 6 6
M6
L-217-2-02 [3.23] [2.56] [0.31]
2017-U / 2017-UB 82 65 8
2017-UR / 2017-UBR
207-U-L / 207-UB-L
[2.09] [1.38]
227-U-L / 227-UB-L L-227-2-01 53 35
[0.31] [0.31] [0.31] [0.51] [0.39]
2007-U-LS / 2007-U-LS 8 8 13 10
M8
88 [2.56]
L-227-2-02 [3.23]
2027-U / 2027-UB 82 65
2027-UR / 2027-UBR
Clamping Arm Adapter
Clamping
Model no. B B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 DØ L L1 L2 L4 L5 L6 M M1
arm adapter H7
213-U-L / 213-UB-L
[0.20]
2013-U / 2013-UB L-213-3-01

5
- M5 M5
2013-UR / 2013-UBR
202-U-L / 202-UB-L [3.70] [2.40] [2.01]

94 61 51
217-U-L / 217-UB-L
[0.24]
2002-U-LS / 2002-UB-LS L-217-3-01 6
- M6 M5
[0.39] [0.20] [0.79] [0.31] [0.47] [1.26] [0.59] [0.39]
2017-U / 2017-UB 10 5 20 8 12 32 15 10
2017-UR / 2017-UBR
207-U-L / 207-UB-L
227-U-L / 227-UB-L
4.88] [0.31] [2.99] [2.60] [0.59]
2007-U-LS / 2007-UB-LS L-227-3-01 124 8 76 66 15
M8 M5
2027-U / 2027-UB
2027-UR / 2027-UBR
Arm Extension:
• Easily cut to length
• Drilled & tapped for spindle attachment
Note: adding arm extension will reduce the clamp’s holding
capacity. Refer to Technical Appendix for details
Model no. Extension link B B1 B2 B3 B4 L L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 M M1

+0, -,1 +0,2
213-U-L / 213-UB-L
[0.39] [0.22] [0.31] [0.39] 2x [2.95] [2.36] [0.94] [0.79] [0.47] [1.42] [0.31]
2013-U / 2013-UB L-213-4-01 M4 M5
10 5,5 8 10 45º 75 60 24 20 12 36 8
2013-UR / 2013-UBR
202-U-L / 202-UB-L
217-U-L / 217-UB-L
[0.26] [0.35] [0.47] 2x [5.00] [4.33] [1.38] [1.89] [2.95] [0.39]
2002-U-LS / 2002-UB-LS L-217-4-01 M5 M5
6,5 9 12 45º 127 110 35 48 75 10
2017-U / 2017-UB
2017-UR / 2017-UBR [0.47] [0.59]
12 15
207-U-L / 207-UB-L
227-U-L / 227-UB-L
[0.33] [0.51] [0.59] 2x [6.57] [5.91] [1.77] [2.87] [4.13] [0.39]
2007-U-LS / 2007-UB-LS L-227-4-01 M6 M5
8,5 13 15 45º 167 150 45 73 105 10
2027-U / 2027-UB
2027-UR / 2027-UBR
Cross Arm Set

• 1 x cross arm
• 2 x adjustment spindles
with neoprene thrust pads L1
vulcanized, resin-free, inc. L3
2 x fastening nuts
• 4 x flange washers
C1
• 1 x screw incl. 1 x fastening

C7
nut, self-locking F1
F
For Models
Model no. C1 C7 F F1 L1 L3 Adjustable Spindles
with U Arms
[0.47] [0.12] [0.31] [0.57] [4.92] [4.33]
207426-Q 207, 225, 227 507208-M
12 3 35 14,5 125 110
[0.63] [0.16] [0.43] [0.75] [5.87] [5.12]

210440-Q 210, 235, 237 240208-M
16 4 11 19 149 130
carver clamp Series
Product Overview
Bar-Style C-Style
Holding Holding
Page Page
Model Capacity Model Capacity
MC-CVR-# MC-CVR-#
max max
T186-24 [2500 lbf] T186-6

[2500 lbf]
T186-36 11300N T186-12
11300N
T186-20
T321-24
[1500 lbf]
T321-36
5650N [1270 lbf]
T321-60 T321-10
5650N
T290-36
T290-60 [4000 lbf]
3-4
T290-84 18000N T290-9
[4000 lbf]
T290-18 5-6
18000N
T290-40
T285-36
[2000 lbf]
T285-60
9000N
T285-84
T285-9 [2000 lbf]
T285-18 9000N
[6000 lbf]
T257-84
27000N
T257-24 [6000 lbf]

T257-36 27000N
Typical Applications
Bar Clamps “C” Clamps
No obstruction Unaffected by weld Holds rounds to flats.

from long screw. spatter. Screw is Limited movement
Ideal for structural shielded and out of moveable jaw pad
steel fabrication. of work area. and grooved face
ensure positive grip
on round objects.
MC-CVR-1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
carver clamp Series
Product Overview
Buttress-Style T-Slot Style
Holding Holding
Page Page
Model Capacity Model Capacity
MC-CVR-# MC-CVR-#
max max
T400-4
[5100 lbf]
[2900 lbf] T400-6
T614-0 22700N
13000N T400-8
T600-4
[3600 lbf]
T600-6
[14000 lbf] 16000N
T614-1 7-8 T600-8
62500N
9-12
T402-6
T402-12 [8160 lbf]
T402-18 36300N
[18000 lbf]
T614-2 T402-24
80000N
T602-6
T602-12 [5620 lbf]
T602-18 25000N
Typical Applications
Buttress Clamps
T-Slot Clamps
Ideal for use as manual die clamps. Eliminates the need for step
blocks or riser blocks.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-CVR-2
bar-style Series
CARVER Clamps | Product Overview
Features:
These rugged clamps, made from high-tensile, heat-treated steel, are designed for all types of applications
requiring large holding capacities from 1270 lbf to 6000 lbf (5650N to 27000N).
The clamps are highly
versatile. For example, jaws can be reversed to provide spreading action, or several jaws can be used on
a single bar both for fixturing and positive component location and clamping.
Available models include T321 Standard-Duty Deep Throat, T285 Medium-Duty Deep Throat, T186
Standard-Duty, T290 Medium-Duty and T257 Heavy-Duty. In addition, standard and medium-duty
connectors are available to couple like bars together for increased clamping reaches.
Model For Bar Clamps Weight

Model [lbs.] kg
186-13 T186-.. and T321-.. [1.54] 0,7

290-13 T285-.. and T290-.. [2.87] 1,3
Connector
Width Width
Throat Opening Opening Consisting of:
Depth S S1 Weight
[lbs.] 1x 2x
Holding Capacity B1 min max min max Model Clamping Screw Ø kg
[24] [26.8] [7.50]

600 680 T186-24 3,4 186-24-1
[2.38] [8.50] [2.95] M12 186-2
[2500 lbf] 60 215 [36] 75 [39] [9.50] 186-36-1
11300N 900 T186-36
990 4,4
[24] [27.2] [7.70]

600 690 T321-24 3,5 186-24-1
[4.7] [5.50] [36] [3.15] [39.4] [9.00] 186-36-1 321-2
T321-36 M12 4,5
[1270 lbf] 120 140 900 80 1000
5650N 186-60-1
[60] [63] T321-60 [13.00]
1500 1600 5,9
[36] [36.9] [20.50]

900 1005 T290-36 10,5 290-36-1
[3.5] [10.00] [48] [4.72] [63.8] [28.50] 290-60-1 290-2

T290-60 M16 14,0
[4000 lbf] 90 250 1200 120 1620
18000N 290-84-1
[60] [87.4] T290-84 [36.50]
1500 2220 18,0
[36] [42.7] [24.50]

900 1085 T285-36 10,5 290-36-1
[8.0] [6.00] [48] [4.72] [66.93] [32.50] 290-60-1 285-2
T285-60 M16 15,0
200 150 1200 120 700
[2000 lbf]
9000N 290-84-1
[60] [90.6] T285-84 [40.50]
1500 2300 19,0
[4.5] [12.00] [84] [5.90] [86.6] M20 [61.00] 257-2

T257-84 257-84-1
[6000 lbf] 115 305 2100 150 2200 27,2
27000N
 Available upon request
bar-style Series
CARVER Clamps | Dimensions
[inch]
mm
Model
A A1 A2 B B2 B3 B4 L
[28]
T186-24 710
[0.98] [0.47] [2.99] [1.26] [1.73] [1.18] [2.99]
25 12 76 32 44 30 76
T186-36 [40.2]
1020
[28]
T321-24 710
[0.98] [0.47] [2.99] [1.26] [4.09] [1.18] [2.99] [40.2]

T321-36 25 12 76 32 104 30 76 1020
T321-60 [64]
1625
[42.1]
T290-36 1070
T290-60 [1.50] [0.79] [5.51] [2.00] [2.56] [1.57] [4.13] [66.5]

38 20 140 51 65 40 105 1690
T290-84 [90.2]
2290
[42.1]
T285-36 1070
T285-60 [1.50] [0.79] [5.51] [2.00] [7.09] [1.57] [4.13] [66.5]

38 20 140 51 180 40 105 1690
T285-84 [90.2]
2290
[2.00] [0.87] [7.36] [2.50] [3.27] [2.05] [5.00] [91.9]

T257-84 51 22 187 63,5 83 52 127 2335
c-style Series
Features:
Operation is very simple. The operator slides the spring loaded moveable jaw toward the workpiece
to the nearest notch where it locks into the detent. Hand tightening the screw advances the clamp jaw.
The jaw advances the tilting pad directly into contact with the workpiece – there is no rotating to twist
the work or the clamp out of position.
An unusual and very useful feature of these clamps is the ability to use the clamp for spreading or
locating as well as squeezing..
1. Loosen Screw 2. Push In Jaw Base 3. Slide Jaw Up or Down 4. Tighten Screw

Width Consisting of:
Throat Depth
Opening Clamping
B1 Model
S Screw Ø Weight
[in] mm
Holding Capacity
[in] mm [lbs.] kg 1x 1x
[0-6] 0-150 T186-6 [2.75] 1,4 186-6-1 186-2

[2.38] 60 [0-12] 0-300 T186-12 M12 [3.75] 1,8 186-12-1 186-2
[2,500 lbf] [0-20] 0-500 T186-20 [5.51] 2,5 186-20-1 186-2
11300N
[4.7] 120 [0-10] 0-250 T321-10 M12 [4.4] 2,0 321-10-1 321-2
[1,270 lbf]
5650N
290-2
[0-9] 0-225 T290-9 [10.00] 5,5 290-9-1
M16 290-2
[3.5] 90 [0-18] 0-450 T290-18 [13.50] 7,0 290-18-1
290-2
[4,000 lbf] [0-40] 0-1000 T290-40 [23.15] 10,5 290-40-1
290-2
18000N
[0-9] 0-225 T285-9 M16 [12.00] 7,1 285-9-1 285-2

[8.0] 200
[0-18] 0-450 T285-18 [13.50] 8,5 285-18-1 285-2
[2,000 lbf]
9000N
[0-24] 0-600 T257-24 M20 [27.50] 13,1 257-24-1 257-2

[4.5] 115
[0-36] 0-900 T257-36 [32.50] 15,8 257-36-1 257-2
[6,000 lbf]
27000N
c-style Series
Throat Depth
[inch]
mm
Model
A A1 A2 B B2 B3 B4 L L1
[1.26] [1.30] [9.65] [.79]

T186-6 32 33 245 20
[0.98] [0.51] [3.00] [1.26] [1.69] [1.30] [3.00] [15.55] [.79]

T186-12 25 13 76 38 43 33 76 395 20
T186-20 [1.38] [1.18] [24.61] [1.18]

35 30 625 30
[0.98] [0.51] [3.00] [1.38] [4.02] [1.32] [3.00] [14.2] [1.00]

T321-10 25 13 76 35 102 33,5 76 360 25
[16.53]
T290-9 420
[1.57] [0.79] [5.51] [2.36] [2.56] [1.57] [4.13] [25.78] [2.56]

T290-18 40 20 140 60 65 40 105 655 65
T290-40 [47.44]
1205
[16.53]
T285-9 420
[1.57] [0.79] [5.51] [2.36] [7.09] [1.57] [4.13] [2.56]
40 20 140 60 180 40 105 65
T285-18 [25.78]
655
T257-24 [33.46]
850
[2.00] [0.87] [7.36] [2.36] [3.35] [2.00] [5.00] [3.94]
T257-36 51 22 187 60 85 51 127 100
[45.87]
1165
buttress-STYLE Series
Features:
These workholding clamps are designed for use on thin or low-profile workpieces replacing ordinary strap clamps.
They feature a self-aligning swiveling pivot which allows the tightening bolt to always remain vertical, preventing
any side forces. The two-point contact offered by Models T614-0 and T614-1 also provides greater stability to the
workpiece. Ideally suited for manual die clamping. Eliminates the need for step blocks or riser blocks.
Weight
Working For Screw
Holding Capacity Model [lbs.]
Height Range Diameter
kg
[2900 lbf]
[0-1.75”] [1/2”] [1.5]
13000N
0-45 M12
T614-0 0,6
[5/8”]
M16
[0-2.25”] [5.8]
[14000 lbf] 0-57
or T614-1 2,7
62500N [3/4”]
M20
[0-3.00”] [1”] [9.5]

[18000 lbf]
0-75 M24
T614-2 4,3
80000N
buttress-STYLE Series
Holding capacity [2900 lbf] 13kN

Clamping height [1.75] 45mm max.
Ø D
Model T614-0
B1
B
C2
B4 B3
A
A1
Ø D Holding capacity [14000 lbf] 62.5kN

Clamping height [2.25] 57mm max.
B1 Model T614-1
B Delivery includes reducing bush with
inner diameter 17 [0.67].
Reducer bushing is standard equipment
C2
B3
B4
A
ØD1 A1
ØD
B1
Holding capacity [18000 lbf] 80kN
Clamping height 75 [3.00] max.
Model T614-2
B4
C2
C2a
A1
[inch]
mm
Model
A A1 B B1 B3 B4 C2 C2a ØD ØD1
[3.54] [4.34] [1.41] [2.59] [0.78] [1.56] 1.02] [0.51]
T614-0 90 110 36 66 40 40 26
–
13
–
[5.28] [6.31] [2.09] [3.94] [1.14] [2.56] [1.81] [0.83] [0.67]

T614-1 134 160 53 100 29 65 46
–
21 17
[5.83] [6.69] [5.13] [2.56] [1.97] [1.57] [1.02]
T614-2 148 170
–
130
–
65 50 40 26
–
T-Slot Series
Features:
These clamps provide rapid height adjustment and positive holding. They are designed with a single-unit clamp
head and base. The DESTACO Carver T-Slot Clamp is one single assembly – there are no loose parts.
When setting up, the safety lock on the back is released and the clamp lifted on the base to the desired height.
When the clamp screw is turned, 100% of the force is transmitted to the work-piece. Backing off the clamp
adjusting screw and releasing the safety lock and lifting the clamp head makes for rapid job changeover.
If the clamping height is more than

[29.5in] 750mm the connector
shown below will be delivered
as standard equipment.
MODEL T813400
Working Height Accessories Weight

Throat Depth C Max.
Holding Capacity Model Standard [lbs.]
Torque
Equipment kg
a b min. max.
[0.50] [4.00] [5.1]

T400-4 2,3
12 100
[5100 lbf] [0.55] [1.30] [0.50] [6.00] [36 ft. lbs.] [5.5]
T400-6
22700N 14 33 12 150 49Nm 2,5
[2.00] [8.00] [5.7]
50 200 T400-8
2,6
(2) M12 T-nuts
for 14mm T-slot
T2060-05
[0.50] [4.00] T600-4 [5.9]
12 100 2,7
[3600 lbf]
[2.24] [2.87] [0.50] [6.00] T600-6 [30 ft. lbs.] [6.4]
16000N
57 73 12 150 40Nm 2,9
[2.00] [8.00] [6.6]
50 200 T600-8
3,0
0 [6.00] [14.00]
T402-6 6.4
150
0 [12.00] [17.70]
T402-12 [85 ft. lbs.] 8.0
[1.73] [2.68] 300 115Nm
44 68 [6.00] [18.00] [19.40]
[8160 lbf] T402-18
36300N 150 450 8.8
[12.00] [24.00] [20.00]
300 600 T402-24
9.0
(2) M16 T-nuts
for 18mm T-slot
T2060-07
0 [6.00] [16.00]
T602-6 7.3
150
[3.90] [4.84] 0 [12.00] [70 ft. lbs.] [19.80]
99 123 300 T602-12
[5320 lbf] 95Nm 9.0
25000N [6.00] [18.00] [21.60]
150 450 T602-18
9.8
T-Slot Series
These clamps provide rapid height adjustment Safety – No loose parts. Clamp and base are one unit.
and positive holding. They are designed with a Higher clamping force holds parts more securely
single-unit clamp head and base, providing up and safely.
to [8000 lbf] 35.6kn. of positive holding capacity
for workpieces up to 60” high. The design applies Speed – The clamp head adjusts much faster than an
100% of the screw operator can select proper size spacers and bolts. Benefits
force directly onto the workpiece far more than include:
any strap clamp arrangement. Additionally, there • Cuts set-up time by as much as 80%
is no searching for the correct riser block height. • Reduces machine downtime
The DESTACO Carver T-Slot Clamp is one single • Offers more rapid loading and unloading
assembly – there are no loose parts. Economy – Tool tip technology and digital control have
When setting up, the safety lock on the back is reduced machining time. Why lose these advantages on
released and the clamp lifted on the base to the long set-up times? T-Slot clamps can reduce set-up time
desired height. When the clamp screw is turned, by as much as 80%. Benefit: Money saved.
100% of the force is transmitted to the workpiece. Ease of Operation – Loosen adjusting screw and release
Backing off the clamp adjusting screw and safety catch to adjust height instantly.
releasing the safety lock and lifting the clamp Versatility - Selection of bases gives standard clamping
head makes for rapid job changeover. heights from 0 to 600mm[0 to 24in.]. Additional heights
available up to 1500mm[60in.] are available upon
request. Two or more heads can be used on one base
to position and hold down as well as support – ideal for
fine height adjustment during set-up. Also eliminates
riser blocks.
T602
T402
Ideal for use as manual die clamps. Eliminates the need The T402 and T602 can be reversed on their bases to
for step blocks or riser blocks. give added reach.
T-Slot Series
L L
B2 B2
C1 C1
F ØD F ØD
L1 L1
C2 C2
C C
A A1 A A1
B1 B1
A3 A3
Model T400-.. Model T402-..
If the T402 is reversed on its base, the

measurement of the throat depth will change.
T400-.. T402-..
a [0.55] [1.73]
14 44
b [1.30] [2.68]
33 68
a b
Consisting of Clamping
C
Model A A1 A3 B1 B2 C1 C2 ØD F L L1 1x 1x Screw
min max Size Ø
[1.00] [4.00] 400-4-1

T400-4 25 100
[2.12] [3.78] [0.41] [2.00] [2.00] [1.00] [6.00] [1.09] [0.63] [0.53] [1.02] [6.30] [1.44]
T400-6 54 96,2 10.5 51 51 25 150 28 16 13,5 26 160
400-2 400-6-1 12mm
36,5
[2.50] [8.00]
T400-8 62 200 400-8-1
[6.00] 402-6-1
T402-6 0 150
0 [1200] 402-12-1
T402-12 300 [2.56]
[2.81] [5.51] [0.59] [3.00] [2.68] [6.00] [1.77] [0.75] [0.66] [1.50] [9.65]
402-2 20mm
71 140 15 76 68 150 [18.00] 45 19 16,3 38 245 65
T402-18 450 402-18-1
[12.00]
300 [24.00]
T402-24 600 402-24-1
 Available upon req uest
T-Slot Series
F L
F1
F1 B2
B2
ØD
C1
C1
F ØD
L1 C2 L1
C2
C B1 C
A A1 A
B1 A1
A3
A3
Model T600-.. Model T602-..
If the T602 is reversed on its base, the

measurement of the throat depth will change.
T600-.. T602-..
a [2.24] [3.90]
57 99
b [2.87] [4.84]
73 123
a b
Consisting of Clamping
C
Model A A1 A3 B1 B2 C1 C2 ØD F F1 L L1 1x 1x Screw
min max Size Ø
[0.47] [4.00] 600-4-1

T600-4 12 100
[2.12] [3.78] [0.41] [2.00] [1.97] [0.47] [6.00] [1.50] [0.63] [0.53] [1.97] [0.41] [7.88] [3.35]
T600-6 54 96,2 10,5 51 50 12 150 38 16 13,5 50 10,5 200 85
600-2 600-6-1 12mm
[1.97] [8.00]
T600-8 50 200 600-8-1
[6.00] 402-6-1
T602-6 150
0
[1200]
[2.81] [5.51] [0.59] [3.11] [3.11] 0 300 [3.19] [0.75] [0.66] [1.50] [12.40] [5.31] 402-12-1
T602-12 71 140 15 79 79
- 602-2 20mm
[6.00] [18.00] 81 19 16,3 38 315 135
150 450 402-18-1
T602-18
pneumatic toggle clamps
Max. Holding Capacity Max. Exerting Force at O

DESTACO Pneumatic Clamps use air- N[lbf.] 5bar[72PSI] N[lbf.]
actuated cylinders to operate the clamping
action. They are ideal for quick and
7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]
5000 to 6000 [1125 to 1350]
6000 to 8000 [1350 to 1800]

repetitive production operations, and yet
3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]
4000 to 5000 [900 to 1125]

1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]
1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]
2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]
3000 to 4000 [675 to 900]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

are portable and economical to use on
Page: MC-PTC-#
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]
short run jobs with temporary fixturing
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
0 to 1000 [0 to 225]
0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]
10000+ [2250+]
Series
812 3
802 5
807 7
810 9
846 11
847 15
8007 13
858 17
8021 19
8071 19
8101 19
817 21
827 21
868 23
803 25
8031 26
830 27
850 28
800 29
1200 29
MC-PTC-1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
3000 to 4000 [675 to 900]
4000 to 5000 [900 to 1125]
5000 to 6000 [1125 to 1350]
2PSI] N[lbf.]
rting Force at
6000 to 8000 [1350 to 1800]
0 to 50 [0 to 1.97]
50 to 75 [1.97 to 2.95]
75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]
100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]

mm [inch]
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

Overall Height
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]
250 to 275 [9.84 to 10.83]
275+ [10.83+]
125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]
150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]
175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]
200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]
225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

mm [inch]
Overal Length
250 to 300 [9.84 to 11.81]
300 to 400 [11.81 to 15.75
400+ [15.75+]
20 to 40 [0.78 to 1.57]
40 to 60 [1.57 to 2.36]
60 to 80 [2.36 to 3.15]
80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]

mm [inch]
Overal Width
Excellent/High
100 to 120 [3.94 to 4.72]
MC-PTC-2
Welding
Assembly
Area
Suitable
Application
Light Machining
Fair/Medium
Duty Cycle
Accomodates Workpiece
Variation
Poor/Low
U-Bar Version
Arm
Style
Solid Arm Version
Normal
ment
Service
Harsh/Dirty
Environ-
Not Recommended
pneumatic toggle clamps
812 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Product Overview

•S mallest of the pneumatic hold down series • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
• Pneumatic version of Model 201-U • Welding for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options
High temperature version available
upon request as Model 812-U-HT
812-U
Maximum
Maximum Accessories
Exerting Force @
Holding Capacity (Supplied)
5bar [72PSI]
Air
Bore Port Spindle Flanged
Model Inner Outer Inner Outer Weight Consumption†
Size Size Accessory Washers
dm3 [ft3]
[100 lbf] [55 lbf] [136 lbf] [92 lbf] [0.46lb] [0.75] [0.003]
812-U 440 N 245 N 613 N 413 N 0,21kg 19,1 0,09
M5 305208-M 102111
† Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]
Max. Operating Temp: -23°C to 74°C [-10°F to 165°F]

Optional Sensors: 810156, 810158
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 812-U-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 812CYL
In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create
an exerting force that exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity.
See Technical Appendix Section for details.
812
812 Series
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions
812-U [0.75] [0.29] M5

19,1 7,2
[1.54]
39,1
M5 OR #10
IF SUPPLIED
99° [2.76]
[0.31]
8,0 70,0
[1.56]
39,6
[0.13] [0.68] [1.02]

3,4 17,3 25,9 [5.59]
142,0
[1.00] [0.17]
25,4 Ø 4,3
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
[1.50] [0.94]
38,1 23,9
[0.18] [0.63]
4,6 16,0
Note:
Model 812-U requires either 810156
or 810158 sensors. Two (2) sensors
are required if detecting both open
and closed positions. These sensors
use 810156-1 (included with sensors)
band clamp to mount the sensor to
the cylinder wall.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-PTC-4
802 Series

• Pneumatic version of Model 202-U • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
• Sensor ready for T-slot or round sensors • Welding for spindle accessories
See page MC-PSC-40
for sensing options
upon request, add –HT to model
number. Example: 802-U–HT
802-U
802-UE
Maximum Max. Exerting Force Accessories

Holding Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI] (Supplied)
Air
Size Size Accessory Washers
dm3 [ft3]
802-U [200 lbf] [110 lbf] [450 lbf] [234 lbf] [1.60lb] [1.26] [0.012] 1/8 NPT
202208-M 215105
802-UE 890 N 490 N 2010 N 1045 N 0,73kg 32 0,34 G-1/8
Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]*

Max Operating Temp: -10°C to 90°C [-14°F to 194°F]
Replacement Seal Kit: 802450-32-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 802-U-LC
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force
that exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity. See Technical Appendix for details.
Sensor Accessories Item Number

Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 810169
T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 8EA-109-1
Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable CABL-010
See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options
802-U, 802-UE
802 Series
802-U 1/8" NPT

802-U [0.99] [0.50] 802-UE G-1/8
802-UE 25,1 12,7
[2.22]
56,4
AUXILIARY UNCLAMP PORT

(802-U ONLY)
M6 OR 1/4"
IF SUPPLIED
102°
[2.55] [0.38] [3.77]
64,8 9,7 95,8
[0.24]
6,2
[1.06] [1.73]
27,0 43,9
[7.69]
195,3
[1.50]
38,1 [0.22]
Ø 5,6
[1.93] [1.06] mm [INCH] mm [INC

49,1 27,0

[0.25] [0.50] PROJECTION PROJECTI
6,4 12,7
807 Series

•P neumatic version of Series 207 • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
manual clamps • Welding for spindle accessories
• Sensor ready for round or T-slot sensors. See page MC-PSC-40
• Built-in flow restriction eliminates need for sensing options
for external flow controls
upon request, add –HT to model
807-U 807-S
807-UE 807-SE
Maximum Maximum
Accessories
Holding Exerting Force
(Supplied)
Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI]
Air
Bore Port Spindle Flanged Bolt
Size Size Accessory Washers Retainer
dm3 [ft3]
807-U [375 lbf] [275 lbf] [576 lbf] [297 lbf] 1/8 NPT --
507107 --
807-UE 1670 N 1220 N 2573 N 1327 N G-1/8 2007208-M
[1.66lb] [1.26] [0.015]
807-S 0,75kg 32 0,42 1/8 NPT
[500 lbf] [260 lbf] [540 lbf] [180 lbf]
-- -- 207105
807-SE 2220 N 1160 N 2412 N 804 N G-1/8

Replacement Clamp Assembly: 807-U-LC, 807-S-LC
that exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity. See Technical Appendix for details.

807-U, 807-UE, 807-S, 807-SE
807 Series
807-U / 807-S 1/8" NPT

807-UE / 807-SE G-1/8
[1.97] [0.88]
50,0 22,4
807-U
807-UE
[2.26]
57,4

(807-U, 807-S ONLY)
103°
M8 OR 5/16"
IF SUPPLIED [5.83]
148,2
[0.63]
16,0
[3.00]
76,3
[1.38]
[0.25] 35,0 [2.51]
6,3 63,6
[9.33]
237,1
[0.34] [2.00] [0.28]

Ø 8,7 50,8 Ø 7,1
807-S
807-SE
[2.06] [1.25]
52,4 31,8
[0.25] [0.63] [0.75]

6,4 15,9 19,1
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

810 Series

• Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors See page MC-PSC-40
810-U 810-S
810-UE 810-SE
Maximum Maximum
Accessories
Holding Exerting Force
(Supplied)
Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI]
Air
dm3 [ft3]
810-U [600 lbf] [290 lbf] [856 lbf] 1/8 NPT --
235106 --
810-UE 2670 N 1290 N 3834 N G-1/8 240208-M
[407 lbf] [4.07lb] [1.57] [0.029]
810-S 1823 N 1,85kg 40 0,83 1/8 NPT
[750 lbf] [500 lbf] [702 lbf]
-- -- 210114
810-SE 3340 N 2220 N 3143 N G-1/8

that exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity.

810 Series
Pneumatic
810-U, 810-UE, 810-S, 810-SE Toggle Clamps | Dimensions
810-U / 810-S 1/8" NPT

810-UE / 810-SE G-1/8
[2.35] [1.24]
810-U 59,7 31,5
810-UE
[3.20]
81,4

(810-U, 810-S ONLY)
M10 OR 3/8"
IF SUPPLIED 99°
[7.37]
[0.79] 187,1
20,0
[3.79]
96,3
[1.79] [3.57]
[0.24]
45,5 90,6
6,2 [11.70]
297,1
[0.34]
Ø 8,6
[0.42] [4.22]
Ø 10,7 107,2
810-S
810-SE mm [INCH] mm [INC
[2.86] [1.78]
72,7 45,2
PROJECTION PROJECT
[0.31] [0.38] [1.25]

7,9 9,7 31,8
846 Series

•S imilar in size to 807 but with higher • Assembly See page MC-PSC-40
holding capacity • Welding for sensing options
• Large, solid clamping arm is easily modified
to suit application requirements
• Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors
846
Maximum Max. Exerting Force

Holding Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI]
Air
Bore Port
Size Size
dm3 [ft3]
[750 lbf] [520 lbf] [786 lbf] [491 lbf] [4.18lb] [1.57] [0.029]
846 3340 N 2310 N 3520 N 2200 N 1,90kg 40 0,83
1/8 NPT
 This item is available upon request. † Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI]

Replacement Clamp Assembly: 846-LC
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create an exerting force that
exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity. See Technical Appendix Section for details.

846 Series
846
1/8" NPT
846
[3.20]
81,4
97°
[5.54]
[0.63]
140,8
16,0
[3.30]
83,9
[1.61]
40,8
[0.37] [2.19]
9,4 55,6
[10.33]
262,3
[0.30] [4.22]
Ø 7,6 107,2
mm [INCH] mm [INC
[2.87] [1.50]
72,8 38,1
PROJECTION PROJECTI
[0.75] [0.38] [1.00]

19,1 9,7 25,4
8007 Series

•H ardened pins and bushing at all pivot points • Assembly See page MC-PSC-40
for long life cycle • Welding for sensing options
• Solid clamping bar may be modified to suit
application requirements
8007-E 8007-EHL 8007-EHR

Air
Bore Port
Size Size
dm3 [ft3]
8007-E 1,6kg [3.53lb]
[830 lbf] [405 lbf] [606 lbf] [225 lbf] [1.26] [0.016]
8007-EHL 3700 N 1800 N 2700 N 1000 N 32 0,44
G-1/8
1,7kg [3.75lb]
8007-EHR


8007-E, 8007-EHR, 8007-EHL
8007 Series
8007-EHR
8007-EHR
G-1/8
[0.39]
9,9
[2.72]
69
[4.71]
119,5
8007-EHL
[0.71] 98°
[5.63] 18,0 [5.72]
143,0 145,4
[1.39]
[3.15] 35,2
80,1
[2.68]
[0.31] 68,0
8,0 [10.19]
258,9
[0.31]
8,0
[0.94] [0.25]
8007-E 24,0 Ø 6,3
[1.81] [2.60]
46,0 66,0
[0.94]
24,0
[0.94]
24,0
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

847 Series

• Switch ready for Ø4mm or See page MC-PSC-40
6,5mmX5mm sensors for sensing options
• Built-in flow restriction eliminates
need for external flow controls
847-U 847-S
Max. Exerting
Maximum Accessories
Force @ 5bar
Holding Capacity (Supplied)
[72PSI]
Air
dm3 [ft3]
[1000 lbf] [480 lbf] [450 lbf] 1/4
847-U 4450 N 2135 N 2018 N NPT
-- 247109 --
[948 lbf] [8.93lb] [1.97] [0.044]
4248 N 4,05kg 50 1,25
[1000 lbf] [650 lbf] [426 lbf] 1/4
847-S 4450 N 2890 N 1912 N NPT
-- -- 247110


847 Series
[3.14] [1.74]
79,7 44,1 1/4" NPT
847-U
[3.76]
95,5
M12 OR 1/2" 94°

[9.27]
IF SUPPLIED 235,3
[0.88]
22,2
[4.40]
111,7
[2.25]
57,1
[4.87]
[0.44]
123,8 [15.25]
11,0
387,2
[6.22]
[0.56] [0.34] 157,9
Ø 14,3 Ø 8,7
847-S
[3.56] [1.78]
90,4 45,2
[0.38] [0.38] [1.25]

9,5 9,5 31,8
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

858 Series

for long lifecyle • Welding for sensing options
858
858-E

Air
Bore Port
Size Size
dm3 [ft3]
858 [4,000 lbf] [2,000 lbf] [1,530 lbf] [800 lbf] [16.11lb] [2.48] [0.109] 1/4 NPT
858-E 17800 N 8900 N 6857 N 3585 N 7.31kg 63 3,08 G-1/4


858 Series
858 Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions
858 1/4" NPT

858 858-E G-1/4
858-E
[4.00]
101,6
[1.00]
25,4
(858 ONLY)
96°
[1.38] [12.27]
34,9 311,6
[7.12]
180,9
[3.85]
97,8
[0.50] [4.81]
12,7 122,2
[17.52]
445,0
[0.41]
Ø 10,3
[2.75] [4.00]
69,9 101,6
[0.63] [4.25]
16,0 108,0
[5.60]
142,2
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

8021, 8071 Series

•E nclosed clamp for dirty environments such • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
as spot and MIG welding • Welding for spindle accessories
• Non-pivoting cylinder can be hard-piped See page MC-PSC-40
into fixtures for sensing options
8021 8071
8021-UE 8071-UE

Air
Size Size Accessory Washer
dm3 [ft3]
8021 [390 lbf] [255 lbf] [169 lbf] [100 lbf] [2.30lb] [1.26] [0.015] 1/8 NPT
-- 8021122
8021-UE 1735 N 1135 N 760 N 449 N 1,04kg 32 0,42 G-1/8
8071 [450 lbf] [310 lbf] [496 lbf] [283 lbf] [2.80lb] [1.57] [0.020] 1/8 NPT
-- 507107
8071-UE 2000 N 1380 N 2218 N 1267 N 1,27kg 40 0,58 G-1/8

Replacement Seal Kit: 8021: 802450-32-1-00
8071: 810450-40-1-00

8021, 8071 Series
8021, 8021-UE, 8071, 8071-UE, 8101, 8101-UE
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions | -UE

(8021, 8071 ONLY) 8021 / 8071 1/8" NPT
8021-UE / 8071-UE G-1/8
L3 L2
8021
8021-UE F
B1
90°
C1
H1
H
C
L1
C2 L
A4
8071
8071-UE
B2 B
F A3 A
mm [INCH] mm [IN
CLAMPING BAR
C1
8021 / 8021-UE
PROJECTION PROJECT
Model A A1 A3 A4 B B1 B2 C C1 C2 ØD F
8021 [0.79] [1.97] [0.47] [1.50] [2.26] [1.88] [1.56] [0.63] [0.13] [0.21] [0.34]
-
8021-UE 20 50 12 38,2 57,4 47,9 39,6 16 3,2 5,3 8,7
8071 [1.97] [3.00] [0.39] [0.39] [1.56] [2.81] [2.12] [1.65] [0.75] [0.13] [0.28] [0.56]
8071-UE 50 76,2 10 10 39,7 71,4 53,9 41,9 19,1 3,2 7,1 14,3
Model H H1 L L1 L2 L3 M
8021 [2.40] [4.44] [9.86] [2.25] [0.44] [1.31] 1/4
8021-UE 60,9 112,8 250,4 57,2 11 33,2 M6
8071 [2.63] [5.12] [10.74] [2.72] [0.40] [1.83] 5/16

8071-UE 66,9 130 272,9 69 10,1 46,5 M8
817, 827 Series

•D ual mounting surfaces • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
for maximum flexibility • Welding for spindle accessories
817-U 817-S 827-U 827-S

817-UE 817-SE 827-UE 827-SE

Air
dm3 [ft3]
817-U [375 lbf] [369 lbf] 1/8NPT --
507107 --
817-UE 1670 N 1648 N G-1/8 225208-M
[200 lbf] [225 lbf] 1,05kg [1.26] [0.015]
817-S 890 N 1005 N [2.31lb] 32 0,42 1/8 NPT
[450 lbf] [360 lbf]
-- -- 207107
817-SE 2000 N 1608 N G-1/8
827-U [600 lbf] [390 lbf] [309 lbf] 1/8 NPT --
235106 --
827-UE 2670 N 1735 N 1383 N G-1/8 240208-M
[491 lbf] 2,14kg [1.57] [0.029]
827-S 2200 N [4.71lb] 40 0,83 1/8 NPT
[700 lbf] [330 lbf] [281 lbf]
-- -- 210114
827-SE 3110 N 1470 N 1257 N G-1/8

Replacement Seal Kit: 817: 802450-32-1-00
827: 810450-40-1-00
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 817-U-LC, 817-S-LC, 827-U-LC, 827-S-LC
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 817: 807CYL, 827: 810CYL

817-U, 817-UE, 817-S, 817-SE, 827-U, 827-UE, 827-S, 827-SE
817, 827 Series

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions | -U/-UE/-S/-SE
817-U 817-U / 817-S / 827-U / 827-S 1/8" NPT

817-UE 817-UE / 817-SE / 827-UE/ 827-SE G-1/8
L3 L2
B2
817
(817-U, 817-S, 827-U, 827-S ONLY)
M Mounting Options:
IF SUPPLIED
Use two bolts in the “side” mounting holes, to
N
secure mounting bracket, when “top” mounting.
C1
ØD
A4
C
H
A2
L1
B3 L
L1 A3 ØD
Ø D1 F
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
B
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE Top Mounting Side Mounting
C2 A
Model A A2 A3 A4 B B2 B3 C C1 C2 C3 C4
817-U
817-UE [0.63] [0.44] [0.60] [0.63] [1.00] [2.44] [1.00] [2.69] [0.63] [0.12] [1.25] [1.31]
817-S 16 11,2 15,1 16 25,4 62 25,4 68,3 16 3,1 31,8 33,3
817-SE
827-U [3.89] [0.79] [1.76]
827-UE [1.25] [0.51] [0.66] [1.25] [1.75] [3.08] [1.75] 98,8 20 [0.12] [2.00] 44,8
827-S 31,8 12,8 16,8 31,8 44,45 78,3 44,45 [3.91] [0.75] 3,1 50,8 [1.78]
827-SE 99,2 19,1 45,3
Model ØD ØD1 F H L L1 L2 L3 M N
817-U [6.24] [2.37] [0.19] [1.90]
- -
817-UE [0.27] [7.51] 158,6 60,3 4,8 48,4 5/16
95º
817-S 6,7 [0.34] [0.25] 190,7 [6.97] [3.04] M8
- -
817-SE 8,7 6,4 175,5 77,2
827-U [8.61] [3.27] [1.23] [2.35]

- -
827-UE [0.33] [9.04] 218,7 83,1 31,2 59,7 3/8
88º
827-S 8,4 [0.42] [0.31] 229,7 [8.49] [3.18] M10
- -
827-SE 10,7 7,9 215,6 80,7
868 Series

for long lifecycle • Welding for sensing options
868
868-E

Air
Bore Port
Size Size
dm3 [ft3]
868 [4000 lbf] [2400 lbf] [1704 lbf] [800 lbf] [17.0lb] [2.48] [0.109] 1/4 NPT
868-E 17800 N 10675 N 7637 N 3585 N 7,71kg 63 3,08 G-1/4


868 Series
868 Pneumatic Toggle Clamps | Dimensions
868 [0.38]
868-E 9,7
[1.25]
31,8
[4.69]
119,1
91°
[1.25]
[0.41] 31,8
Ø 10,4
[1.63]
41,4 [6.95] [13.50]
176,6 343
[4.20]
106,7
[0.89]
22,5 [4.69] AUXILIARY UNCLAMP
119,1 PORT (868 ONLY)
[2.25] [10.17]
57,2 258,4
[4.00] 868 1/4" NPT
101,6
868-E G-1/4
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

803 Series

•P neumatic version of Model 603 manual • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
straight line action clamp • Welding for spindle accessories
for sensing options
Upon Request, add –HT to model
803
803-ME
Maximum Maximum Air

Plunger Plunger Bore Port
Model Holding Exerting Force Weight Consumption†
Travel Thread Size Size
Capacity @ 5bar [72PSI] dm3 [ft3]
803 [600 lbf] [675 lbf] [0.75] 5/16-18 [1.86lb] [1.26] [0.015] 1/8 NPT
803-ME 2670 N 3015 N 19,1 M8 0,84kg 32 0,42 G-1/8
† Per double stroke at 5bar [72PSI] 803
Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig]

Replacement Clamp Assembly: 803-LC, 803-M-LC
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create [0.27] [1.44] 803 1/8" NPT
an exerting force that exceeds the clamp’s holding capacity. 6,9 36,6 803-ME G-1/8
[1.31]
33,3
Round Reed Switch with Qk Disconnect 810169
T-slot Reed Switch with Qk Disconnect 8EA-109-1
Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable CABL-013 [0.44] AUXILIARY
Ø 11,0 [0.27] UNCLAMP
See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options 4X, Ø 6,8 PORT
[9.86] (803 ONLY)
250,4
[0.75]
19,1
[1.09]
mm [INCH] [2.93]
mm [INCH]
27,7
74,3

[0.31] 803 5/16-18

7,9 [2.37] 803-ME M8
60,2
8031 Series

•F ully enclosed straight line action clamp • Assembly See page MC-ACC-1
for the dirtiest environments • Welding for spindle accessories
• Compact design with high holding capacity See page MC-PSC-40
• Sensor ready for round style sensors for sensing options
8031
Maximum Maximum Air

[2000 lbf] [731 lbf] [0.75] [1.17lb] [1.26] [0.006] 1/8
8031 8900 N 3285 N 19,1
M8
2,58kg 32 0,18 NPT

*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create 8031

Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 810169 [0.47] [2.17] [0.27]
12,0 55,0 4X, Ø 6,7
[0.44]
See Pneumatic Accessories section for more options Ø 11,1
[2.36] [2.75]
60,0 69,9
[0.75]
19,1
[2.17] 1/8 NPT
55,0
[1.25] [3.19]
31,7 81,0
[1.50]
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] [0.44]
[2.37] 38,1
Ø 11,1
60,3
[0.13]
[0.59] 3,2
M8 [0.75]
15,1 19,0
830 Series

830
830-ME
Maximum Maximum Air

830 [2500 lbf] [800 lbf] [0.75] 3/8-16 2,79kg [1.57] [0.029] 1/8 NPT
830-ME 11100 N 3582 N 19,1 M10 [6.14lb] 40 0,83 G-1/8
Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig] Sensor Accessories Item Number

Max Operating Temp: -10°C to 90°C [-14°F to 194°F] Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 810169
Replacement Seal Kit: 810450-40-1-00 T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 8EA-109-1
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 830-LC, 830-M-LC Quick Disconnect 2M Extension Cable CABL-010
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 810CYL Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable CABL-013
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create 830
830 3/8-16 [0.34] 830 1/8" NPT

830-ME M10 6X Ø 8,6 830-ME G-1/8
[3.00]
76,2
AUXILIARY
UNCLAMP
[1.63] [0.50] [1.38] [1.62] PORT
41,4 12,7 35,1 41,1 [11.43] (830 ONLY)
290,3
[1.25] Ø 15,8
31,8
[3.59]
[1.06] 91,1 PROJECTION PROJECTION
27,0
[1.97] [7.75] [0.43]

50,0 196,9 10,8
850 Series

• Sensor ready for round or T-slot style sensors • Light press See page MC-PSC-40
• Built-in flow restriction eliminates need operations for sensing options
850
850-ME
Maximum Maximum Air

850 [16,000 lbf] [1232 lbf] [2.00] 5/8-11 [16.66lb] [2.48] [0.109] 1/4 NPT
850-ME 71200 N 5522 N 50,8 M16 7,56kg 63 3,08 G-1/4
Max Cylinder Pressure: 10bar [145psig] Sensor Accessories Item Number

Max Operating Temp: -10°C to 90°C [-14°F to 194°F] Round Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 810169
Replacement Seal Kit: 850450-63-1-00 T-slot Reed Switch with Quick Disconnect 8EA-109-1
Replacement Clamp Assembly: 850-LC, 850-M-LC850, 850-M,Quick
850-MEDisconnect 2M Extension Cable CABL-010
Replacement Cylinder Assembly: 868CYL Quick Disconnect 5M Extension Cable CABL-013
*In no case should the inlet pressure be high enough to create
850 5/8-11 850 1/8NPT

850-ME M16
850-ME G1/8
[2.25]
[2.00] 57,2
50,8
[4.00]
[0.99] 101,6
25,2
[1.69] [2.75] [0.41]
42,9 69,9 4X Ø 10,5
[20.56]
522,2
[0.99] [2.00] mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

Ø 25,2 50,8 [7.21]
183,1
[2.63] [4.54] [9.06] [0.63]

66,7 115,3 230,2 15,9
800, 1200 Series
Features: Applications: How it Works:

• L ow profile and compact for mounting • Assembly 1. C
lamp arm retracts fully for loading
in tight spaces • Welding and unloading.
• Uniform clamping force throughout full stroke • Light machining 2. Clamp arm moves straight forward.
• Accommodates variable workpiece thickness
• Single acting - air advance, spring return 3. C
lamp arm pivots down to hold
workpiece.
800 800-E 1200 1200-E
Inlet Max. Pressure at

Port
Model Pressure Exerting Force Max. Mechanical Clamping Range Weight
Size
bar [PSI] Advantage† bar [PSI]
[850~1500 lbf]
800 3780~6670N
[0.09] 2,3
[2.50lb]
[650~1200 lbf] 1,13kg
800-E 2890~5340N
[0.16] 4,0
[70~150]
4,8 [70] 1/4 NPT
4,8~10,3 [750~1600 lbf]
1200 3340~7120N
[0.25] 6,4
[4.00lb]
[550~1200 lbf] 1,81kg
1200-E 2450~5340N
800, 800-E, 1200, 1200-E [0.38] 9,6

D
G
Note: For use with pneumatic L
power only. This is a single
acting device (air clamp, N H E C
spring return), a 3-way air
valve required for control. Note:
MTG. HOLES K (Forward Stroke) Arm
F R (Downward Stroke) Configuration
Repair Kits: 8
00-00, M
1200-00 [0.50]
B K Model E
12,7
[0.19]
P K R
R 4,8
A
[0.31]
Q 8
MNTG
Model A B C D E F G H K L M N P Q R
HOLES
[0.09]
800 -
[1.63] [4.81] [2.72] [0.25] [2.21] [0.25] [3.13] [1.19] [0.50 [2.31] [1.50] [0.59] 2,3
41,4 122,8 69,1 6.4 56,1 6,4 79,5 30,2 12,7 58,37 38,1 [0.50] 15,0 [0.16]
800-E 12,7 4,1
1/4 [0.26]
NPT [0.25] 6,6
1200 -
[2.25] [6.00] [3.00] [0.28] [2.44] [0.28] [4.25] [1.50] [1.00] [3.00] [1.38] [0.63] 6,4
57,2 152,4 76.2 7.1 62 7,1 108 38,1 25,4 76.2 35,1 [0.69] 16 [0.38]
1200-E 17,5 9,7
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps
Notes
pneumatic swing clamps
Clamping Clamping Page

Bore
Series Standard Features Model Stroke Force MC-
[in]mm
[in]mm [lbf.]N PSC-#
[0.86] [0.50] [34]

9500 • Arm rotates at the top of stroke 9522-2
22 13 150
• Shielded rod protects against
weld spatter [1.26] [76]
9530-2
• NEW mounting options 32 340
3
• Sensor ready [1.57] [0.79] [123]
9540-2
• Keyed arm connection 40 20 550
adjustable in 90° increments
[1.97] [196]
• Clamp arm sold separately 9550-2
50 870
[0.79] [18]
89R 89R20-010-2
20 [0.39] 80
[1.26] 10 [55]
• Field changeable swing direction 89R32-010-2
32 245
• Multiple mounting accessories
• Sensor ready 89R40-010-2 [1.57] [0.39] 10 [85]
8
• Locking taper arm connection 89R40-025-2 40 [0.98] 25 380
for 360° adjustability [1.97] [138]
• Clamp arm sold separately 89R50-025-2
50 [0.98] 614
[2.48] 25 [218]
89R63-025-2
63 970
89B20-010-2R [0.79] [18]
89B 89B20-010-2L 20 80
• Block style body for side mounting 89B32-010-2R [1.26] [0.39] [52]
89B32-010-2L 32 10 231
• Metric design with G-ports
• Sensor ready 89B40-010-2R [1.57] [85]
14
• Locking taper arm connection 89B40-010-2L 40 378
for 360° adjustability 89B50-025-2R [1.97] [0.98] [161]
• Clamp arm sold separately 89B50-025-2L 50 25 716
89B63-008-2R [2.48] [0.32] [247]
89B63-008-2L 63 8 1100
8100/8300 • Block style body for side mounting 8115 [0.75] [0.38] [18]
• Imperial design with NPT ports 8116 19,1 9,7 80
• Sensor ready
19
• Locking taper arm connection
for 360° adjustability 8315 [1.50] [0.50] [67]
• Clamp arm and spindle included 9316 38,1 12,7 298
89E20-010-2R [0.79] [18]

89E 89E20-010-2L 20 80
• Threaded body style body 89E32-010-2R [1.26] [0.39] [52]
through-hole mounting 89E32-010-2L 32 10 231
• Metric design with G-ports
89E40-010-2R [1.57] [85]
• Not sensing capable 23
89E40-010-2L 40 378
• Locking taper arm connection
for 360° adjustability 89E50-025-2R [1.97] [0.98] [161]
• Clamp arm sold separately 89E50-025-2L 50 25 716
89E63-008-2R [2.48] [0.32] [247]
89E63-008-2L 63 8 1100
MC-PSC-1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
pneumatic swing clamps
Clamping Clamping Page

Bore
Series Standard Features Model Stroke Force MC-
[in]mm
[in]mm [lbf.]N PSC-#
8000/8200/8400 8015 [0.75] [0.38] [1.50]

• Threaded body style body 8016 19,1 9,7 38,1
through-hole mounting
• Imperial design with NPT ports
8215 [1.19] [67]
• Sensor ready 28
8216 30,2 300
• Locking taper arm connection [0.50]
for 360° adjustability 12,7
• Clamp arm/spindle included 8415 [1.50] [55]
8416 38,1 245
035-1 035-125-190 [0.98] [0.53] [20]

• Compact, low profile design 035-125-290 25 13,5 89
• Threaded body style body
through-hole mounting 035-132-190 [1.26] [0.57] [30]
035-132-290 32 14,5 133
• Imperial design with NPT ports
32
• Not sensing capable 035-140-190 [1.57] [0.63] [60]
• Clamp-on style arm connections 035-140-290 40 16 267
for 360° adjustability
• Clamp arm sold separately 035-150-190 [1.97] [0.55] [69]
035-150-290 50 14 307
035-2 035-225-190 [0.98] [0.51] [20]

035-225-290 25 13 89
• Compact, low profile design
• Bottom flange mounting 035-232-190 [1.26] [0.49] [30]
• Imperial design with NPT ports 035-232-290 32 12,4 133
• Not sensing capable 32
• Clamp-on style arm connections 035-240-190 [1.57] [0.52] [60]
for 360° adjustability 035-240-290 40 13,3 267
• Clamp arm sold separately
035-250-190 [1.97] [0.51] [69]
035-250-290 50 12,8 307
8700 • Alternative solution to swing [0.98] [0.10] [43]

8725
clamps when space is limited 25
89R40_010_2 2,5 195
• The clamping lever may be
positioned left, forward, or right [1.26] [64]
8732
(relative to ports) within the 32 285
8732G [0.12]
37
same clamp body 8740 3,2
[1.57] [106]
• Threaded body with 8740G
40 470
upper flange mount
• Non-toggle locking linkage 8750 [1.97] [0.15] [167]
• Clamping arm/spindle included 8750G 50 3,8 745
CLAMPED
POSITION
Application Note:
90°±5° 90°±5°
Swing Cylinder Rotation: The frame of reference for specifying

the rotation direction (left or right) is the clamp arm viewed
from above during the clamping stroke. A RIGHT HAND unit
rotates CLOCKWISE and then clamps down; a LEFT HAND unit UNCLAMPED
POSITION
UNCLAMPED
POSITION
RIGHT HAND LEFT HAND
rotates COUNTER-CLOCKWISE and then clamps down. ROTATION ROTATION
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-PSC-2
9500 Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Product Overview

• Ideal for tight spaces with an arm motion • Assembly See page MC-PSC-6 for mounting options
that rotates at the top of the stroke • Welding See page MC-PSC-7 for clamping arms
• Includes a rod weld cover to protect • Light machining
the rod throughout the entire stroke See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options
• Can be mounted on any face with
optional side flange mounting kit
• Switch ready for Ø4mm or 6.5mm x 5mm sensors
9522-2 9530-2 9540-2 9550-2
Shown with optional clamping arm.
Stroke Vertical
Total Clamping Air
Swing During Clamping Bore Size Weight Replacement
Model Stroke Force @ Consumption‡
Direction Rotation Stroke [in.]mm [lb.]kg Seal Kit
[in]mm [lbf.]N† dm3[in3]
[in]mm [in]mm
9522-2L LH [0.50] [0.50] [34] [0.86] [0.004] [0.68]
952292
9522-2R RH 13 13 150 22 0,10 0,31
9530-2L
LH
9530-2GL [76] [1.26] [0.010] [1.25]
953092
9530-2R 340 32 0,29 0,57
RH
9530-2GR
9540-2L
LH --
9540-2GL [0.79] [0.79] [123] [1.57] [0.016] [1.98]
954092
9540-2R 20 20 550 40 0,46 0,90
RH
9540-2GR
9550-2L
LH
9550-2GL [196] [1.97] [0.026] [3.33]
955092
9550-2R 870 50 0,74 1,51
RH
9550-2GR
† with standard clamping arm at 5bar [72psi]. ‡ Per double stroke at 5bar [72psi]
Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 8bar [120psig]
Maximum Operating Temperature: 60°C [140°F]
9500 Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions
RH
Right hand rotation shown below,
left hand rotation available. 90° ±5°
REPEATABILITY
±1° "C" SHCS
B A
(SQ) (SQ)
90°
Clamped Unclamped
D E
Unclamped
LH
K
Clamped CLAMP STROKE
ØF
J
H G
N
(PORTS)
M
mm [INCH] mm [INC

L PROJECTION PROJECTI
Shown with optional clamping arm.
Model A B C D E F G H J K L M N
[1.42] [1.00] M5 [0.82] [3.77] [4.79] [5.22] [0.50] [0.43] [2.90]
9522-2 -- -- M5
36 25,4 (#10) 21 95,8 121,8 132,7 13 11 73,8
9530-2 [1.81] [1.34] [0.16] [0.96] [4.48] [6.09] [6.54] [0.61] [3.39] 1/8NPT
9530-2G 46 34 4 24,4 113,7 154,8 166 15,5 86,2 G-1/8
M6 [0.55]
9540-2 (1/4”) 14
[2.05] [1.57] [0.20] [1.13] [4.63] [6.29] [6.73] [0.79] [0.65] [3.43] 1/8NPT
9540-2G 52 40 5 28,7 117,6 159,7 170,9 20 16,5 87,1 G-1/8
9550-2 [2.52] [1.97] M8 [0.71] [0.28] [1.32] [5.58] [7.20] [7.85] [0.73] [4.22] 1/8NPT
9550-2G 64 50 (5/16”) 18 7 33,5 141,8 182,9 199,3 18,5 107,3 G-1/8
9500 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Forces
Series 9522-2 Clamping Force Series 9530-2 Clamping Force

250 [55] 600 [135]
Straight Pull Straight Pull

952250 Arm 500 [112] 954050 Arm
200 [45]
952253 Arm 954053 Arm
Clamping Force N [lbf]

400 [90]
150 [34]
300 [67]
100 [22]
200 [45]
50 [11]
100 [22]
0 [0] 0 [0]
[40] [50] [60] [70] [80] [90] [100] [110] [120] [40] [50] [60] [70] [80] [90] [100] [110] [120]
2.8 3.4 4.1 4.8 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.3 2.8 3.4 4.1 4.8 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.3
Inlet Pressure bar [PSI] Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]
Series 9540-2 Clamping Force Series 9550-2 Clamping Force

900 [202] 1600 [360]
800 [180]
Straight Pull Straight Pull
1400 [315]
954050 Arm 955050 Arm
700 [157] 954053 Arm 955053 Arm
1200 [270]
600 [135]
1000 [225]
500 [112]
800 [180]
400 [90]
600 [135]
300 [67]
400 [90]
200 [45]
100 [22] 200 [45]
0 [0] 0 [0]
[40] [50] [60] [70] [80] [90] [100] [110] [120] [40] [50] [60] [70] [80] [90] [100] [110] [120]
2.8 3.4 4.1 4.8 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.3 2.8 3.4 4.1 4.8 5.5 6.2 6.9 7.6 8.3
Inlet Pressure bar [PSI] Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are 9522-2 Clamp Arm Weight 9530-2 Clamp Arm Weight
designed for long life when using standard 300 700
clamping arms and spindles. In the event that 250 600
a longer arm or additional weight is needed, 500
Weight (gr)
Weight (gr)
200
please consult these charts for the allowable 400
150
weight and length. 300
100
200
50
Example: 9522-2 100
0 0
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length 40 80 120 160 200 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
of the arm is approximately 120mm.
Length - L1 (mm) Length - L1 (mm)
L1
9540-2 Clamp Arm Weight 9550-2 Clamp Arm Weight
800 1400
700 1200
600
Weight (gr)
1000
Weight (gr)
WEIGHT, c.g. 500

800
400
600
300
200 400
All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi] 100 200

and an opening and closing time of 1 second. 0 0
40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220
Length - L1 (mm) Length - L1 (mm)
9500 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Mounting Accessories
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

ØT x (6) W SHCS x (4)
Q
ØV TAPPED
HOLE x (4)
X
P
R
S
Optional Side Flange Mounting Optional Tapped Hole Mount Optional Standard Mount
Side Flange Tapped Standard

Model P Q R S T U V W X
Kit Hole Kit Mount Kit
[0.41] [1.91] [2.26] [0.22] [0.22] [0.36]
9522-2 M5 M5x100 952260 952261 952262
10,4 48,5 57,5 5,5 5,5 9.2
9530-2 [0.76] [1.48] [2.68] [3.07] [0.52]

M6 M6x120 953060 953061
9530-2G 19,4 37,5 68 78 13.3
[0.26] [0.26]
953062
9540-2 6,5 6,5
[0.84] [2.91] [3.31] [0.37]
M6 M6x120 954060 954061
9540-2G 21,3 74 84 9.4
9550-2 [0.82] [1.97] [3.66] [4.17] [0.33] [0.31] [0.59]

M8 M8x150 955060 955061 955062
9550-2G 20,9 50 93 106 8,5 8 15
Refer to NPN-9500-2 for mounting instructions
9500 Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arms
A
Features: B E
G
• L ightweight aluminum construction
• Designed for use with 9500-2 series clamps
F + [0.003] 0.08
- [0.000] 0.00 H
D
+ [0.003] 0.08
- [0.000] 0.00 C2 C1
Part Used with Weight

A B C C1 C2 D E F G H
Number Model/Series [lbs] kg
[2.28] [1.77] [0.06]
9522150
9522-2R 58 45 [0.59] [0.16] [0.315] [0.30] [0.59] [0.20] [0.315] 0,025
M6
9522-2L [3.07] [2.56] 15 4 8.01 7.50 15 5 8.00 [0.08]
9522153
78 65 0,034
9530-2R/9530-2L [2.76] [1.97] [0.12]
9540150
9530-2GR/9530-2GL 70 50 [0.79] [0.18] [0.394] [0.39] [0.79] [0.394] 0,054
M8
9540-2R/9540-2L [3.94] [3.15] 20 4.6 10.01 10 20 10.00 [0.17]
9540153
95402-GR/9540-2GL 100 80 [0.39] 0,079
[3.46] [2.56] 10 [0.18]
9550150
9550-2R/9550-2L 88 65 [0.87] [0.30] [0.493] [0.43] [0.87] [0.492] 0,081
M10
9550-2GR/9550-2GL [4.45] [3.54] 22 7.5 12.51 11 22 12.50 [0.23]
9550153
113 90 0,11
89R Series

•S wing direction is field adjustable between left, • Assembly See page MC-PSC-11 thru 13
right, or straight. (20mm not linear adjustable) • Welding for clamping arms and mounting
• Switch ready for Ø4mm or 6.5mm x 5mm • Light machining accessories
sensors See page MC-PSC-40 for
• Lightweight and robust, designed for several sensing options
million cycles
89R
Stroke Vertical
Total Clamping Bore Air
Swing During Clamp Weight Replacement
Model Stroke Force† Size Consumption‡
Direction* Rotation Stroke [lb.]kg Seal Kit
[in]mm [lbf]N [in]mm [ft3]dm3
[in]mm [in]mm
[0.83] [0.43] [18] [0.79] [0.002] [0.66]
89R20-010-2 LH, RH 89R20-00
21 11 80 20 0,07 0,30
[1.10] [0.61] [0.39] [55] [1.26] [0.009] [1.32]
89R32-010-2 89R32-00
28 18 10 245 32 0,25 0,60
[1.24] [0.015] [2.09]
89R40-010-2
31,5 [0.85] [85] [1.57] 0,43 0,95
89R40-00
LH, RH, [1.83] 21,5 380 40 [0.022] [2.43]
89R40-025-2
STRT 46,5 0,63 1,10
[2.05] [1.06] [0.98] [138] [1.97] [0.040] [3.97]
89R50-025-2 89R50-00
52 27 25 614 50 1,13 1,80
[2.30] [1.32] [218] [2.48] [0.072] [6.17]
89R63-025-2 89R63-00
58,5 33,5 970 63 2,04 2,80
* Swing direction is field adjustable. † with standard clamping arm 5bar [72psi]. ‡ per double stroke at 5bar [72psi]

Note:
Switches are optional. To order with (2) 8EA-109-1 switches, add A to the end of the model. Ex. 89R32-010-2A
89R Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimesnsions
I1
I2
I3
I4 mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Ø M1
H6
I5 I6 PROJECTION PROJECTION
Ø D1
Ø D2
H2
H1
Ø M3
H7
H3 H4
Ø D3
H7 H5
M2
ØD1 ØD2
Model ØD3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 L1 L2
H9 F7
[4.15]
[0.71] [0.39] [0.18] [0.78] [0.47] [2.60] [0.52] [0.59] [0.55] [1.56] [1.38]
89R20-010-2 105,5
18 10 4,6 19,8 11,9 66 13,2 15 14 39,5 35
[0.87] [0.47] [0.93] [4.92] [3.27] [0.69] [0.63] [2.36] [2.13]
89R32-010-2
22 12 23,7 125 83 17,5 16 60 54
[0.22] [5.51] [3.74] [0.67]
89R40-010-2 [0.83]
[1.18] [0.63] 5,5 [0.98] [0.43] 140 95 17 [2.60] [2.36]
21
30 16 25 11 [6.69] [4.92] 66 60
89R40-025-2
170 125 [0.98]
[1.57] [0.71] [0.29] [1.24] [7.70] [5.39] [1.05] 25 [3.09] [2.85]
89R50-025-2
40 18 7,4 31,4 195,5 137 26,7 [0.98] 78,5 72,5
[1.77] [0.78] [0.37] [1.30] [0.59] [8.33] [6.08] [1.04] 25 [3.74] [3.46]
89R63-025-2
45 20 9,3 33 15 211,5 154,5 26,5 95 88
Model L3 L4 L5 L6 M1 M2 M3
[0.87] [0.63] [0.87] [1.26]
89R20-010-2 M5 M6 M5
22 16 22 32
[1.42] [0.94] [1.26] [1.77]
89R32-010-2 M6
36 24 32 45
89R40-010-2 M8
[1.57] [1.07] [1.57] [2.15]
M8 G-1/8
40 27,3 40 54,5
89R40-025-2
[1.97] [1.28] [1.97] [2.56]
89R50-025-2 M10
50 32,5 50 65
M10
[2.44] [1.57] [2.44] [3.15]
89R63-025-2 M12 G-1/4
62 40 62 80
89R Series
Series 89R Clamping Force

(w/ standard clamping arm)
2000 [450]
1800 [405] 89R20

89R30
1600 [360]
89R40

1400 [215] 89R50
1200 [270] 89R63
1000 [225]
800 [180]
600 [135]
400 [90]
200 [45]
0 [0]
[45] [58] [73] [87] [102] [116] [131] [145]
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Inlet Pressure bar [PSI]
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 89R20 & 89R32 Clamp Arm Weight
for long life when using standard clamping arms and 200
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 160 89R32

weight is needed, please consult these charts for the
Weight (gr)
89R20
120
allowable weight and length.
80
Example: 89R32 40
At a weight of 80 gr, the maximum length of the arm
0
is approximately 90mm. 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
Length - L1 (mm)
L1
89R40 & 89R50 Clamp Arm Weight

500
440
89R50
WEIGHT, c.g. 380
Weight (gr)
89R40
320
260
200
All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi] 140
and an opening and closing time of 1 second. 80
20
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290
Length - L1 (mm)
89R63 Clamp Arm Weight

700
600
Weight (gr)
500
400
300
200
100
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
Length - L1 (mm)
89R Series
A
Features:
G B
• Locking tapered connection for
E
360 deg. arm positioning
F
D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
Number Model/series [lbs] kg
[2.64] [2.05] [0.59] [0.33] [0.33] [0.59] [0.28] [0.08]
8JG-215-1 89R20-010-2 M6
67 52 15 8.5 8.5 15 7 0.04
[3.15] [2.36] [0.79] [0.37] [0.33] [0.79] [0.39] [0.14]
8JG-217-1 89R32-010-2 M8
80 60 20 9.5 8.5 20 10 0.06
89R40-010-2 [3.74] [2.76] [0.98] [0.45] [0.55] [0.98] [0.39] [0.28]
8JG-218-1 M8
89R40-025-2 95 70 25 11.5 14 25 10 0.13
[4.17] [3.15] [1.18] [0.59] [0.57] [1.18] [0.39] [0.42]
8JG-219-1 89R50-025-2 M8
106 80 30 15 14,5 30 10 0.19
[4.72] [3.54] [1.38] [0.67] [0.67] [1.38] [0.47] [0.66]
8JG-220-1 89R63-025-2 M10
120 90 35 17 17 35 12 0.30
Clamping Arm Adapters
Features:
•F or attaching custom
made clamp arms
• 360° rotatable arm
• Aluminum construction

A B C D E E1 F
[1.57] [1.10] [0.59] [0.32] [0.59] [0.03]
8MA-084-1 89R20-010-2 --
40 28 15 8 15 [0.22] 0,014
[1.38] [0.79] [0.43] [0.79] 5,5 (2x) [0.08]
8MA-086-1 89R32-010-2 --
[1.97] 35 20 11 20 0,035
89R40-010-2 50 [1.50] [0.98] [0.51] [0.98] [0.55] [0.22] [0.11]
8MA-087-1
89R40-025-2 38 25 13 25 14 5,5 (4x) 0,050
[2.36] [1.77] [1.18] [0.59] [1.18] [0.59] [0.28] [0.19]
8MA-088-1 89R50-025-2
60 45 30 15 30 15 7 (4x) 0,085
[2.56] [1.89] [1.38] [0.67] [1.38] [0.71] [0.35] [0.28]
8MA-089-1 89R63-025-2
65 48 35 17 35 18 9 (4x) 0,125
89R40_010_2
89R series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Body Mount Flanges
A E
Features: C F
• For recessed mounting
• Variable height adjustment
• Can be used with switches
• For use with the 89R Series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps D B G
ØH

A B C D E F G H
[2.24] [2.17] [1.85] [0.94] [0.59] [0.28] [0.22]
8MA-092-1 89R20-010-2 -- --
57 55 47 24 15 5,5 0,10
[2.95] [1.57] [0.79] [0.47] [0.98] [0.44]
8MA-094-1 89R32-010-2
75 40 20 12 25 0,20
[3.19] [2.55] [0.26]
89R40-010-2
81 [3.15] 70 [1.77] [1.10] 6,6 [0.55]
8MA-095-1
80 45 [0.98] [0.67] 28 0,25
89R40-025-2
25 17
[4.00] [3.94] [3.37] [1.97] [1.46] [0.35] [0.88]
8MA-096-1 89R50-025-2
101,5 100 85,5 50 37 9 0,40
Mounting Feet
Features:
•C an be mounted on bottom
side or front side
• Can be mounted on 4 sides E
of the cylinder F
• For use with 89R Series
D
Pneumatic Swing Clamps ØG
B C

A B C D E F G
[5.41] [1.38] [0.87] [0.87] [0.16] [0.63] [0.08]
8MW-018-1 89R20-010-2
137,5 35 22 22 4 16 0,04
[6.54] [1.97] [1.38] [0.71] [0.15]
8MW-020-1 89R32-010-2
166 50 35 18 0,07
[0.28]
[7.13] [1.10] [0.20] 7
89R40-010-2
181 [2.17] [1.57] 28 5 [0.22]
8MW-021-1 55 40 0,10
[8.31] [0.94]
89R40-025-2
211 24
[9.39] [2.64] [1.97] [1.26] [0.35] [0.33]
8MW-022-1 89R50-025-2
238,5 67 50 32 9 0,15
[0.24]
[10.37] [3.35] [2.44] [1.57] 6 [1.06] [0.43] [0.52]
8MW-023-1 89R63-025-2
263,5 85 62 40 27 11 0,24
89R series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | End Mount Flanges
Features: B
• Can be mounted on bottom side or top side D
• For use with 89R Pneumatic Swing Clamps E
A C
ØG
F H
ØJ
C D Weight
Part Used with
A B [±0.008] [±0.008] E F G H J
Number Model/series [lbs]kg
±0,2 ±0,2
[1.26] [2.56] [0.71] [1.97] [0.87] [0.39] [0.07]

8MA-061-1 89R20-010-2
32 65 18 50 22 10 0,03
[1.97] [3.15] [1.26] [2.52] [1.26] [0.43] [0.28] [0.26] [0.20]

8MA-063-1 89R32-010-2
50 80 32 64 32 11 7 6,6 0,09
[0.47]
89R40-010-2 12
[2.17] [3.94] [1.57] [3.15] [1.57] [0.29]
8MA-064-1 55 100 40 80 40 0,13
89R40-025-2
[2.56] [4.72] [1.77] [3.94] [1.97] [0.33] [0.46]

8MA-065-1 89R50-025-2
65 120 45 100 50 8,5 0,21
[0.59] [0.59] [0.35]
15 15 9
[3.15] [5.12] [2.36] [4.33] [2.44] [0.35] [0.66]
8MA-066-1 89R63-025-2
80 130 60 110 62 8,8 0,30
89B Series

• L ightweight and robust, designed for several • Assembly See page MC-PSC-17 for clamping arms
millions cycles • Welding See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options
• Can be mounted from the side or the top • Light machining
• Sensor ready for T-slot style sensors
• Metric design
Series 89B
Stroke Vertical
Total
During Clamp Clamping Bore Air
Swing Stroke Weight Replacement
Model Rotation Stroke Force [lbf.] Size Consumption‡
Direction [in]mm [lb.]kg Seal Kit
[in]mm [in]mm N† mm[in] [ft3]dm3
S
S1 S2
89B20-010-2R RH [0.79] [0.39] [29] [0.79] [0.003] [1.46]
89B/E20-2-00
89B20-010-2L LH 20 10 130 20 0,08 0,66
89B32-010-2R RH [0.83] [0.43] [0.39] [79] [1.25] [0.008] [2.25]

89B/E32-2-00
89B32-010-2L LH 21 11 10 350 32 0,22 1,02
89B40-010-2R RH [0.94] [0.55] [130] [1.57] [0.014] [3.17]

89B/E40-2-00
89B40-010-2L LH 24 14 580 40 0,39 1,44
89B50-025-2R RH [1.57] [0.59] [0.98] [225] [1.97] [0.036] [5.95]

89B/E50-2-00
89B50-025-2L LH 40 15 25 1000 50 1,03 2,70
89B63-008-2R RH [1.02] [0.71] [0.32] [321] [2.48] [0.038] [6.39]

89B/E63-2-00
89B63-008-2L LH 26 18 8 1430 63 1,08 2,90
† with standard clamping arm at 6bar [87psi]. ‡ per double stroke at 6bar [87psi]

Note:
Switches are optional. To order clamp with (2) 8EA-109-1 switches, add A to the end of the model.
EX. 89B30-010-2RA. See page MC-PSC-40 for additional switch options.
89B series 89B40_010_1L
L1
L3
Ø M1
H6
L5 L6
S = Total Stoke
S1 = Stroke during Rotation
S2 = Vertical Clamp Stroke
L2 Ø D1
S1
L4
Ø D4 S
H2 S2 Ø D2
Ø D3
Ø M3
H1
H8
Ø D3
H3 H4
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H9
H7
H5
M2
Model ØD1 ØD2 ØD3 D4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9 L1

[1.89] [0.39] [0.26] [0.43] [0.69] [0.35] [3.48] [2.28] [0.35] [0.59] [0.79] [0.28] [1.57] [1.77]
89B20
48 10 6,6 11 17,5 9 88.5 58 9 15 20 7 40 45
[2.20] [0.47] [0.63] [0.43] [3.70] [2.72] [0.39] [1.77] [2.17]
89B32 [0.33]
56 12 [0.59] 16 11 94 69 10 [0.67] [0.98] [0.35] 45 55
[2.60] [0.63] 8,5 15 [0.75] [0.55] [3.98] [2.91] 17 25 9 [1.97] [2.56]
89B40
66 16 19 14 101 74 50 65
[3.07] [0.71] [0.98] [0.67] [5.51] [4.29] [0.43] [2.76] [2.95]
89B50
78 18 [0.41] [0.71] 25 17 140 109 11 [0.98] [1.18] [0.43] 70 75
[3.70] [0.79] 10,5 18 [1.06] [0.75] [4.53] [3.35] 25 30 11 [2.16] [3.54]
89B63
94 20 27 19 115 85 55 90
Model L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 M1 M2 M3
[0.45] [1.18] [0.75] [2.36] [2.95] Mounting Options
89B20 M5 M8 M5
11,5 30 19 60 75
[0.55] [1.50] [0.89] [2.68] [3.35]
89B32 M6
14 38 22,5 68 85
M10
[0.75] [1.89] [1.08] [2.87] [3.54]
89B40 G-1/8
19 48 27,5 73 90
M8
[0.94] [2.17] [1.34] [3.54] [4.33]
89B50
24 55 34 90 110
M12
[1.18] [2.76] [1.57] [3.94] [4.72]
89B63 M10 G-1/4
30 70 40 100 120
89B series
Series 89B Clamping Force

1400 [215]
Clamping Force N [lbf] 1200 [270]
1000 [225]
800 [180] 89B20 L=52 [2.05]

600 [135] 89B32 L=60 [2.36]
400 [90]
89B40 L=70 [2.76]
89B50 L=80 [3.15]
200 [45]
89B63 L=90 [3.54]
0 [0]
[45] [58] [73] [87] [87]
3 4 5 6 6
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 89B20 & 89B32 Clamp Arm Weight
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 160 89B30

Weight (gr)
89B20
120
80
Example: 89B32 40
0
Length - L1 (mm)
L1
89B40 & 89B50 Clamp Arm Weight

500
440
89B50
WEIGHT, c.g. 380
Weight (gr)
89B40
320
260
200
20
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290
Length - L1 (mm)
89B63 Clamp Arm Weight

700
600
Weight (gr)
500
400
300
200
100
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
Length - L1 (mm)
89B series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arm
A
Features: G B

E
360 deg. arm positioning F
D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
[2.64] [2.05] [0.59] [0.33] [0.33] [0.59] [0.28] [0.08]
8JG-215-1 89B20-010-2 M6
67 52 15 8.5 8.5 15 7 0.04
[3.15] [2.36] [0.79] [0.37] [0.33] [0.79] [0.39] [0.14]
8JG-217-1 89B32-010-2 M8
80 60 20 9.5 8.5 20 10 0.06
[3.74] [2.76] [0.98] [0.45] [0.55] [0.98] [0.39] [0.28]
8JG-218-1 89B40-010-2 M8
95 70 25 11.5 14 25 10 0.13
[4.17] [3.15] [1.18] [0.59] [0.57] [1.18] [0.39] [0.42]
8JG-219-1 89B50-025-2 M8
106 80 30 15 14,5 30 10 0.19
[4.72] [3.54] [1.38] [0.67] [0.67] [1.38] [0.47] [0.66]
8JG-220-1 89B63-008-2 M10
120 90 35 17 17 35 12 0.30
Features:
made clamp arms

A B C D E E1 F
[1.57] [1.10] [0.59] [0.32] [0.59] [0.03]
8MA-084-1 89B20-010-2 --
40 28 15 8 15 [0.22] 0,014
[1.38] [0.79] [0.43] [0.79] 5,5 (2x) [0.08]
8MA-086-1 89B32-010-2 --
[1.97] 35 20 11 20 0,035
50 [1.50] [0.98] [0.51] [0.98] [0.55] [0.22] [0.11]
8MA-087-1 89B40-010-2
38 25 13 25 14 5,5 (4x) 0,050
[2.36] [1.77] [1.18] [0.59] [1.18] [0.59] [0.28] [0.19]
8MA-088-1 89B50-025-2
60 45 30 15 30 15 7 (4x) 0,085
[2.56] [1.89] [1.38] [0.67] [1.38] [0.71] [0.35] [0.28]
8MA-089-1 89B63-008-2
65 48 35 17 35 18 9 (4x) 0,125
Pneumatic Swing Clamps
Notes
8100, 8300 series

• L ightweight and robust, designed for several • Assembly See page MC-PSC-22 for clamping arms
millions cycles • Welding See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options
• Block style body may be mounted from • Light machining
the side or the top.
• Sensor ready for use with round style sensors
• Clamp arm and spindle included
Series 8100, 8300
Sensor ready.
Supplied with clamping
arm and spindle.
To order without clamping
arm add –LA to the end of
the model. Ex. 8115-LA
Stroke Vertical
Model Stroke Force [lbf.] Size Consumption‡
Direction Rotation Stroke [lb.]kg Seal Kit
[in]mm N† mm[in] [ft3]dm3
[in]mm [in]mm
8115 RH [0.85] [0.47] [0.38] [25] [18] [0.002] [0.68]
801560
8116 LH 21,5 11,8 9,7 110 80 0,06 0,31
8315 RH [1.25] [0.75] [0.50] [89] [67] [0.014] [2.00]

821560
8316 LH 31,8 19,1 12,7 400 298 0,40 0,91

Maximum Operating Temperature: -18°C to 60°C [0°F to 140°F]
Note:
To order with out clamping arm, add –LA to the end of the model number. EX. 8115-LA.
8315_C
8100, 8300 series

L6
L5
L2
L3 L1
Ø M1
Ø D1
H6
Ø D2
H2 H1
Ø D3
Ø D4
H8
Ø M3
H10
H3
H4
H11
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H9
THIRD ANGLE H5
FIRST ANGLE
H7
D5
Model ØD1 ØD2 ØD3 ØD4 ØD5 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7

8115 [1.23] [0.44] [0.20] [0.53] [0.41] [3.37] [1.45] [0.35] [0.75] [0.25]
-- --
8116 31,2 11,2 5,1 13,5 10,4 85,6 36,8 8,9 19,1 6,4
8315 [1.74] [0.50] [0.33] [0.53] [0.40] [0.97] [0.81] [4.11] [2.46] [0.65] [0.67] [0.44]
8316 44,2 12,7 8,4 13,5 10,2 24,6 20,6 104,4 62,5 16,5 17 11,2
Model H8 H9 H10 H11 L1 L2 L3 L5 L6 M1 M3

8115 [1.37] [1.00] [1.00] [1.25] [0.47] [0.94] [0.94] [1.25]
-- ¼-20 #10-32
8116 34,8 25,4 25,4 31,8 11,9 23,9 23,9 31,8
8315 [1.00] [1.49] [2.25] [2.37] [2.00] [0.72] [1.44] [2.44] [3.00]
5/16/18 1/8 NPT
8316 25,4 37,9 57,2 60,2 50,8 18,3 36,6 62 76,2
Mounting Options
Can be mounted Mounted to the top

to the side or front of the work surface
of the fixture, or through the two
mounted back to mounting holes in
back for multiple the bottom of unit.
clamping operations.
8100, 8300 series
Series 8100, 8300 Clamping Force

600 [135]
550 [124] 8100

500 [112] 8300
Clamping Force N [lbf] 450 [101]
400 [90]
350 [79]
300 [67]
250 [56]
200 [45]
150 [34]
100 [22]
50 [11]
0 [0]
[29] [45] [58] [73] [87] [102] [116] [131]
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 8115/8116 Clamp Arm Weight
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 200

Weight (gr)
160
allowable weight and length. 120
80
Example: 8315 40
0
is approximately 90mm. 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Length - L1 (mm)
L1
8315/8316 Clamp Arm Weight

400
350
WEIGHT, c.g. 300
Weight (gr)
250
200
150
All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]
100
and an opening and closing time of 1 second.
50
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190
Length - L1 (mm)
8100, 8300 series
A
G B
Features:
• L ightweight aluminum construction E
D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
[1.74] [1.11] [0.37] [0.33] [0.25] [0.62] [0.32] [0.03]
801528 8115/8116 #10-32
44.2 28.2 9.4 8.3 6.4 15.7 8.1 0.01
[2.87] [2.24] [0.37] [0.33] [0.25] [0.62] [0.32] [0.05]
801529 8115/8116 #10-32
72.9 56.9 9.4 8.3 6.4 15.7 8.1 0.02
[2.75] [2.00] [0.75] [0.57] [0.38] [0.75] [0.38] [0.04]

821512 8315/8316 3/8-16
69.9 50.8 19.1 14.5 9.5 19.1 9.5 0.02
[3.75] [3.00] [0.75] [0.57] [0.38] [0.75] [0.38] [0.05]

821513 8315/8316 3/8-16
95.3 76.2 19.1 14.5 9.5 19.1 9.5 0.02
Features:
made clamp arms

A B C D E E1 F
[1.37] [1.00] #10-32 [0.03]
801532 8115/8116 [0.39] [0.25] [0.62] --
34,8 25,4 (2x) 0,014
[1.50] [1.06] 1/4-20 [0.05]
821556 8315/8316 [0.75] [0.37] [0.75] --
38,1 26,9 (2x) 0,020
89E series

• L ightweight and robust, designed • Assembly See page MC-PSC-26 for clamping arms
for several millions cycles • Welding See page MC-PSC-27 for mounting flanges
• Threaded body may be mounted in a • Light machining
tapped hole or a clearance hole with
optional mounting flange
• Metric design
Series 89E
Stroke Vertical
Total
[in]mm [in]mm N† mm[in] [ft3]dm3
S
S1 S2
89E20-010-2R RH [0.79] [0.39] [29] [0.79] [0.003] [0.64]
89B/E20-2-00
89E20-010-2L LH 20 10 130 20 0,08 0,29
89E32-010-2R RH [0.83] [0.43] [0.39] [79] [1.25] [0.008] [0.93]

89B/E32-2-00
89E32-010-2L LH 21 11 10 350 32 0,22 0,42
89E40-010-2R RH [0.94] [0.55] [130] [1.57] [0.014] [1.76]

89B/E40-2-00
89E40-010-2L LH 24 14 580 40 0,39 0,80
89E50-025-2R RH [1.57] [0.59] [0.98] [225] [1.97] [0.036] [3.22]

89B/E50-2-00
89E50-025-2L LH 40 15 25 1000 50 1,03 1,46
89E63-008-2R RH [1.02] [0.71] [0.32] [321] [2.48] [0.038] [3.68]

89B/E63-2-00
89E63-008-2L LH 26 18 8 1430 63 1,08 1,67
Operating Pressure Range: 3bar [45psig] to 10bar [145psig] (89E20 8bar [116psig] max.)
89E40_010_1L 89e series
Ø D1
Ø M1
H5
L1
S1 Ø D2
S = Total Stoke
S1 = Stroke during Rotation S H2
S2 = Vertical Clamp Stroke
S2 H1
H4
Ø M2
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] H3

Model ØD1 ØD2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 L1 M M1 M2

[1.89] [0.39] [0.69] [0.35] [2.36] [0.59] [0.75]
89E20 M36X1,5 M5 M5
48 10 17,5 9 60 [0.79] 15 19
[2.52] [0.47] [0.63] [0.43] [2.72] 20 [0.89]
89E32 M42X1,5 M6
64 12 16 11 69 [0.67] 22,5
[2.95] [0.63] [0.75] [0.55] [2.60] 17 [1.08]
89E40 M55X2 M8 G-1/8
75 16 19 14 66 27,5
[3.54] [0.71] [0.98] [0.67] [4.09] [1.18] [1.36]
89E50 M68X2
90 18 25 17 104 30 [0.98] 34,5
M10
[4.13] [0.79] [1.06] [0.75] [3.03] 25 [1.57]
89E63 M80X2 G-1/4
105 20 27 19 77 40
Mounting Options
89e series
Series 89E Clamping Force

1400 [215]
1200 [270]
1000 [225]
800 [180] 89E20 L=52 [2.05]

600 [135] 89E32 L=60 [2.36]
400 [90]
89E40 L=70 [2.76]
89E50 L=80 [3.15]
200 [45]
89E63 L=90 [3.54]
0 [0]
[45] [58] [73] [87] [87]
3 4 5 6 6
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 89E20 & 89E32 Clamp Arm Weight
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 160 89E30

Weight (gr)
89E20
120
80
Example: 89E32 40
0
Length - L1 (mm)
L1
89E40 & 89E50 Clamp Arm Weight

500
440
89E50
WEIGHT, c.g. 380
Weight (gr)
89E40
320
260
200
20
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290
Length - L1 (mm)
89E63 Clamp Arm Weight

700
600
Weight (gr)
500
400
300
200
100
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320
Length - L1 (mm)
89e series
A
G B
Features:
• L ightweight aluminum construction E
D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
[2.64] [2.05] [0.59] [0.33] [0.33] [0.59] [0.28] [0.08]
8JG-215-1 89E20-010-2 M6
67 52 15 8.5 8.5 15 7 0.04
[3.15] [2.36] [0.79] [0.37] [0.33] [0.79] [0.39] [0.14]
8JG-217-1 89E32-010-2 M8
80 60 20 9.5 8.5 20 10 0.06
[3.74] [2.76] [0.98] [0.45] [0.55] [0.98] [0.39] [0.28]
8JG-218-1 89E40-010-2 M8
95 70 25 11.5 14 25 10 0.13
[4.17] [3.15] [1.18] [0.59] [0.57] [1.18] [0.39] [0.42]
8JG-219-1 89E50-025-2 M8
106 80 30 15 14,5 30 10 0.19
[4.72] [3.54] [1.38] [0.67] [0.67] [1.38] [0.47] [0.66]
8JG-220-1 89E63-008-2 M10
120 90 35 17 17 35 12 0.30
Features:
made clamp arms

A B C D E E1 F
[1.57] [1.10] [0.59] [0.32] [0.59] [0.03]
8MA-084-1 89BE0-010-2 --
40 28 15 8 15 [0.22] 0,014
[1.38] [0.79] [0.43] [0.79] 5,5 (2x) [0.08]
8MA-086-1 89E32-010-2 --
[1.97] 35 20 11 20 0,035
50 [1.50] [0.98] [0.51] [0.98] [0.55] [0.22] [0.11]
8MA-087-1 89E40-010-2
38 25 13 25 14 5,5 (4x) 0,050
[2.36] [1.77] [1.18] [0.59] [1.18] [0.59] [0.28] [0.19]
8MA-088-1 89E50-025-2
60 45 30 15 30 15 7 (4x) 0,085
[2.56] [1.89] [1.38] [0.67] [1.38] [0.71] [0.35] [0.28]
8MA-089-1 89E63-008-2
65 48 35 17 35 18 9 (4x) 0,125
89e series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Mounting Flanges
Features: H
• For use with Threaded Body Pneumatic Swing Clamps
• Variable height adjustment ØE
B
ØF
D
C
Part Used with

A B C D E F H
Number Model/series
[2.17] [4.33] [1.65] [0.83] [0.26] [0.31]
8MA-219-1 89E20-010-2 M36X1,5
55 27,5 42 21 6,6 8
[2.76] [1.38] [2.13] [1.06] [0.39]
8MA-220-1 89E32-010-2 M42X1,5
70 35 54 27 10
[3.15] [1.57] [2.60] [1.30] [0.35] [0.47]
8MA-221-1 89E40-010-2 M55X2
80 40 66 33 9 12
[3.54] [1.77] [2.99] [1.50]
8MA-222-1 89E50-025-2 M68X2
90 45 76 38 [0.59]
[4.33] [2.17] [3.54] [1.77] [0.43] 15
8MA-223-1 89E63-008-2 M80X2
110 55 90 45 11
8000, 8200, 8400 series

•T hreaded body may be mounted in a • Assembly See page MC-PSC-31 for clamping arms
tapped hole or a clearance hole with • Welding See page MC-PSC-31 for mounting flanges
optional mounting flange. 8215/8216 • Light machining
may be mounted with the upper flange. See page MC-PSC-40 for sensing options
• Sensor ready for use with round style sensors
• Clamp arm and spindle included
Series 8000, 8200, 8400
Stroke Vertical
Model Stroke Force [lbf.] Size Consumption‡
Direction Rotation Stroke [lb.]kg Seal Kit
[in]mm N† [in]mm [ft3]dm3
[in]mm [in]mm
8015 RH [0.85] [0.47] [0.38] [18] [0.75] [0.002] [1.0]
801560
8016 LH 21,5 11,8 9,7 80 19,1 0,06 0,45
8215 RH [67] [1.50] [0.015] [2.2]

821560
8216 LH 300 38,1 0,41 1,0
[1.25] [0.75] [0.50]
8415 RH 31,8 19,1 12,7
[55] [1.19] [0.009] [1.5]
841560
8416 LH 245 30,2 0,25 0,68

Note:
To order with out clamping arm, add –LA to the end of the model number. EX. 8115-LA.
8215_C
8000, 8200, 8400 series

SERIES 8200 SERIES 8000, 8400
Ø D4 Ø M1
H5
Ø D3
Ø D4
H6
L1
L4 Ø D1
M3
Ø D1
L3 L2
Ø D2
H2
H1
H4
M2
H3
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

M PROJECTION PROJECTION
Model ØD1 ØD2 ØD3 ØD4 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2

8015 [1.25] [0.44] [0.53] [0.41] [2.87] [0.50] [0.75] [1.12]
-- -- -- --
8016 31,8 11,1 13,5 10,4 72,9 12,7 19,1 28,4
8215 [3.00] [0.28] [2.66] [0.97] [0.81] [3.36] [0.25] [1.16] [2.00]
8216 76,2 [0.50] 7,1 67,6 24,6 20,6 85,3 [0.75] [0.67] 6,4 29,5 50,8
8415 [2.13] 12,7 [0.94] [0.78] [3.17] 19,1 17 [1.56]
-- -- -- --
8416 54,1 23,9 19,8 80,5 39,6
Model L3 L4 M M1 M2 M3
8015 [0.31] [0.62]
1-1/8-16 ¼-20 #10-32 #10-32
8016 7,9 15,7
8215
2-1/4-12
8216 [0.38] [0.75]
5/16-18 1/8 NPT 3/8-16
8415 9,6 19,1
1-3/4-12
8416
Mounting Options
8000, 8200, 8400 8200 only

Mounted into a tapped Mounted through a
hole or a through a clearance hole using
clearance hole with mounting screws in
the optional mounting the top flange.
flange. Jam nuts are
available for 8000.
8000, 8200, 8400 series
Series 8000, 8200, 8400 Clamping Force

600 [134]
550 [123] 8000

500 [112] 8200
Clamping Force† N [lbf]

450 [101] 8400
400 [90]
350 [78
300 [67]
250 [56]
200 [45]
150 [34]
100 [22]
50 [11]
0 [0]
[29] [45] [58] [73] [87] [102] [116] [131]
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 8015/8016 Clamp Arm Weight
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 200

Weight (gr)
160
allowable weight and length. 120
80
Example: 8215 40
0
is approximately 90mm. 20 40 60 80 100 120 140
Length - L1 (mm)
L1

400
350
WEIGHT, c.g. 300
Weight (gr)
250
200
150
All data refers to an operating pressure of 5 bar [72psi]
100
and an opening and closing time of 1 second.
50
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190
Length - L1 (mm)

350
300
250
Weight (gr)
200
150
100
50
0
30 50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230
Length - L1 (mm)
8000, 8200, 8400 series
A
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Clamping Arms G B
Features: E
F
360 deg. arm positioning D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
[1.74] [1.11] [0.37] [0.33] [0.25] [0.62] [0.32] [0.03]
801528 8015/8016 #10-32
44.2 28.2 9.4 8.3 6.4 15.7 8.1 0.01
[2.87] [2.24] [0.37] [0.33] [0.25] [0.62] [0.32] [0.05]
801529 8015/8016 #10-32
72.9 56.9 9.4 8.3 6.4 15.7 8.1 0.02
8215/8216 [2.75] [2.00] [0.75] [0.57] [0.38] [0.75] [0.38] [0.04]
821512 3/8-16
8415/8416 69.9 50.8 19.1 14.5 9.5 19.1 9.5 0.02
[3.75] [3.00] [0.75] [0.57] [0.38] [0.75] [0.38] [0.05]
821513 8215/8216 3/8-16
95.3 76.2 19.1 14.5 9.5 19.1 9.5 0.02

Features:
8MA_221_1
made clamp arms

A B C D E E1 F
[1.37] [1.00] #10-32 [0.03]
801532 8015/8016 [0.39] [0.25] [0.62] --
34,8 25,4 (2x) 0,014
[1.50] [1.06] 1/4-20 [0.05]
821556 8215/8216 [0.75] [0.37] [0.75] --
38,1 26,9 (2x) 0,020
Mounting Flanges H
ØE
Features:
• For
use with Threaded Body
• Variable height adjustment A
• For recessed mounting B

ØF
D
C
Part Used with

A B C D E F H
Number Model/series
[1.38] [0.69] [1.08] [0.54] [0.20]
801553 8015/8016 1 1/8-16
35 17,5 27,4 13,7 5,1
[2.50] [1.25] [2.12] [1.06] [0.50]
821553 8215/8216 2 1/4-12
12.7
63,5 31,8 53,8 26,9 [0.28]
[2.00] [1.00] [1.60] [0.80] 7,1
841550 8415/8416 1 3/4-12
50,8 25,4 40,6 20,3
035 series

•A vailable with threaded body, • Assembly See page MC-PSC-35 for clamping arms
or lower flange mounting • Welding See page MC-PSC-36 for jam nuts
• Low profile for confined spaces • Light machining
• Double locked arm attachment is bolted to
piston rod and clamped around shaft diameter
Series 035-1 Series 035-2
Threaded body design

for mounting through Flanged body design for
fixture plates. quick and easy mounting
Stroke Vertical
Total
[in]mm [in]mm N† [in]mm [ft3]dm3
S
S1 S2
035-125-190 RH [1.04] [0.51] [0.53] [20] [0.98] [0.005] [0.56]
905516
035-125-290 LH 26,3 12,8 13,5 89 25 0,13 0,25
035-132-190 RH [1.13] [0.56] [0.57] [30] [1.26] [0.008] [0.94]

905517
035-132-290 LH 28,8 14,3 14,5 133 32 0,24 0,43
035-140-190 RH [1.20] [0.57] [0.63] [60] [1.57] [0.015] [1.31]

905518
035-140-290 LH 30,4 14,4 16 267 40 0,41 0,59
035-150-190 RH [1.18] [0.63] [0.55] [69] [1.97] [0.023] [1.81]

905519
035-150-290 LH 30 16 14 307 50 0,64 0,82
035-225-190 RH [1.05] [0.54] [0.51] [20] [0.98] [0.005] [0.56]

905516
035-225-290 LH 26,7 13,7 13 89 25 0,13 0,25
035-232-190 RH [1.06] [0.57] [0.49] [30] [1.26] [0.008] [1.13]

905517
035-232-290 LH 26,8 14,4 12,4 133 32 0,24 0,51
035-240-190 RH [1.09] [0.57] [0.52] [60] [1.57] [0.015] [1.40]

905518
035-240-290 LH 27,7 14,4 13,3 267 40 0,41 0,64
035-250-190 RH [1.13] [0.63] [0.51] [69] [1.97] [0.023] [1.90]

905519
035-250-290 LH 28,8 16 12,8 307 50 0,64 0,86

035 series 035_240_190_011_
035_140_190_011_ 035_240_190_011_
035_140_190_011_
Mounting Options
035-1
Threaded body
mounts through
Series 035-1 Series 035-2 a clearance hole
Ø D2
Ø D2 S1 and locked in
S1
S1 Ø D2 Ø D2 place using two
S1 optional jam nuts
M1 S M1
S M1
S
S M1
S2 H1
S2 H1 M2
S2 H1 S2 H1 035-1
M2
M2 M2 Threaded body
mounts into a
H3
H4 Ø D1 H3 threaded hole
H2
H3
H4
and is locked in
Ø D1 H3
H2 place using one
H4 H2
H4 H5 optional jam nuts
H2
H5
L
L
Ø D1
Ø D1
M
M
L1
Ø D3 L3
L1 035-2
Ø M2
Ø M2 L Ø D3 L3
Mount using four
L mounting holes in
the base flange
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

Model ØD1 ØD2 D3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 L L1 L3 M M1 M2

[1.42] [.55] [0.57] [1.50] [2.76] [2.25] [0.35]
035-125-( ) -- -- -- -- 1-½ -16 1/4-20 #10-32
36 14 14,4 38,1 70 57,2 9
[1.79] [0.75] [1.72] [3.87] [2.63] [0.45]
035-132-( ) -- -- -- -- 1-7/8-16
45,4 [0.63] 19,1 43,7 98,2 66,7 11,4
5/16-18
[2.16] 16 [0.76] [1.88] [3.28] [2.80] [0.70]
035-140-( ) -- -- -- -- 2-1/4-16 1/8 NPT
54,8 19,4 47,7 83,2 71 17,8
[2.36] [0.79] [0.70] [2.00] [3.48] [2.95] [0.50]
035-150-( ) -- -- -- -- 2-1/2-16 3/8-16
60 20 17,8 50,8 88,3 75 12,7
[1.38] [.55] [.18] [0.60] [2.62] [1.60] [0.50] [0.57] [1.57] [1.22]
035-225-( ) -- 1/4-20 #10-32
35 14 4,5 15,2 [.91] 66,5 40,6 12,7 14,5 40 31
[1.97] [0.85] 23 [2.79] [1.76] [0.57] [0.65] [2.13] [1.73]
035-232-( ) --
50 [0.63] [.26] 21,6 71 44,6 114,5 16,5 54 44
5/16-18
[2.16] 16 6,5 [0.94] [1.03] [2.95] [1.85] [2.29] [1.89]
035-240-( ) -- 1/8 NPT
54,8 23,9 26,1 75 47 [0.65] [0.65] 58,2 48
[2.36] [0.79] [.33] [0.78] [1.03] [3.15] [2.05] 16,5 16,5 [2.68] [2.17]
035-250-( ) -- 3/8-16
60 20 8,5 19,7 26 80 52 68 55
035 series
Series 035 Clamping Force

500 [112]
450 [101] 035-( )25-( )

035-( )32-( )
400 [90]
035-( )40-( )

350 [78 035-( )50-( )
300 [67]
250 [56]
200 [45]
150 [34]
100 [22]
50 [11]
0 [0]
[45] [58] [73] [87] [102]
3 4 5 6 7
Guidelines
DESTACO Pneumatic Swing Clamps are designed 25mm, 32mm Clamp Arm Weight
spindles. In the event that a longer arm or additional 160 32mm

Weight (gr)
25mm
120
80
Example: 035-132-190 40
0
is approximately 90mm. 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Length - L1 (mm)
L1
40mm, 50mm Clamp Arm Weight

500
440
50mm
WEIGHT, c.g. 380
Weight (gr)
40mm
320
260
200
20
50 70 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250
Length - L1 (mm)
035 series
Features:
• For standard use
• Clamp on style connection
for 360 deg. arm positioning
A
G B
D
C
C1

A B C C1 D E F G
035-12.... [2.38] [1.36] [0.63] [0.40] [0.31] [0.75] [0.32] [0.10]

036-551-01 1/4-20
035-22.... 60.5 34.5 15.9 10.2 8.0 19.1 8.0 0.05
035-12.... [3.38] [2.36] [0.63] [0.40] [0.31] [0.75] [0.32] [0.13]

036-551-02 1/4-20
035-22.... 85.9 60.0 15.9 10.2 8.0 19.1 8.0 0.06
035-13....
035-23.... [3.10] [2.00] [0.75] [0.50] [0.38] [0.75] [0.38] [0.15]
036-630-01 5/16-18
035-14.... 78.7 50.8 19.1 12.7 9.5 19.1 9.5 0.07
035-24....
035-13....
035-23.... [4.73] [3.63] [0.75] [0.50] [0.38] [0.75] [0.38] [0.21]
036-630-02 5/16-18
035-14.... 120.0 92.1 19.1 12.7 9.5 19.1 9.5 0.10
035-24....
035-15.... [4.00] [2.75] [1.00] [0.70] [0.50] [1.00] [0.38] [0.33]

036-787-01 3/8-16
035-25.... 101.6 69.9 25.4 17.8 12.7 25.4 9.5 0.15
035-15.... [6.36] [5.00] [1.00] [0.70] [0.50] [1.00] [0.38] [0.49]

036-787-02 3/8-16
035-25.... 161.5 127.0 25.4 17.8 12.7 25.4 9.5 0.22
035 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Jam Nuts
Features:
• For use with Threaded Body Pneumatic Swing Clamps
• Steel construction C B
D A
Part Used with Model/ Weight

A B C D
Number series [lbs] kg
035-125-190 [2.00] [0.38] [0.275] [0.13]

051-150-160 1 1/2-16 UN
035-125-290 50.8 9.7 7.0 0.06
035-132-190 [2.63] [0.38] [0.312] [0.25]

051-187-160 1 7/8-16 UN
035-132-290 66.7 9.7 7.9 0.11
035-140-190 [3.00] [0.50] [0.312] [0.40]

051-225-160 2 1/4-16 UN
035-140-290 76.2 12.7 7.9 0.18
035-150-190 [3.25] [0.50] [0.312] [0.44]

051-250-160 2 1/2-16 UN
035-150-290 82.6 12.7 7.9 0.20
8700 series

•A lternative solution to swing clamps when •A ssembly & See page MC-PSC-39 for jam nuts
space is limited welding fixtures
• The clamping lever may be positioned left, • Light machining
forward, or right (relative to ports) within
the same clamp body
• Threaded body with upper flange mount
• Non-toggle locking linkage
• Clamping arm and spindle included
8725 8732 8740 8750

8732G 8740G 8750G
Vertical Clamping Air

Bore Size Weight
Model Clamping Stroke* Force† Consumption‡ Seal Kit
[in.]mm [lb.]kg
[in.]mm [lbf.]N [in.3]cm3
[0.10] [43] [0.98] [0.004] [1.3]
8725 872500
2,5 195 25 0,11 0,6
8732 [64] [1.26] [0.008] [2.2]

873200
8732G 285 32 0,23 1,0
[0.12]
8740 3,2
[106] [1.57] [0.014] [2.6]
874000
8740G 470 40 0,41 1,2
8750 [0.15] [167] [1.97] [0.023] [4,4]

875000
8750G 3,8 745 50 0,64 2,0
* Equal to approx. 6° above horizontal with standard clamping arm. † at 5bar [72psi].
‡ per double stroke at 5bar [72psi].
Operating Pressure Range:

3bar [45psig] to 7bar [100psig]
Max. Operating Temperature:
-10°C to 80°C [14°F to 175°F]
Application Note:
If using clamping arms other than standard, the
length must not exceed 1.5X the overall length of
the standard arm.
Left Forward Right
The inlet air flow rate should be adjusted to
Levers can be positioned in one of three
position the arm in no less than 1/2 second for positions in relation to the air ports.
standard arms and no less than 1 second in the
case of an extended arm.
8700 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Dimensions, Clamping Forces
ØD1
1600 [360]
ØD
8750
M1 1400 [315]
8740
8732

1200 [270]
8725
L3 oL2 oL1 1000 [225]
800 [180]
600 [135]
400 [90]
200 [45]
OPENING
0 [0]
ANGLE [40] [60] [80] [100] [120] [140]
2.8 4.1 5.5 6.9 8.3 9.7
L7
H7
H6 UNCLAMP CLAMP
M2
H9
H2
H4
L6 H5
H1
H8
L5 L8
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
H3
L4
ØM
Opening H4
Model ØD ØD1 H1 H2 H3 H5 H6 H7 H8 H9
Angle (min/max)
[0.22] [0.35] [5.67] [1.97] [2.42] [0.59-0.98] [0.67] [0.39] [0.47] [0.59]
8725 80°
5,5 9 144 50 61,5 15-25 17 10 12 15
8732/ [6.65] [2.25] [2.83] [0.63-1.18] [0.79] [0.43]
81°
8732G [0.27] [0.43] 169 57 72 16-30 [0.98] 20 11 [0.51]
8740/ 6,8 11 [6.93] [2.40] [2.85] [0.75-1.14] 25 [0.98] [0.55] [0.41] 13
82°
8740G 176 61 72.5 19-29 25 14 10,5
8750/ [0.33] [0.55] [7.87] [2.60] [3.11] [0.86-1.30] [1.18] [0.59] [0.43]
75°
8750G 8,5 14 200 66 79 22-33 30 15 11
Model L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 ØM M1 M2
[1.97] [1.46] [0.63] [1.89] [1.61] [0.63] [0.55]
8725 M40 x 1.50 M6 x 1.0 M5 x 0.8
50 37 16 48 41 16 14 [0.91]
8732 [2.36] [1.77] [0.71] [2.36] [2.05] [0.87] [0.71] 23 [1/8NPT]
M50 x 1.50
8732G 60 45 18 60 52 22 18 G-1/8
M8 x 1.25
8740 [2.65] [1.97] [0.79] [2.60] [2.20] [0.93] [0.79] [1.02] [1/8NPT]
M55 x 1.50
8740G 65 50 20 66 56 23,5 20 26 G-1/8
8750 [2.95] [2.28] [0.87] [3.05] [2.50] [1.02] [1.10] [1.26] [1/8NPT]
M65 x 1.50 M12 x 1.75
8750G 75 57 22 77,5 63,5 26 28 32 G-1/8
8700 series
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Jam Nuts
Features:
• For use with 8700 Series Pneumatic Lever Clamps
Mounting from
above using
4 socket cap screws
through the flange.
Mounting by
screwingbody into
a tapped hole and
locking with one
jam nut.
C B
Mounting by
inserting body
into a plain hole
and locking with
two jam nuts.
D A

A B C D
[2.09] [0.35] [0.28] [0.13]

872550 8725 M40 x 1.50
53 9 7 0.06
[2.76] [0.24] [0.35]

873250 8732/ 8732G M50 x 1.50
70 6 0.16
[0.43]
11
[2.95] [0.31] [0.37]
874050 8740/ 8740G M55 x 1.50
75 8 0.17
[3.25] [0.39] [0.39] [0.33]

875050 8750/ 8750G M65 x 1.50
82,5 10 10 0.15
Pneumatic Swing Clamps accessories
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Sensors
Features:
•S ensors are activated by a magnetic ring
installed on the cylinder piston
• All sensors feature an LED for easy set-up
• IP67 rated
• Temperature Range: -10°C to 60°C [14°F to 140°F]
810169, 8EA-109-1, 810151,

810173, 8EA-120-1, 810153,
810174 810170, 810155,
810171 810157
Tie rod clip 810151-1 included.
810156, 810153
810158
Item Mount Max. Switching Voltage

Connector Length Function Voltage
Number Style Current Drop
810169 Reed 5-120V AC/DC 50mA 3.0V
M8 male
165mm
810173 Round quick PNP 4.5-28V DC 100mA 0.5V
[6.5in.]
connect
810174 NPN 4.5-28V DC 100mA 0.5V
M8 male
300mm
8EA-109-1 quick Reed 10-30V DC 100mA 3.0V
[11.8in.]
connect
M12 male
300mm
8EA-120-1 T-slot quick Reed 15-30 V AC/DC 500mA 1.5V
[11.8in.]
connect
810170 M8 male PNP 10-30V DC 100mA 2.0V
165mm
quick
810171 [6.5in.] NPN 10-30V DC 100mA 2.0V
connect
810151 Reed 5-120V AC/DC 500mA 3.5V
810153 Reed 24-240V AC 4A 1.0V
Tie Rod
810155 No PNP 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
2.7m
connector
810157 [9ft.] NPN 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
cord
810156 Band Reed 5-120V AC/DC 500mA 3.5V
810158 Clamp PNP 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
Pneumatic Swing Clamps accessories
Pneumatic Swing Clamps | Extension Cordsets
Features:
• For use with M8 quick connect sensors
• Threaded coupling nuts provide IP67 protection
• Robotic grade, oil and abrasion resistant polyurethane (PUR) cable
Item Number Length Rating Temperature Rating

CABL-010 2 Meter [78in.]
120V AC/DC, 3A max. -20°C to 80°C [-40°F to 176°F]
CABL-013 5 Meter [16.4ft.]
Wiring Schematics
810169 810170, 810173
BRN
BRN 1-BROWN (+) + 1-BROWN (+)
LOAD +
- 1-BROWN (+) BLK 1-BROWN (+)
CIRCUIT
MAIN
4-NOT USED POWER 4-BLACK (OUT)
POWER 4-NOT USED BLU LOAD4-BLACK (OUT)
BLU 3-BLUE (-) - 3-BLUE (-)
- 3-BLUE (-)
- 3-BLUE (-)
$PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)}
$PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)} $PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)}
810171, 810174 8EA-109-1, 8EA-120-1
BRN
BRN
1-BROWN (+) + 1-BROWN (+)
1-BROWN (+) + 1-BROWN (+)
BLK LOAD
CIRCUIT
BLK
MAIN
4-NOT USED POWER 4-BLACK (OUT) 4-BLACK (OUT)

4-NOT USED POWER
BLU LOAD
3-BLUE (-) 3-BLUE (-) BLU
- 3-BLUE (-) 3-BLUE (-)
-
810153 810151, 810156

BRN
$PRPSHEET:{SW-File Name(File Name)}
BLK BRN
WHT
RED + GRN
WHT
810155, 810158
WHT ~
+/-SUPPLY
6-24VDC
AC SUPPLY
LOAD
SUPPLY 120V Max.
- LOAD
-/+ ~ PNP
LOAD
810155, 810158 810157, 810158
BRN WHT
WHT BRN
+ GRN - GRN
810158 810157
SUPPLY SUPPLY
6-24VDC 6-24VDC
- +
LOAD LOAD
PNP NPN
Notes
pneumatic power cylinders
Features
Your requirements Round design: Type K and WK

Power element of machines, tools and devices •P
iston rod with male thread (Type K)
for the following applications: or ISO fit (Type WK)
• Clamping • Coining
• Punching • Riveting
• Stamping • Pressing
• Notching • Clinching
The solution
DESTACO´s double acting power cylinder,
which is based on the wedge lever principle.
Clamping force
Rectangular design: Type WR
• Two piston rods prevent twisting
Force
Piston force
Stroke
Power stroke Forward stroke
Application Recommendations
• Compressed air should be treated by filter, water separator
and pressure regulator. Oiler is not allowed!
• For an adequate piston speed air hoses with 6mm I.D.
should be used.
• Do not increase the max. air pressure of 6 bar, because this
would reduce the cylinder´s life cycle considerably.
• The piston rods of type K and WK are not secured against
Product features twisting, an external device should be provided.
• Mechanical advantage: 10:1 • Piston rod should not be subjected to transversal forces.
• Characteristic are the two steps of stroke: the forward Force should always be exerted by coaxial force through
stroke to move a certain distance and the power the piston rod to the work piece.
stroke with an amplified force on a short distance • For Type WR, force must be transmitted via the centre of
• Exact positioning of cylinder by flange mount on the pressure plate.
cylinder’s head • Connection between rod and tool should be performed as
• Cylinder works in any position frictional connection (coupling), not as form fitting connection.
• High durability because of solid and maintenance • For punching operations we recommend a force reserve of
free wedge lever mechanics. approx. 30 %.
• End position control by magnetic field sensing • If the cylinder is used for positioning in the extended rod
position you should consider that a possible counter-force
will cause an axial deflection of approx. 1 mm. This feature is
Technical Data due to the cylinder’s design because after the nominal power
Power forces at 6 bar 4 – 60 kN stroke the clamping force drops down to the level of the
piston force (see force-stroke diagram left side).
Forward strokes 15 – 200 mm • Valves are not usable to avoid piston movement. If the
Power strokes 6 and 7 mm* piston should be positioned within the range of the forward
stroke, both chambers of the cylinder have to be vented.
Air pressure max. 6 bar, min 3 bar If the cylinder should stay at a retracted position the piston
Mechanical advantage max. 10:1 rod chamber should be under pressure and the piston
chamber should be vented.
Cylinders require clean, water- and oil free air • For further facts and additional applications features see
operating instruction MAPnkz-2.
*power strokes up to max. 12 mm upon request
MC-PPC-1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
pneumatic power cylinders
Funktionsschema
P neum atik-Kraftz y linder

Functions
Basic positionGrundstellung
Anstellhub
Forward stroke Gleiche Kraft wie ein konventioneller Pneumatikzy-
Piston force islinder
identical to the force
mit entsprechendem of a common
Kolbendurchmesser.
pneumatic cylinder with adequate piston diameter
Krafthub
Power stroke Die mechanische Kraftübersetzung tritt in Funk-
Beginning of tion.
mechanical
Mechanischeforce amplification.
Kraftübersetzung max. 10 : 1.
Mechanical advantage max. 10:1
Rückhub
Return strokeDer Rückhub kann in jeder beliebigen Kolbenstel-
The return stroke can be initiated in any position of
lung eingeleitet werden. Die Rückstellkraft beträgt
piston. The force during return stroke is approx. half
ca. die Hälfte der Anstellkraft.
of piston force.
Magnetfeldabfragung
Forces
NEU! Force within forward stroke Clamping force within power stroke
Pneumatik-Kraftzylinder der Bauform K und WK
mit Magnetfeldabfragung
WK6000 WK6000
[1350] 6 [13500] 60
■ für die Größen
[1124] 5 [11240] 50 Technische Daten und
K bzw. WK 400-..., K bzw. WK 1000-...
Clamping force [lbf] kN
Maßunterschiede zur K/WK4500

K/WK4500
Piston force [lbf] kN
K bzw.
[900]WK
4 3000-..., K bzw. WK 4500-... [9000] 40 Standardausführung
siehe Seite 20.4 und
K/WK3000 20.6! K/WK3000
[674] 3 [6740] 30
■ Modell-Nr.-Änderung
„-A“[450]
am2Ende der Modell-Nr. für Standard-Ausführung anstelleK/WK1000 [4500] 20 K/WK1000
von [225]
„-1“1einsetzen! K/WK600
[2250] 10 K/WK600
K/WK400
Beispiel: K 400-15-6-1 wird zu K 400-15-6-A ■ Lieferumfang
0 0 K/WK400
WK
[44] 33000-50-6-1[58]
wird
4 zu WK 3000-50-6-A
[73] 5 [87] 6 [44]-A
Die Zylinder mit 3 am Ende [58]
der 4Modell-Nr. [73]
sind5 serienmäßig
[87]mit
6
einem Magnetkolben ausgestattet.
Air pressure [psi] bar Air pressure [psi] bar
■ Bauliche Änderungen Separat zu bestellen:
Lediglich die Maße Ø D4, Ø D5, A/A1 und A9 unterscheiden sich Pro Zylinder je 2 Stück Magnetfeldschalter-Sets, Modell-Nr.
zur Standardausführung.
Return stroke force: half of piston force SMB-102157, bestehend aus Sensor mit 3 m Kabel, Klemmbock
Siehe Seite 20.4 und 20.6! und Spannband.
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice Siehe Seite 20.4MC-PPC-2
und 20.6!
type K Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Product Overview | Technical Information
• Piston rod with male thread

Note:
Operating pressure max. 6 bar [87psi], min 3 bar [44psi]. Use only
clean, water- and oilfree compressed air. Piston rod is not secured
against twisting and should not be loaded transversal.
See page MC-PPC-2 for more information.
Piston Forward Clamping Power Piston Air Stroke Temperature

force within force within consumption frequency
stroke stroke dia. range Weight
Model forward stroke power stroke per double depending
at 6 bar mm at 6 bar mm mm stroke at 6 bar on total stroke °C Kg [lbs]
[in] [in] [in] [°F]
kN [lbf ] kN [lbf ] dm 3 [f t3] [min -1]
K400-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 0,71 [0.025] 1,20 [2.6]
K400-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 0,89 [0.031] 1,25 [2.8]

K400-50-6-1 0,68 50 [1.97] 1,14 [0.040] 1,30 [2.9]
4 6 40 - 5 to +75
[153] 5 to 30
[900lbf] [0.24] [1.75] [23 to 167]
K400-70-6-1 70 [2.76] 1,38 [0.049] 1,35 [3.0]
K400-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 1,98 [0.070] 1,50 [3.3]
K400-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 2,94 [0.104] 1,70 [3.7]
K600-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 1,34 [0.047] 2,05 [4.5]
K600-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 1,65 [0.058] 2,15 [4.7]
K600-50-6-1 1,06 50 [1.97] 6 6 50 2,06 [0.073] - 5 to +75 2,30 [5.1]
5 to 30
K600-70-6-1 [238] 70 [2.76] [1350lbf] [0.24] [1.97] 2,47 [0.087] [23 to 167] 2,40 [5.3]
K600-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 3,50 [0.124] 2,70 [6.0]
K600-200-6-1
200 [7.87] 5,15 [0.182] 3,20 [7.1]
K1000-15-7-1 15 [0.59] 2,20 [0.078] 3,60 [7.9]
K1000-30-7-1 30 [1.18] 2,66 [0.094] 3,80 [8.4]
K1000-50-7-1 1,75 50 [1.97] 10 7* 63 3,26 [0.115] - 5 to +75 4,10 [9.0]
5 to 30
K1000-70-7-1 [393] 70 [2.76] [2250lbf] [0.27] [2.48] 3,85 [0.136] [23 to 167] 4,40 [9.7]
K1000-120-7-1 120 [4.72] 5,35 [0.189] 5,20 [11.5]
K1000-200-7-1 200 [7.87] 7,74 [0.273] 6,40 [14.1]
K3000-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 4,48 [0.158] 11,80 [26.0]
K3000-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 5,20 [0.184] 12,50 [27.6]
K3000-50-6-1 3 50 [1.97] 30 6* 85 6,17 [0.218] - 5 to +75 13,40 [29.5]
5 to 25
K3000-70-6-1 [674] 70 [2.76] [4500lbf] [0.24] [3.35] 7,13 [0.252] [23 to 167] 14,30 [31.5]
K3000-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 9,54 [0.337] 16,60 [36.6]
K3000-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 13,40 [0.473] 20,20 [44.5]
K4500-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 6,18 [0.218] 13,30 [29.3]
K4500-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 7,17 [0.253] 14,00 [30.9]
K4500-50-6-1 4,2 50 [1.97] 45 6* 100 8,50 [0.300] - 5 to +75 15,00 [33.1]
5 to 25
K4500-70-6-1 [944] 70 [2.76] [10120lbf] [0.24] [3.94] 9,83 [0.347] [23 to 167] 15,80 [34.8]
K4500-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 13,20 [0.466] 18,10 [39.9]
K4500-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 18,50 [0.653] 21,70 [47.8]
* Power strokes up to 12 mm and other forward strokes upon request
type K Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Technical Information
Type K in standard version
Dimensions for standard version of type K

Differences of dimensions for cylinder with magnet piston rings see chart on page MC-PPC-10
Model
A2 A3 A4 A5 A7 A9 Ø D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø D4 Ø D5 M1
A A1 M3 LK SW G
186 145
K400-15-6-1
[7.32] [5.71]
201 160
K400-30-6-1
[7.91] [6.30]
221 180 M5,
K400-50-6-1 M16
[8.70] [7.09] 41 21 12 39 10 23,5 40h8 25h7 63 44 49 10mm 54 21
x 1,5 G1/8
241 200 [1.6] [0.8] [0.5] [1.5] [0.4] [0.9] [1.6] [1.0] [2.5] [1.7] [1.9] deep [2.1] [0.8]
K400-70-6-1 [0.06]
[9.49] [7.87] [0.1]
291 250
K400-120-6-1
[11.46] [9.84]
371 330
K400-200-6-1
[14.61] [12.99]
201 160
K600-15-6-1
[7.91] [6.30]
216 175
K600-30-6-1
[8.50] [6.89]
236 195 M6,
K600-50-6-1 M16
[9.29] [7.68] 41 21 12 39 10 23,5 40h8 25h7 73 54 59 10mm 64 21
x 1,5 G1/8
256 215 [1.6] [0.8] [0.5] [1.5] [0.4] [0.9] [1.6] [1.0] [2.9] [2.1] [2.3] deep [2.5] [0.1]
K600-70-6-1 [0.06]
[10.08] [8.46] [0.1]
306 265
K600-120-6-1
[12.05] [10.43]
386 345
K600-200-6-1
[15.20] [13.58]
243 187
K1000-15-7-1
[9.57] [7.36]
258 202
K1000-30-7-1
[10.16] [7.95]
278 222 M8,
K1000-50-7-1 M24
[10.94] [8.74] 56 25 15 52 10 29 63h8 40h7 100 68 74,5 12mm 85 32
x 3,0 G1/8
298 242 [2.2] [1.0] [0.6] [2.0] [0.4] [1.1] [2.5] [1.6] [3.9] [2.7] [2.9] deep [3.3] [1.3]
K1000-70-7-1 [0.98]
[11.73] [9.53] [1]
348 292
K1000-120-7-1
[13.70] [11.50]
428 372
K1000-200-7-1
[16.85] [14.65]
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-PPC-4
type K Series
Type K in standard version
Dimensions for standard version of type K

Model
A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A7 A9 Ø D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø D4 Ø D5 M1 M3 LK SW G
315 235
K3000-15-6-1
[12.40] [9.25]
330 250
K3000-30-6-1
[12.99] [9.84]
350 270 M10,
K3000-50-6-1 M42
[13.78] [10.63]
50 35 20 70 20 45 85h8 65h7 130 95 108 16mm 112 55
x 2,5 G1/4
[14.57] [11.42] [2.0] [1.4] [0.8] [2.8] [0.8] [1.8] [3.3] [2.6] [5.1] [3.7] [4.3] deep [4.4] [2.2]
K3000-70-6-1 [1.65]
370 290 [1.7]
420 [13.39]
K3000-120-6-1
[16.54] 340
500 420
K3000-200-6-1
[19.69] [16.54]
315 235
K4500-15-6-1
[12.40] [9.25]
330 250
K4500-30-6-1
[12.99] [9.84]
350 270 [1.7]
K4500-50-6-1 M42
[13.78] [10.63] 80 35 20 70 20 45 85h8 65h7 145 110 123 M10, 127 55
x 2,5 G1/4
370 290 [3.1] [1.4] [0.8] [2.8] [0.8] [1.8] [3.3] [2.6] [5.7] [4.3] [4.8] 16mm [5.0] [2.2]
K4500-70-6-1 [1.65]
[14.57] [11.42] deep
420 340
K4500-120-6-1
[16.54] [13.39]
500 420
K4500-200-6-1
[19.69] [16.54]
type WK Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Product Overview | Technical Information
• Piston rod with ISO fit

Note:
Operating pressure max. [87psi]6 bar, min [44psi] 3 bar. Use only
clean, water- and oilfree compressed air.Piston rod is not secured
against twisting and should not be loaded transversal.
See page MC-PPC-2 for more information.
Piston Forward Power Piston Air Stroke

Clamping force Temperature
force within consumption frequency
stroke within power stroke dia. range Weight
Model forward stroke per double depending
mm stroke at 6 bar mm mm °C [lbs] kg
at 6 bar stroke at 6 bar on total stroke
[in] kN [lbf ] [in] [in] [°F ]
kN [lbf ] dm [f t ]
3 3 [min -1]
WK400-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 0,71 [0.025] 1,20 [2.6]

WK400-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 0,89 [0.031] 1,25 [2.8]
WK400-50-6-1 0,68 50 [1.97] 4 6 40 1,14 [0.040] - 5 to +75 1,30 [2.9]
5 to 30
WK400-70-6-1 [153] 70 [2.76] [900lbf] [0.24] [1.75] 1,38 [0.049] [23 to 167] 1,35 [3.0]
WK400-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 1,98 [0.070] 1,50 [3.3]
WK400-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 2,94 [0.104] 1,70 [3.7]
WK600-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 1,34 [0.047] 2,05 [4.5]
WK600-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 1,65 [0.058] 2,15 [4.7]
WK600-50-6-1 1,06 50 [1.97] 6 6 50 2,06 [0.073] - 5 to +75 2,30 [5.1]
5 to 30
WK600-70-6-1 [238] 70 [2.76] [1350lbf] [0.24] [1.97] 2,47 [0.087] [23 to 167] 2,40 [5.3]
WK600-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 3,50 [0.124] 2,70 [6.0]
WK600-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 5,15 [0.182] 3,20 [7.1]
WK1000-15-7-1 15 [0.59] 2,20 [0.078] 3,60 [7.9]
WK1000-30-7-1 30 [1.18] 2,66 [0.094] 3,80 [8.4]
WK1000-50-7-1 1,75 50 [1.97] 10 7* 3,26 [0.115] - 5 to +75 4,10 [9.0]
63 [2.48] 5 to 30
WK1000-70-7-1 [393] 70 [2.76] [2250lbf] [0.27] 3,85 [0.136] [23 to 167] 4,40 [9.7]
WK1000-120-7-1 120 [4.72] 5,35 [0.189] 5,20 [11.5]
WK1000-200-7-1 200 [7.87] 7,74 [0.273] 6,40 [14.1]
WK3000-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 4,48 [0.158] 11,80 [26.0]
WK3000-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 5,20 [0.184] 12,50 [27.6]
WK3000-50-6-1 3 50 [1.97] 30 6* 6,17 [0.218] - 5 to +75 13,40 [29.5]
85 [3.35] 5 to 25
WK3000-70-6-1 [674] 70 [2.76] [4500lbf] [0.24] 7,13 [0.252] [23 to 167] 14,30 [31.5]
WK3000-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 9,54 [0.337] 16,60 [36.6]

WK3000-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 13,40 [0.473] 20,20 [44.5]
WK4500-15-6-1 15 [0.59] 6,18 [0.218] 13,30 [29.3]
WK4500-30-6-1 30 [1.18] 7,17 [0.253] 14,00 [30.9]
WK4500-50-6-1 4,2 50 [1.97] 45 6* 100 8,50 [0.300] - 5 to +75 15,00 [33.1]
5 to 25
WK4500-70-6-1 [944] 70 [2.76] [10120lbf] [0.24] [3.94] 9,83 [0.347] [23 to 167] 15,80 [34.8]
WK4500-120-6-1 120 [4.72] 13,20 [0.466] 18,10 [39.9]

WK4500-200-6-1 200 [7.87] 18,50 [0.653] 21,70 [47.8]
WK6000-30-6 [1.18] 30 [0.367] 10,40 24,00 [52.9]
WK6000-50-6 6,0 [1.97] 50 60,0 6* 125,0 [0.454] 12,85 - 5 to +75 24,50 [54.0]
5 to 25
WK6000-70-6 [1350] [2.76] 70 [13490lbf ] [0.24] [4.92] [0.536] 15,17 [23 to 167] 25,00 [55.1]
WK6000-120-6 [4.72] 120 [0.747] 21,15 26,50 [58.4]

* Power strokes up to 12 mm and other forward strokes upon request
type WK Series
Type WK in standard version
Dimensions for standard version of type WK

Model
Ø
A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A7 A8** A9 Ø D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø D4 Ø D5 M2 M3 LK G
D6
186 145
WK400-15-6-1
[7.32] [5.71]
201 160
WK400-30-6-1
[7.91] [6.30]
221 180 M5,
WK400-50-6-1
[8.70] [7.09]
41 21 12 39 10 25 23,5 40h7 25h7 63 44 49 10mm [2.13]
10H7 M6 G1/8
241 200 [1.61] [0.83] [0.47] [1.54] [0.39] [0.98] [0.93] [1.57] [0.98] [2.48] [1.73] [1.93] deep 54
WK400-70-6-1 [0.06]
[9.49] [7.87]
291 250
WK400-120-6-1
[11.46] [9.84]
371 330
WK400-200-6-1
[14.61] [12.99]
201 160
WK600-15-6-1
[7.91] [6.30]
216 175
WK600-30-6-1
[8.50] [6.89]
236 195 M6,
WK600-50-6-1
[9.29] [7.68]
41 21 12 39 10 25 23,5 40h7 25h7 73 54 [2.32] 10mm [2.52]
10H7 M6 G1/8
256 215 [1.61] [0.83] [0.47] [1.54] [0.39] [0.98] [0.93] [1.57] [0.98] [2.87] [2.13] 59 deep 64
WK600-70-6-1 [0.06]
[10.08] [8.46]
306 265
WK600-120-6-1
[12.05] [10.43]
386 345
WK600-200-6-1
[15.20] [13.58]
243 187
WK1000-15-7-1
[9.57] [7.36]
258 202
WK1000-30-7-1
[10.16] [7.95]
278 222 M8,
WK1000-50-7-1
[10.94] [8.74]
56 25 15 52 10 40 29 63h8 40h7 99,5 68 74,5 12mm 85
20H7 M8 G1/8
298 242 [2.20] [0.98] [0.59] [2.05] [0.39] [1.57] [1.14] [2.48] [1.57] [3.92] [2.68] [2.93] deep [3.35]
WK1000-70-7-1 [0.98]
[11.73] [9.53]
348 292
WK1000-120-7-1
[13.70] [11.50]
428 372
WK1000-200-7-1
[16.85] [14.65]
Continued on next page
type WK Series
Type WK in standard version
Dimensions for standard version of type WK

Model
A A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A7 A8** A9 Ø D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø D4 Ø D5 Ø D6 M2 M3 LK G
315 235
WK3000-15-6-1
[12.40] [9.25]
330 250
WK3000-30-6-1
[12.99] [9.84]
350 270 M10,

WK3000-50-6-1
[13.78] [10.63] 80 35 20 70 20 40 45 85h8 65h7 130 95 108 16mm 112
25 M10
H7 G1/4
[3.15] [1.38] [0.79] [2.76] [0.79] [1.57] [1.77] [3.35] [2.56] [5.12] [3.74] [4.25] deep [4.41]
370 290 [16]
WK3000-70-6-1
[14.57] [11.42]
420 340
WK3000-120-6-1
[16.54] [13.39]
500 420
WK3000-200-6-1
[19.69] [16.54]
315 235
WK4500-15-6-1
[12.40] [9.25]
330 250
WK4500-30-6-1
[12.99] [9.84]
350 270 M10,

WK4500-50-6-1
[13.78] [10.63]
80 35 20 70 20 40 45 85h8 65h7 145 110 123 16mm 127
25H7 M10 G1/4
370 290 [3.15] [1.38] [0.79] [2.76] [0.79] [1.57] [1.77] [3.35] [2.56] [5.71] [4.33] [4.84] deep [5.00]
WK4500-70-6-1 [1.65]
[14.57] [11.42]
420 340
WK4500-120-6-1
[16.54] [13.39]
500 420
WK4500-200-6-1
[19.69] [16.54]
365 285
WK6000-30-6
[14.37] [11.22]
[15.16] 305 M10,

WK6000-50-6
385 [12.01] 80 20 48 24 22 40 53 85h8 65h7 178 135 148 16mm 150
25H7 M10 G1/2
405 325 [3.15] [0.79] [1.89] [0.94] [0.87] [1.57] [2.09] [3.35] [2.56] [7.01] [5.31] [5.83] deep [5.91]
WK6000-70-6 [1.65]
[15.94] [12.80]
455 375
WK6000-120-6
[17.91] [14.76]
** Usable depth of bore with ISO fit D6
type WR Series
Pneumatic Power Cylinders | Product Overview
• Piston rods prevent twisting

Note:
Use only clean, water- and oilfree compressed air. Force must be
transmitted via the centre of the pressure plate. One-sided loading of
the pressure plate should be avoided. For punching applications contact
our technical support! See page MC-PPC-2 for more information.
Type WR
Total stroke
Power stroke
Forward stroke
WR2000 WR2000
[450] 2 [4500] 20
Clamping force [lbf] kN
Piston force [lbf] kN
[337] 1,5 [3370] 15

[225] 1 [2250] 10
[112] 0,5 [1120] 5
[15] [29] [44] [58] [73] [87] [15] [29] [44] [58] [73] [87]
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
Air pressure [psi] bar Air pressure [psi] bar
Return stroke force: half of piston force Air pressure: max. [87psi] 6 bar; min. [44psi] 3 bar
Piston Air Stroke

Forward Clamping Power Piston consumption
force within frequency
stroke force within stroke dia. Temperature
forward per double depending Weight
Model power stroke range A B
stroke at mm mm mm stroke at on total kg [lbs]
at 6 bar °C [°F]
6 bar [in] [in] [in] 6 bar stroke
[lbf ] kN]
kN [lbf ] dm 3 [f t3] [min -1]
WR 2000-15-7 15 [0.59] 2,44 [0.086] 12,5 [27.6] 285 51,6

WR 2000-30-7 30 [1.18] 2,95 [0.104] 14,0 [30.9] 300 51,6
2 20 7 70 -5 up to +75
WR 2000-50-7 50 [1.97] 3,62 [0.128] 5 - 25 15,5 [34.1] 320 55,6
[450] [4500] [0.27] [2.76] [23 to up167]
WR 2000-70-7 70 [2.76] 4,27 [0.151] 17,2 [37.9] 340 55,6
WR 2000-120-7 120 [4.72] 5,94 [0.210] 21,0 [46.3] 390 59,6
lung eingeleitet werden. Die Rückstell
ca. die Hälfte der Anstellkraft.
-A option
Magnetfeldabf
Magnetic Field Sensing | Technical Specifications
Pneumatic Power Cylinders Type K NEU!

and WK with end position control by
Pneumatik-Kraftzylinder der Bauform K und WK
magnetic field sensors.
mit Magnetfeldabfragung
• For the sizes ■ für die Größen

K and WK 400…. , K and WK 600… , Technische Da
K bzw. WK 400-..., K bzw. WK 1000-...
K and WK 1000…. K and WK 3000…, Maßunterschie
K and WK 4500… K bzw. WK 3000-..., K bzw. WK 4500-... Standardausfü
siehe Seite 20
20.6!
• Change of Model ■ Modell-Nr.-Änderung
Indicate „-A“ at the end of„-A“
Model
am Endeinstead of „-1“für Standard-Ausführung anstelle
der Modell-Nr.
for standard version! von „-1“ einsetzen!
Example:
• Standard equipment
■ Lieferumfang(as shown above)
K400 – 15 – 6 – 1 changeBeispiel:
to K400 K 400-15-6-1
– 15 – 6wird
– Azu K 400-15-6-A
Pneumatic Power Cylinders with “-A” at the end of
WK 3000 – 50 – 6 – 1 change toWK WK3000-50-6-1
3000 - 50 wird–zu6WK
– A3000-50-6-A Die Zylinder mit -A am Ende der Modell-Nr. sind serie
Model are completely furnished with a magnetic
einem
piston ring and with twoMagnetkolben
mountedausgestattet.
sensor sets
• Change in construction ■ Bauliche Änderungen (Model SMB-102157, consisting
Separat zu bestellen:of magnetic field
Only the dimensions Ø D4, Ø D5,
Lediglich dieA/A
Maße1Øand
D4, ØA9
D5, are sensorsich
A/A1 und A9 unterscheiden with 3m cable, clamp
Pro Zylinder je 2and
Stückstrap)
Magnetfeldschalter-Sets, Mod
different to the standard version.
zur Standardausführung. SMB-102157, bestehend aus Sensor mit 3 m Kabel,
Siehe Seite 20.4 und 20.6! **Differences of dimensions
und Spannband.
Type K Switching points of sensors
compared with standard version
For sizes S1* S2*
Siehe Seite
Ø D4 Ø D5
20.4 Aund 20.6! A9
/A 1 Rs
K 400-...-A 5 12 - - +15 - 44
K 1000-...-A 10 18 - - +15 - 56
K 3000-...-A 5 14 90 97 - 30 67
DE-STA-CO K 45000-...-A 5 12 106 113 - 28,5 75
*A
pprox. data, because of magnet field variations. S1 refers to the max. power
stroke and enlarges up to 60 mm, when smaller power strokes are used.
Circuit diagram and technical data of sensor set Model

View C SMB-102157, consisting of magnetic field sensor with 3 m cable, clamp and
strap (2 sets per cylinder are standard equipment).
Sensor
ws E
L- Switching voltage 10...250 VAC/DC
Switching current 0,5 A
Clamp Circuit Switching power 20 W/30 VA
diagram
Function normally open contact
Strap Radius of interference Protection class IP 67 (DIN 40050)
bn E
L+ Indicator LED
Type WK **Differences of dimensions

Switching points of sensors
compared with standard version
For sizes S1* S2* Ø D4 Ø D5 A /A 1 A9 Rs
WK 400-...-A 5 12 - - +15 - 44
WK 1000-...-A 10 18 - - +15 - 56
WK 3000-...-A 5 14 90 97 - 30 67
WK 45000-...-A 5 12 106 113 - 28,5 75
* Approx. data, because of magnet field variations. S1 refers to the max. power
stroke and enlarges up to 60 mm, when smaller power strokes are used.
-K Option
Magnetic Field Sensing | Technical Specifications
Sensor cage for T-slot proximity sensor
• For the sizes

K and WK 400…. , K and WK 600… , K and WK 1000…. ,
K and WK 3000…, K and WK 4500…
• Change of Model
Indicate “-K“ at the end of Model instead of “-A“ for
standard version.
Example:
K400 – 15 – 6 – A change to K400 – 15 – 6 – K
WK 3000 – 50 – 6 – A change to WK 3000 - 50 – 6 – K
• Benefits:
Small radii of interference.
Customer specific T-slot sensors are usable.
• Standard equipment:
Pneumatic power cylinder with “-K“ at the end of Model
number are supplied with mounted sensor cages but
without T-slot sensors.
pneumatic power Cylinders
Application Examples
Radius clinching unit for profiled aluminium Special punching unit for 2 holes Ø 3,4 in steel 0,9 mm
Special device for 2 holes Ø 12 in steel 1,2 mm Mobile punching unit for holes Ø 6,2 in crossbeams
Device for holes Ø 8 in sheet metal Stamping units placed in line
Stamping units placed in line Welding fixture for exhaust components
pneumatic power clamps
Holding Torque Clamping Torque

Piston Diameter Material We
at 5 bar at 5 bar
2000 to 4000 [N] (Clamping Torque)

Page: PC-PPC-#
1000 to 2000 [Nm]
2000 to 4000 [Nm]
1000 to 2000 [Nm]

500 to 1000 [Nm]
500 to 1000 [Nm]
Less than 25mm

100 to 500 [Nm]
100 to 500 [Nm]

0 to 100 [Nm]
0 to 100 [Nm]
0 to 2 [Kg]
Aluminum
Series
2-4[Kg]
25mm
32mm
40mm
50mm
63mm
80mm
Steel
81L 3
82L-4 7
82L-2 15
82M-3E 25
52H-3E 47
870/871 57
860/861 59
890/891 59
1000/1001 59
82D 61
PC-PPC-1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
r
63mm
80mm
Aluminum
Material
Steel
0 to 2 [Kg]
2-4[Kg]
4-6 [Kg]
Weight
6-8 [Kg]
More than 8 [Kg]
0 to 0.5 [dm3]
0.50 to 1.00 [dm3]
1.00 to 2.00 [dm3]

5 bar [dm3]
Air Consumption
Per Double Stroke at
More than 2,00 [dm3]
Welding

Assembly
Dirty Environment
End Effectors
Application Area
Machining
Duty Cycle
PC-PPC-2
Excellent/High
Adjustable Opening Angle
Inductive Sensors Available
Fair/Medium
Dual Arms
Locating
Poor/Low
Manual Version Available
Center Arm
Lateral Arms
Toggle Locking
Not Recommended
81L Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Ordering Information
81L 12-1 01 00
Base Model Size Description Arm Style Description Design Description

12-1 12mm Cylinder Bore Size 01 Clamping arm, horizontal 00 Standard design
16-1 16mm Cylinder Bore Size 41 Clamping arm, vertical
20-1 20mm Cylinder Bore Size See below for further details
25-1 25mm Cylinder Bore Size
Arm Style
01
41
81L Series
Accessories Description (order separately)

8EA-109-1 Sensor, 3-wire cable, M8x1 connector, 3-pin
82ZB-004-1 Adapter for mounting 81L20-1, 81L25-1 to 25mm dia. bar
12 16 20 25
Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque
25 Nm 60 Nm 100 Nm 100 Nm
Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque
4,5 Nm at 5bar 7,0 Nm at 5bar 18 Nm at 5bar 18 Nm at 5bar
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice PC-PPC-4
81L Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions and Seal Kits
°
120
90°
L5b
L10
L4
(2x)
D2
(2x)
D1
81L**-141 Area of interference

B10
R4
L11
B12
B2
"X"
"X"
R3
B11b
B10 B11a
L4
Pivot point
B6
B3
L2
L6
L10
B1
L5a
B5 D2 B12
L8
L9
L7
(8x)
D3
81L**-101 (2x)
D1
B8 (2x)
L1
B7
M5 M5
B18
Model Seal Kit
mm [INCH] mm [INCH] T-slot for Sensor 81L12-1.... 81L12-1-00
81L16-1.... 81L16-1-00
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE 81L20-1.... 81L20-1-00
81L25-1.... 81L20-1-00
Round-slot for Sensor
Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar Operation with oil-free air is permissible.
D1 Ø D2 Ø D3 Ø B1 B2 B3 B5 B6 B7 B8 B10 B11a B11b B12

Model [H7] ±0,1 ±0,2 ±0,1 ±0,1 ±0,2
[0.12] [0.13] [0.94] [1.57] [0.10] [0.06] [0.24] [0.59] [0.98] [0.35] [1.06] [1.24] [0.35]
81L12-1.... 3 3,3
M4
24 40 2,5 1,5 6 15 25 9 27 31,5 9
[0.12] 0.17] [1.12] [1.97] [0.08] [0.08] [0.19] [0.79] [1.02] [0.59] [1.18] [1.56] [0.59]
81L16-1.... 3 4,3
M5
30 50 2 2 5 20 26 15 30 39,5 15
[0.16] [0.18] [1.38] [2.12] [0.10] [0.12] [0.28] [0.79] [1.34] [0.79] [1.20] [1.57] [0.79]
81L20-1.... 4 4,5
M6
35 55,5 2,5 3 7 20 34 20 30,5 40 20
[0.16] [0.26] [1.38] [2.58] [0.10] [0.12] [0.28] [0.79] [1.34] [0.79] [1.59] [1.97] [0.79]
81L25-1.... 4 6,5
M6
35 65,5 2,5 3 7 20 34 20 40,5 50 20
B18 L1 L2 L4 L5a L5b L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 R3 R4

Model ~ ±0,1 ~ ~
[1.10] [4.09] [1.59] [0.28] [0.10] [0.7] [0.18] [0.59] [0.12] [0.35] [0.24] [0.93] [1.61] [1.89]
81L12-1.... 28 104 40,5 7 2,5 17,5 4,5 15 3 9 6 23,5 41 48
[1.18] [4.69] [1.95] [0.35] 0.09] [0.8] [0.23] [0.79] [0.16] [0.47] [0.31] [1.41] [2.00] [2.48]
81L16-1.... 30 119 49,5 9 2,25 20,5 5,75 20 4 12 8 35,75 51 63
[1.57] [5.94] [2.54] [0.47] [0.12] [0.98] [0.35] [0.98] [0.19] [0.59] [0.29] [1.36] [2.26] [2.75]
81L20-1.... 40 151 64,5 12 3 25 9 25 5 15 7,5 34,5 57,5 70
[1.57] [5.94] [2.54] [0.47] [0.12] [0.98] [0.35] [0.98] [0.19] [0.59] [0.47] [1.75] [2.64] [3.11]
81L25-1.... 40 151 64,5 12 3 25 9 25 5 15 12 44,5 67 79
81L Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Technical Specifications
Max. Clamping Air Consumption

Max. Holding Max. Added Load
Torque Weight per double stroke
Model Torque (at Position‚ “X”)
at 5 bar [72 psi] kg [lb] at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft] g [oz]
Nm [lb ft] dm3 [ft3]
25 4,5 0,16 0,25 50
81L12-101.. [18.4] [3.3] [0.4] [0.01] [1.8]
20 4,5 0,17 0,25 50
81L12-141.. [14.8] [3.3] [0.4] [0.01] [1.8]
60 6,5 0,25 0,27 80
81L16-101.. [44] [4.8] [0.6] [0.01] [2.8]
40 7,0 0,27 0,26 80
81L16-141.. [29.5] [5.23] [0.6] [0.01] [2.8]
100 18 0,50 0,40 90
81L20-101.. [73.8] [13.3] [1.1] [0.02] [3.2]
80 17 0,52 0,35 90
81L20-141.. [59] [12.5] [1.2] [0.01] [3.2]
100 18 0,52 0,40 100
81L25-101.. [73.8] [13.3] [1.2] [0.02] [3.5]
80 17 0,54 0,35 100
81L25-141.. [59] [12.5] [1.25] [0.01] [3.5]
82L..-4... Series
82L 16-4 03 0
Base Model Size Description Arm Style Description Opening Angle Description
12-4 12mm Cylinder Bore Size 00 No clamping arm 0 105° (Standard)
16-4 16mm Cylinder Bore Size 03 U-bar, central 90° 3 90ª
20-4 20mm Cylinder Bore Size 43 U-bar, central 180° 4 75°
25-4 25mm Cylinder Bore Size See below for further details 5 60°
6 45°
7 30°
8 15°
Arm Style
03
43
82L..-4... Series
Accessories Description (order separately)

8EA-109-1 Sensor, 3-wire cable, M8x1 connector, 3-pin
82ZB-004-1 Adapter for mounting 82L20-4, 82L25-4 to 25mm dia. bar
12 16 20 25
35 Nm 40 Nm 50 Nm 80 Nm
90° version: 10,4 Nm at 5bar 12,4 Nm at 5bar 21,0 Nm at 5bar 31,8 Nm at 5bar
180° version: 8,7 Nm at 5bar 11,0 Nm at 5bar 19,3 Nm at 5bar 28,5 Nm at 5bar
82L12-4 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions | Technical Specifications
"X" = 50
23
24
36
36
6 6
Pivot point 1,1
max. 6,2
SW6
M4
9 ±0,1
M 4 ep
31 ±0,05
6d e
ee p 6d
3
8 26 ±0,1 2
+0,05
+0,05
0
9 ±0,1
114,5
15
15
3
15 ±0,1
15 ±0,1
48,3
2,5
60,3
M5
4,5
23
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

Slot for round
sensor T-slot for sensor

Max. Holding Weight Max. Added Load
Torque per double stroke
Model Torque [with arm] (at Position “X”)
at 5 bar [72 psi] at 5 bar [72 psi]
Nm [lb ft] kg [lb] g [oz]
35 10,4 0,23 0,25 50
82L12-4030 [25.8] [7.8] [0.5] [0.01] [1.8]
35 8,7 0,23 0,25 50
82L12-4430 [25.8] [6.4] [0.5] [0.01] [1.8]
82L16-4 Series
40
28,8
28
"X" = 58
43,8
max. 6
7,5 7,5
Pivot point
SW6
12 ±0,1
M5 0,1
12 ±0,1
7d M5 e p
36 ±0,05
ee p e
7d
9,5 28 ±0,1 2,5
+0,05
+0,05
0
4
4
20
20
124,5
20 ±0,1
20 ±0,1
M5
56,5
67
M5
5,5
27
2
30
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Slot for round T-slot for sensor

THIRD ANGLE
PROJECTION
FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION
sensor

40 12,4 0,33 0,27 80
82L16-4030 [29.5] [9.4] [0.7] [0.01] [2.8]
40 11,0 0,33 0,27 80
82L16-4430 [29.5] [8.1] [0.7] [0.01] [2.8]
82L20-4 Series
8,5
48
29
31
8,5 45
Pin for manual unlocking

with an extra tool
Pivot point
max. 5,7
SW8
M6
0,4 M6
+0,1
15 ±0,1
7, 5
0
p
de e dee
43 ±0,05
15
p 7 ,5
10,5 2,5
+0,05
+0,05
0
32 ±0,1
25
25
150
Air connection M5
5
+0,1
20
5
0
20 ±0,1 (open)
76,5
65
Air connection M5
(closed)
5,5
29
32
Grooves for
round sensors
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Grooves for
T-groove sensors THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

50 21,0 0,42 0,35 90
82L20-4030 [36.9] [15.5] [0.9] [0.01] [3.2]
50 19,3 0,42 0,35 90
82L20-4430 [36.9] [14.3] [0.9] [0.01] [3.2]
82L25-4 Series
8,5
53
34
36
52
8,5
Pin for manual unlocking

Pivot point with an extra tool
max. 8,1
SW9
M6
0,85 M6 eep
15 ±0,1
7, 5
15 ±0,1
de e d
+0,05
p 7 ,5
0
13 3
45
+0,05
+0,05
0
36 ±0,1
25
25
160
5
20 ±0,1 5 Air connection M5

20 ±0,1 (open)
83,5
71,5
Air connection M5
(closed)
32
5
35
Grooves for
round sensors
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Grooves for THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

T-groove sensors PROJECTION PROJECTION

80 31,8 0,66 0,40 100
82L25-4030 [59] [23.5] [1.5] [0.01] [3.5]
80 28,5 0,66 0,40 100
82L25-4430 [59] [12.5] [1.5] [0.01] [3.5]
82L..-4... Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Clamp Arm Dimensions
B2
B13
A-A B11
Pivot point
L4
L5
B12
B10
B1
B27
L10
A A
L2
D3
D2H7
B26
Max.
Order no. B10 B11 B12 B13 D2
Model Opening B1 B2 B26 B27 D3 L2 L4 L5 L10
for Arm ±0,02 ±0,02 ±0,1 ±0,1 H7
angle
82L12-4… 8JG-401-1-01 105° 6 54 9 45.5 9 50 38,5 24 3 3.3 36 7 10 6
82L16-4… 8JG-402-1-01 105° 6 63 15 50.5 15 58 36,5 29 3 4.5 44 9.5 10 10
82L20-4… 8JG-403-1-01 105° 8 78 20 63 20 73 45 31,2 4 4.5 48 14 10 8
82L25-4… 8JG-404-1-01 105° 9 81 20 66 20 76 48 36 4 6.4 53 16 10 12
Notes
82L..-2... Series
82L 2G -2 03 B8 H 0 B
Base Model Size Description Arm Style Description

2G Ø25 (G1/8) Cylinder Bore Size 03 U-clamp arm, central 90°
3G Ø32 (G1/8) Cylinder Bore Size 11 Lateral clamp arm, left 90°
3N Ø32 (1/8-18 NPT) Cylinder Bore Size 12 Lateral clamp arm, right 90°
4G Ø40 (G1/4) Cylinder Bore Size 23 2x lateral clamp arm 90°
4N Ø40 (1/4-18 NPT) Cylinder Bore Size 38 H-clamp arm 90°
43 U-clamp arm, central 180°
51 Lateral clamp arm, left 180°
52 Lateral clamp arm, right 180°
63 2x lateral clamp arm 180°
78 H-clamp arm 180°
See below for further details
Arm Style
03 38
11 43
12 51 63
23 52 78
82L..-2... Series
Hand Lever Description

0 No Hand Lever H
H With Hand Lever
Base Model Description

Power clamp without clamping arm.
B To be marked with an additional “B”.
Only with clamping arm “03”
Opening Angle Description

0 105° (Standard)
3 90°
4 75°
5 60°
6 45°
7 30°
8 15°
Sensing Description
00 No Sensing
C8 8EA-137-1 (M8x1)
B7 8EA-138-1 (M12x1)
B8 8EA-139-1 (M12x1)
C8
B7
B8
2G 3G/N 4G/N
Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque
75 Nm 180 Nm 380 Nm
Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque Max Clamping Torque
25 Nm at 5bar 55 Nm at 5bar 120 Nm at 5bar
82L..-2... Series
Plan view
Dimensions of the
B31 B24a driven shaft
B1a 82L2*-2...
SW
L17
B23 max.
22 ±0,1
B3
D4H7
+0,02 B30
+0,02
5 0
+0,05
0
0
18
5,05
82L3*-2... B1b
B24 B1a
B5 B30
Pivot point
B1a
82L4*-2...
B6a
L6
B6
L8
L2 max.
(8x)
L8a
D1
L18
D1a
B27
L14
L3
L7
L9
D4H7
L9a
L1 max.
B25 B7a
L19
L9
B7
D4aH7
B5a B5b
12 33
Connector (B): opening
B1 Connector (A): closing

mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
THIRD ANGLE
Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar
FIRST ANGLE
PROJECTION Operation
PROJECTION with oil-free air is permissible.
Technical Information | Model without Hand Lever
Max. holding Clamping torque Piston Air consumption per double

Weight Connection
Model torque at 5 bar [72 psi] Ø stroke at 5 bar [72 psi]
kg [lbs] G
Nm [lb ft] Nm [lb ft] mm dm3 [ft3]
75 25 1,0 0,4
82L2G-2… 25 G1/8
[55] [18] [2.20] [0.01]
82L3G-2… 180 55 1,3 0,8 G1/8

32
82L3N-2… [133] [41] [2.86] [0.03] 1/8-18 NPT
82L4G-2… 380 120 1,9 1,2 G1/4

40
82L4N-2… [280] [89] [4.18] [0.04] 1/4-18 NPT
B1 B1a B1b B3 B5 B5a B5b B6 B6a B7 B7a** B23 B24 B24a B25 B27 B30 B31
Model
± 0,1 ± 0,1 max. +0,1 ± 0,1
82L2G-2… 32 34 - 3 4 4 4,5 7 - 25 - 53 60,5 53,5 - - 44 15
82L3.-2… 42 34 46 - 5 8 4,5 7 10 20 30 60 76,5 63,5 8 3,5 51 21
82L4.-2… 45 40 - - 6,5 6 4,5 10 10 25 35 74 88 69,5 9 3,5 57 26,5
D1 D1a D4 D4a L1 L2 L3 L6 L7 L8 L8a L9 L9a** L14 L17 L18 L19 SW

Model
H7 H7 max. max. ± 0,05 + 0,1 ± 0,1 ± 0,1 ± 0,1 ± 0,1 ± 0,1 N9 h9
82L2G-2… M5 M5 5 - 183,5 104,5 67 17 28 5 - 18 - 14 8,5 - - 9
82L3.-2… M5 M5 6 6 215 124 83 25 36 8 42 20 20 18 12,5 48 8 11
82L4.-2… M6 M6 6 6 245 141 92 30 40 10 50 20 25 20 16 58,5 8 16
**Tolerance for distance to dowel hole ±0,02
82L..-2... Series
Automation power clamps, lightweight design Plan view
enclosed model, with hand lever
B23 max.
B1
a1
B31 B24a
B1a B21
B24
B5
Pivot point
L2 max.
B30
B3
L6
L8
B6
(8x)
L2 max.
D1
B30
B7
B5a R1
L3
L7
L9
L9
L1 max.
a2
B5b
L1 max.
Dimensions of the
driven shaft
G
SW
L17
View 82L2*-2...
Connector (B): opening
Connector (A): closing

mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Operation with oil-free air is permissible.
PROJECTION PROJECTION Technical Information | Model with Hand Lever
Clamping Air consumption

Max. holding Piston
torque at Weight Opening per double stroke Connection
Model torque Ø B1 B1a B3 B5 B5a
5 bar [72 psi] kg [lbs] angle at 5 bar [72 psi] G
Nm [lb ft] mm
25
75 1,1 0,4
82L2G-2... [18] 25 G1/8 32 34 3 4 4
[55] [2.42] [0.01]
82L3G-2... 180 55 1,5 105º 0,8 G1/8

32 42 34 – 5 8
82L3N-2... [133] [41] [3.30] [0.03] 1/8-18NPT
82L4G-2... 380 120 2,1 1,2 G1/4

40 45 40 – 6,5 6
82L4N-2... [280] [89] [4.62] [0.04] 1/4-18NPT
B5b B6 B7 B21 B23 B24 B24a B30 B31 D1 L1 L2 L3 L6 L7 L8 L9 L17 SW a1 a2 R1

Model
+0,1 ~ max +0,1 max. max. +0,05 +0,1 +0,1 +0,1 h9 ~ ~ ~
82L2G-2... 4,5 7 25 62 53 60,5 53,5 44 15 M5 183,5 104,5 67 17 28 5 18 8,5 9 36º 131º 117
82L3G-2...
4,5 7 20 62 60 76,5 63,5 51 21 M5 210 119 83 25 36 8 20 12,5 11 31º 124º 117
82L3N-2...
82L4G-2...
4,5 10 25 62 74 88 69,5 57 26,5 M6 241 137 92 30 40 10 20 16 16 31º 131º 117
82L4N-2...
82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 series
Wiring diagram of electrical sensing system

Maximum Tooling Weight 82L2G-2...
1,0
Sensing system immune to interference from d.c. arc
welding and a.c. arc welding
0,8
Inductive version: B8, B7, C8

Weight [kg]
0,6
0,4 Pin Assignment

0,2 +brown black -blue white
1 4 3 2
0
50 75 100 125 150 175 200
Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]

1 4 1 4 3 2
Plug M8x1 2 3
Maximum Tooling Weight 82L3.-2... yellow
2 green red
2,0
Plug M12x1 3 1
4
1,5 open closed
S 0.1 S 0.2
Weight [kg]
1,0
0,5
0
50 75 100 125 150 175 200
Maximum Tooling Weight 82L4.-2...

2,75
2,50
2,25
2,00
Weight [kg]
1,75
1,50
1,25
1,00
0,75
0,50
0,25
0
75 100 125 150 175 200
Maximum Clamping Torque at 5 bar

140
Pivot
120 X
Torque (Nm) at 5 bar
100
ATTENTION: 82L4..., L1=104mm
Calculation tool 80
82L3..., L1=99mm
available. Please 60
L1
82L2..., L1=75mm All data refers to a pneumatic
consult factory. pressure of 6 bar and to a
40
opening and closuring time
20 of 1 second, as well as to
the center of gravity of the
0
0,5 1,5 2,5 3,5 4,5 5,5 6,5 7,5 8,5 complete construction directly
attached to the clamp arm
Clamping Arm Position (mm)
related to the fixed fulcrum.
82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 series
U-Type Central Clamping Arms

Viex X
(for dimensioning)
B4
D3
B12
D2H7
B27
L10
L10
(B9)
B26 L10
a
B10 B11
L4
0,2°
90° version Area of interference
(82L..-203....) 180° version
Hold-down piece (82L..-243....)
must not protrude
for dimensioning in the interior area
X Opening
"R1" due to the
area of interference
B2
B2
Opening
X R1
R1
for dimensioning
L4
±0,2°
Pivot point
SW SW
Order no. Opening Opening

Weight SW
for set of angle for angle for B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B26 B27 D2 D3 L4 L10 L10a R1
Model J7
U-type central 90° Version 180° Version
clamping arms max. max. [kg] +0,02 +0,1 +0,2 +0,2 H7 +0,1 *+1,1 ~ ~
82L2G-2... 8JG-075-3-01 105º 105º 0,3 93 45 8 20 65 20 58 36 4 6,5 20 12 - 45 9

82L3.-2... 8JG-065-2-01 105º 105º 0,37 105 45 6 20 79 20 69 35,1 6 7 20 12* 11,4 55 11
82L4.-2... 8JG-067-2-01 105º 105º 0,5 110 45 6 20 84 20 78 42,1 6 7 22 15* 14,3 58 16
Lateral Clamping Arms

Weight
for set of angle for angle for 180ª B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B22 D2 D3 L4 L10 R1
Model 90ª - Version - Version
Lateral
clamping arms max. max. [kg] +0,02 +0,1 +0,2 H7 +0,1 ~
82L3.-2... 8JG-066-1-01 105º 105º 0,25 105 45 6 20 79 20 6,5 6 7 20 12 55

82L4.-2... 8JG-068-1-01 105º 105º 0,3 92 45 6 20 66 20 8,5 6 7 22 15 58
82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 Series
H- Clamping Arms

Weight
for set of angle for 90ª - angle for 180ª B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B26 B34 B35 D2 D3 L4 L10 R1
Model Version - Version
H-clamping
arms max. max. [kg] +0,02 +0,1 +0,2 +0,1 H7 +0,1
82L3.-2.8... 8JG-363-1-01 105º 105º 0,52 105 45 6 20 79 20 69 47,1 59,1 6 7 20 12 55

82L4.-2.8... 8JG-364-1-01 105º 105º 0,77 110 45 6 20 84 20 78 57,1 72,1 6 7 22 15 58
Counter-Support B10
B34
B11
L10
View
Support without
bracket and screws
B12
x)
(2
)
(2x
D2
B33
D3
B2 Pivot point
Holding capacity
B7
L30
B26
(4x)
D5
L5
L31
Deflection
L9
L4
(4x)
M8
L32
L33
40 ±0,1
0,05
25 ± B32
B31
40 ±0,1 B30
* = Tolerance for distance to dowel holes +0,02

54
** = distance from pivot point
Holding Capacity
Fit for Deflection Weight B2 B7* B10 B11 B12 B26** B30** B31** B32**
Model max.
Model
[N] [mm] [kg] +0,1 +0,02 ~
BK-R25-82L25-1 82L2_ 914 0,2 0,4 93 25 20 62 20 42 55 31,5 11

BK-R25-82L32-1 82L3_ 660 0,16 0,5 105 20 20 79 20 44 52 28,5 9
BK-R25-82L40-1 82L4_ 2000 0,37 0,56 110 25 20 84 20 41 52 28,5 7,5
B33 B34 D2 D3 D5 L4 L5 L9 L10 L30 L31 L32 L33

Model
Ø H7 Ø Ø +0,1 +0,1 -0,1
BK-R25-82L25-1 35 90 4 6,5 5,5 20 45 18 12 4,95 27,9 50,9 106

BK-R25-82L32-1 46 105 6 7 5,5 20 45 20 12 7,85 35,7 59 106
BK-R25-82L40-1 40 110 6 7 6,6 22 45 20 15 9,85 39,7 66 108
82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 Series
Hold Open Device

Handlever right
locking device left a3
B37
B36 Device adjusting at
opening angle 105°
B1a
R3
Handlever right
a 4 L36
D7
locking device left
R4
B39
D6
Clamping position
B38
Open position locked
Fit for a3 a4
Model B1a B36 B37 B38 B39 D6 D7 L36 R3 R4
Model
82ZB-036-1 82L2.-2....H.. 34 25 47 47 3 15 10 31 53 18,5 63° 105°
82ZB-037-1 82L3.-2....H.. 34 28 56 56 4 15 10,5 43 69 25 63° 105°
82ZB-038-1 82L4.-2....H.. 40 30 58 58 3 15 10,5 50 76 27 63° 105°
82L2G-2, 82L3.-2, 82L4.-2 accessories
Pneumatic Power Clamps | For Use With or Without Hand Lever
Order No. for set Order No. for set Order No. for set
Clamping Arms 82L2G-2....0../ 82L3.-2....0../ 82L4.-2....0../
82L2G-2....H.. 82L3.-2....H.. 82L4.-2....H..
U-central 8JG-075-3-01 8JG-065-2-01 8JG-067-2-01
Lateral -- 8JG-066-1-01 8JG-068-1-01
H-Shape -- 8JG-363-1-01 8JG-364-1-01
Connector cable (1 connector socket & 5 m cable))
Connector socket M8x1
8EL-009-1 8EL-009-1 8EL-009-1
straight 4-pin
8EL-007-1 8EL-007-1 8EL-007-1
angular 4-pin
8EL-002-1 8EL-002-1 8EL-002-1
straight 5-pin
8EL-003-1 8EL-003-1 8EL-003-1
angular 4-pin
Opening angle limitation Opening 82L2G-2 82L3.-2 82L4.-2

Angle Order No. L ± 0,1 Order No. L ± 0,1 Order No. L ± 0,1
15° 8CE-282-1 28,6 8CE-296-1 33,3 8CE-310-1 38,4
30° 8CE-284-1 22 8CE-298-1 26,9 8CE-312-1 31
45° 8CE-286-1 18,5 8CE-300-1 21,5 8CE-314-1 24,7
60° 8CE-288-1 14 8CE-302-1 16,3 8CE-316-1 18,6
75° 8CE-290-1 7,9 8CE-304-1 11 8CE-318-1 11
90° 8CE-292-1 4,7 8CE-306-1 5,5 8CE-320-1 6,2
Shim for clamping arm Order No. A1 A2 D2 D3 B9 B10 B12 L10
82ZB-SH4001 0,1
82ZB-SH4002 0,2
82ZB-SH4005 0,5
42 6,5 7 6 20 20 11,8
82ZB-SH4010 1,0
82ZB-SH4020 2,0
82ZB-SH4050 5,0
Order No. for set Order No. for set Order No. for set
Spare Parts
82L2G-2....0.. 82L2G-2....H.. 82L3.-2....0.. 82L3.-2....H.. 82L4.-2....0.. 82L4.-2....H..
82L3G-2 (G port): 8PW-096-2 82L4G-2 (G port): 8PW-097-2
Cylinder 8PW-095-2
82L3N-2 (NPT port): 8PW-102-2 82L4N-2 (NPT port): 8PW-103-2
Sensor Kit
8 Connector plug, M12x1,
B
8EA-139-1
cable
B
8EA-138-1
parallel with cylinder
C
8EA-137-1
parallel with cylinder
Hand Lever -- 8KB-031-1 -- 8KB-031-1 -- 8KB-032-1
Notes
82M-3E Series
82M-3 E 23 H0 50 L8
Base Model Mounting Description Clamp Arm Shaft Description Handle Description
E Standard 03 for U-Arms 00 No Hand lever
N NAAMS (Size 63 only) 23 for Lateral Arms H0 Hand Lever
D0 for Lateral Arms
(size 63 only)
Shown with U-Arm

8UM501-25-144
(order separately)
Clamp Arm Shaft
03
Size Shaft Length (L17)

40 9mm Hand Lever
50 12mm
63 12mm
H0
23/D0
23
40 16mm
50 21mm
63 21mm
80 32mm
D0
D0 26mm
82M-3E Series
Sensor Description
00 No sensor
L8 Sensor with In-line Connector (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-146-4)
L9 Sensor with 90 deg Connection (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-147-4)
K8 Sensor with Cable Connection (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-158-4)
L8 L9 K8
Size Description
40 40mm Cylinder Bore Size with G Port
5N 50mm Cylinder Bore Size with NPT
40 50 63 80
380 Nm 1300 Nm 1800 Nm 3000 Nm
120 Nm at 5bar 270 Nm at 5bar 420 Nm at 5bar 850 Nm at 5bar
82M-3E....40 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Dimensions
B23
Model L17
Max.
82M-3E03..40.. 54,5 9
82M-3E23..40.. 66,5 16 97
19 85
H7
Dimensions of
Ø6
the driven shaft
B23 max.
50 ±0,1
33
L17
82M-3E**H040**
SW16 h9
82,5
60 ±0,1
12 ±0,1 35 ±0,1
±0,02 for Ø6H7
6
Pivot point 34,5
25 ±0,05
7,5 ±0,1
3,5
45 ±0,1
38,5 ±0,1
15 35 ±0,1
47 ±0,1
M6
±0,02 for Ø6H7
136
3,5
40 +0,1
10
0
±0,02 for Ø6H7

25 ±0,1
98
16 10
8 N9
4
M6
Ø6 H7
±0,1
10
Ø6 H7
25
10
250
G1/8
65
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
21 33 Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar operation with oil-free air is permissible.
The connector socket and the cable are not supplied with the unit.
82M-3E....40 Series
Max. Clamping Air Consumption per double

Cylinder Ø Weight
Model Holding Torque Torque at 5 bar
(mm) (kg)
stroke at 5 bar
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
82M-3E....40.. 380 120 40 1,5 0,9
Maximum Tooling Weight Maximum Clamping Force

3.0 1400
2.5 1200
Clamping force (N)

1000
Weight [kg]
2.0
opening time / closing time 2 sec
5 bar
800
1.5 4 bar
600 3 bar
1.0
400
0.5
200
0 0
100 125 150 175 200 100 125 150 175 200
Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm] Length of the clamping arm (mm)
Air Consumption
7
6
Air consumption per
double stroke (Nl)
5
ATTENTION:
4
Calculation tool
available. Please 3
consult factory. 2
0
15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
Opening angle (°)
Weight Center of Mass

Model
(kg)
82M-3E030040L. 1,5
82M-3E03H040L. 1,6
82M-3E030040L8 82M-3E03H040L8
23 4 25
23 22
49
54
68
70
closed position opened position closed position opened position

(135°) (135°)
82M-3E....5. Series
B23
Model L17
Max.
107
82M-3E03..5... 72 12
26,5 95
82M-3E23..5... 90 21
Dimensions of
B23 max.
48 ±0,1
the driven shaft 47,6
7
L1
SW19 h9
111,5
80 ±0,1
13 ±0,1
11
10 ±0,1
48
Pivot point
36,5 ±0,05
5
63,5 ±0,1
11±0,1
9 30 ±0,1
55 ±0,1
71,5 ±0,1
21,5 ±0,02 for Ø8H7
M10
170
12 3,5
32 ±0,1
55 +0,1
125
25
±0,02 for Ø10H7
13 9,5
45±0,1
10
Ø12 N9
12
M8
Ø8 H7
316
50 ±0,1
5 ±0,02 for Ø10H7
Ø10 H7
5 45±0,1
±0,02 for Ø8H7
C
40 ±0,1
Ø8 H7
10 deep
±0,02 for Ø8H7

45 ±0,1
72 Important !
For optimal cushioning external pneumatic
one-way, flow control valves should be used.
10 deep
M8
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar operation with oil-free air is permissible.
The connector socket and the cable are not supplied with the unit. THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE
82M-3E....5. Series
Max. Clamping Air Consumption per

Connection Cylinder Ø Weight
Model (C)
Holding Torque Torque at 5 bar
(mm) (kg)
double stroke at 5 bar
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
82M-3E....50.. G 1/4
1300 270 50 2,8 1,6
82M-3E....5N.. 1/4-18 NPT

10 3000
9
2500
8
Clamping force (N)

7
Weight [kg]
2000
6 5 bar
5 1500 4 bar
4 3 bar
1000
3
2
500
1
0 0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
Air Consumption
7
6
Air consumption per
double stroke (Nl)
5
ATTENTION:
Calculation tool 4
available. Please 3
consult factory.
2
0
15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
Opening angle (°)
Model
(kg)
82M-3E030050L. 2,8
82M-3E03H050L. 3,1
82M-3E030050L8 82M-3E03H050L8
25 23 30
25 4
62
69
85
84
opened position closed position opened position

closed position (135°)
(135°)
82M-3.....6. Series
B7a B23 112,5

Model L17
±0,1 Max.
26,5 101,5
82M-3E03..6... 50
78 12
82M-3N03..6... 55
82M-3E23..6... 50
96 21
82M-3N23..6... 55
82M-3ND0..6... 55 106 26
B23 max.
54±0,1
52,2
Dimensions of
the driven shaft
111,5
7 80 ±0,1
L1
SW22 h9
13 ±0,1
54
9
10 ±0,1
Pivot point
36,5±0,05
63,5 ±0,1
11±0,1
55 ±0,1
9 5 30 ±0,1
71,5 ±0,1
M10
±0,02 for Ø8H7
187
12 3,5
32 ±0,1
55 +0,1
0
137
10
±0,02 for Ø10H7
8,5
45 ±0,1
B7a
±0,02 for Ø10H7
10
12
12 N9
M8
Ø8 H7
350,5
Ø10 H7
5

operation with oil-free air is permissible.
C
The connector socket and the cable are
not supplied with the unit.
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]

100 Important !
82M-3.....6. Series

Model (C)
(mm) (kg)
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
82M-3E....63..
G 1/4
82M-3N....63..
1800 420 63 3,8 2,6
82M-3E....6N..
1/4-18 NPT
82M-3N....6N..

14 4500
12 4000
3500
Clamping force (N)

10
Weight [kg]
3000
5 bar
8 2500
opening time / closing time 2 sec 4 bar
6 2000
3 bar
1500
4
1000
2
500
0 0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
Air Consumption
7
6
Air consumption per
double stroke (Nl)
ATTENTION: 5
Calculation tool
4
available. Please
consult factory. 3
0
15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
Opening angle (°)
Model
(kg)
82M-3E030063L. 3,8 82M-3E030063L8
82M-3E03H063L8
82M-3E03H063L. 4,2
27 28 3 30
26
80
88
102
103

(135°) (135°)
82M-3E....8. Series
140
35 128
76 ±0,1
72
140
Dimensions of
the driven shaft
153
21±0,1 113 ±0,1
76
8
15 ±0,1
SW 28 h9
32
Pivot point
50 ±0,05
15 ±0,1
90 ±0,1
5
65±0,1
96,5 ±0,1
5 15
245
15 70 ±0,1 50 ±0,1
80 +0,1
175
0
±0,02 for Ø12H7
±0,02 for Ø8H7
M12
±0,02 for Ø12H7
75 ±0,1
±0,1
5
50
3,5 15
N9
12
15
430
M10
Ø8 H7
5
Ø12 H7

operation with oil-free air is permissible. C
The connector socket and the cable are
not supplied with the unit.
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE 134 Important !

82M-3E....8. Series

Model (C)
(mm) (kg)
(Nm) (Nm) (liter)
82M-3E....80.. G 1/4
3000 850 80 8,7 6,3
82M-3E....8N.. 1/4-18 NPT

25 9000
8000
20 7000
Clamping force (N)

Weight [kg]
6000
15 5 bar
5000
4 bar
opening time / closing time 2 sec 4000
10 3 bar
3000
5 2000
1000
0 0
100 150 200 250 300 350 400 100 150 200 250 300 350 400
Air Consumption
7
6
Air consumption per
double stroke (Nl)
5
ATTENTION:
Calculation tool 4
available. Please 3
consult factory.
2
0
15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
Opening angle (°)
Model
(kg)
82M-3E230080L. 8,7
82M-3E23H080L. 9,2 82M-3E23H080L8
82M-3E230080L8
36 37
2 35 38
98
93
123
122

(135°) (135°)
U-Arms Center (aluminum)
82M-3E....40.. 90°
45
20
Ø6
Ø7
H7
+ 0,2
0
34,6
~1
5
16 ±1,1
(7) B26
20 ±0,02 B11
16
180° version
±1,1 180°
Area of interference
L5 Hold-down piece
must not protrude
B2
in the interior area
"R70" due to the
~R 7
0
L5 22±0,1
90° version
Opening
8UM405-00-117
8UM405-15-117
J7
SW16
8UM405-25-117
8UM405-45-107
Pivot point
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening Weight B11

B2 B26 L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version (kg) ±0,1
8UM404-00-117 105º 0,23 0

8UM404-15-117 135° 120º 0,24 117 90 82 15
8UM404-25-117 0,25 25
135°
8UM404-45-107 130° 0,24 107 80 72 45
82M-3E....5... 90°
64,5
30 ±0,2
Ø
6 H7
Ø9
+0,2
48,1 0
~1
9
20 ±1,2
(9) 95
105 ±0,1
30 ±0,02 20
±1
180°
180° version ,2
L5 hold-down piece
~R7
144 must not protrude

"R75" due to the
L5 28±0,1
90° version
Opening
8UM501-15-144
8UM501-25-144
+0,020
SW19 - 0,009
8UM501-45-144
Pivot point
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening Weight

L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version (kg)
8UM504-15-144 105º 0,44 15
8UM504-25-144 135° 120º 0,45 25
8UM504-45-144 135° 0,48 45
90° 82M-3....6...
B4
30±0,2
Ø
6 H
7
Ø9
+0,2
54,1 0
~1
9
20 ±1,2
(9) B26
B11
30±0,02
180° 180° version
20
±1
,2
L5 hold-down piece
80
B2 must not protrude
~R
"R80" due to the
90° version
L4
Opening
L5
8UM631-15-144
8UM631-25-144
+0,020
SW22 - 0,009
8UM631-45-144
Pivot point
8UM631-75-204
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening Weight B11 L4

B2 B4 B26 L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version (kg) ±0,1 ±0,1
8UM634-15-144 105º 0,50 15

8UM634-25-144 120º 0,53 144 64,5 105 90,5 28 25
135°
8UM634-45-144 0,56 45
135°
8UM631-75-204* 1,7 204 82 165 107 30 75
* only steel version available.
90° 82M-3E....8...
B26
30 ±0,2
Ø
6H
Ø9
7
76,1+0,2
0
25
25 ±1,2
±
1,2
(9)
30±0,02 B11
180° 64,5 ~2
3,7
180° version
hold-down piece
must not protrude
L5 "R108" due to the
108
B2 area of interference
~R
3,5
Ø9
L5 35±0,1
90° version
3,5
8JG-169-2-01 Opening
8UM801-45-204
SW28 J7
Pivot point
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening Weight B11 L5**

B2 B26
8JG-169-2-01 105º 3,5 179 140 129 20

135°
8UM801-45-204* 135º 4,1 204 165 154 45
*only steel version available.
** Tolerance measured 80mm from pivot point.
U-Arms Offset (aluminum)
82M-3E....40.. 90° Left 90° Right
B26
U-clamp arm, right
Ø
6 H7
+0,2
20
034,6
23±0,1
~1
Ø
5
7
(7)
16 ±1,1
20±0,02 B11
180° Right* 180° Left*
U-clamp arm, left 16
±
45 180° version 1,1
Opening
Hold-down piece
must not protrude
L5 in the interior area
"R70" due to the
B2 area of interference
0
~R7
22±0,1
90° version
8UL404-00-117 8UR404-00-117
8UL404-15-117 8UR404-15-117
L5
8UL404-25-117 8UR404-25-117
J7
SW16
8UL404-45-107 8UR404-45-107
Pivot point
*90° left/180° right uses same clamp arm.
90° right/180° left uses same clamp arm.

B2 B26 L5
8U(•)404-00-117 105º 0,23 0

8U(•)404-15-117 135° 120º 0,24 117 90 82 15
8U(•)404-25-117 0,25 25
135°
8U(•)404-45-107 130° 0,25 107 80 72 45
82M-3E....5... 90° Left 90° Right
U-clamp arm, right 95
Ø
+0,2
6 30 ±0,2
48,1 0
H
7 ~1
Ø 9
34 ±0,1
(9)
20±1,2
30±0,02 105±0,1 20
64,5
±1
,2
180° Right* 180° Left*
U-clamp arm, left
Hold-down piece
must not protrude
L5 "R75" due to the
144
5
R7
~
L5 28±0,1
90° version
Opening
8UL504-15-144 8UR504-15-144
8UL504-25-144 8UR504-25-144
+0,020
SW19 - 0,009
8UL504-45-144 8UR504-45-144
Pivot point 90° right/180° left uses same clamp arm.

L5
8U(•)504-15-144 105º 0,45 15
8U(•)504-25-144 135° 120º 0,46 25
8U(•)504-45-144 135° 0,49 45
90° Left 90° Right 82M-3....6...
B26
U-clamp arm, right

Ø
+0,2
6 H
30±0,2
0
7
54,1
~1
37±0,1
9
Ø
9
180° Right* 180° Left* (9)
20 ±1,2
B11
20
30±0,02 ±1
,2
U-clamp arm, left B4
Hold-down piece
must not protrude
L5 "R80" due to the
80
B2
~R
90° version
L4
8UL634-15-144 8UR634-15-144 Opening
8UL634-25-144 8UR634-25-144
L5
8UL634-45-144 8UR634-45-144
+0,020
SW22 - 0,009
8UL631-75-204** **8UR631-75-204
Pivot point

B2 B4 B26 L5
8U(•)634-15-144 105º 0,52 15

8U(•)634-25-144 120º 0,54 144 64,5 105 90,5 28 25
135°
8U(•)634-45-144 0,58 45
135°
8U(•)631-75-204** 1,9 204 82 165 119 30 75
** only steel version available.
90° Left 90° Right 82M-3E....8...
129
U-clamp arm, right

30±0,2
76,1+0,2
30±0,02
0
Ø
50,5±0,1
Ø6 H 9 25 ±1
,2
7
180° Right* 180° Left* U-clamp arm, left
(9)
25±1,2
140±0,1 ~2
3,7
65
180° version hold-down piece
must not protrude
"R108" due to the
20 ±0,2 area of interference
179
Ø9 ~
R1
08
3,5
35±0,1
90° version Opening

8JG-170-2-01 8JG-171-2-01
3,5
20 ±0,2
SW28 J7

Pivot point

8JG-17(•)-2-01** 135° 105º 3,5
**only steel version available.
Lateral (Side) Arms
82M-3E....40.. 90° Left 90° Right

Clamp arm on the right
Ø 20 ±0,2
6 H7
Ø
7
16
0,25
(7)
20 ±0,02 90 ±0,1
Clamp arm on the left 180° Left 180° Right
180° version
15 hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
on the clamp arm
0
117 must not exceed

~ R7
90° version the width "16" of

the clamp arm in
22±0,1
the swivelling range

"R70" on the inner 8S401-15-117
side of the clamp arm.
Opening
45
15
SW16 H8
4
R2
Pivot point

8S401-15-117 135° 120º 0,5
Models with 2 lateral clamp arms requires 2 clamp arm sets.
82M-3E....5...
90° Left 90° Right
30 ±0,2
Ø
Ø6
9
H7
20
10
(9) 30±0,02 105 ±0,1

Clamp arm on the left
180° version 180° Left 180° Right

hold-down pieces
144 which must be fixed
on the clamp arm
74 must not exceed
~R
L5 the width "20" of

75
the clamp arm in

"R75" on the inner
28±0,1
side of the clamp arm

L5
Opening 8JG-070-1-01
90° version R2
8 8S501-25-144
SW19H8
Pivot point

L5
8JG-070-1-01 0,9 15
135° 135º
8S501-25-144 1,0 25
lateral (Side) arms
90° Left 90° Right Clamp arm on the right 82M-3....6...
Ø9
Ø
6H 30±0,2
10
7
20
(9)
30±0,02 B11
180° Left 180° Right Clamp arm on the left
180° version
hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
B2 on the clamp arm
must not exceed
B4 the width "20" of
L5 the clamp arm in
"R80" on the inner
~R
L4
8JG-080-1-01 side of the clamp arm
80
8S631-25-144
L5
8S631-45-144 Opening
8S631-75-204 90° version R2

8
SW22 H8
Pivot point

B2 B4 L5
8JG-080-1-01 0,9 15
8S631-25-144 1,0 144 74 105 28 25
135° 135º
8S631-45-144 1,1 45
8S631-75-204 1,5 204 78 165 30 75
90° Left 90° Right 82M-3E....8...
30 ±0,2
Ø9
Ø
6H
7
L10
(9)
30 ±0,02 B11
180° version
180° Left 180° Right Area of interference

L5
B2 hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
D9 on the clamp arm
L21
must not exceed

the width "L10" of
35 ±0,1
the clamp arm in

90° version
~R

"R108" on the inner
10
B4
8

L5
L21
Opening
H8
SW28
R2
8JG-1179-1-01
8S801-45-204 Pivot point

B2 B4 D9 L5 L10 L21 R2
8JG-1179-1-01 179 74 - 140 20 30 - 35

135° 135º 2,1
8S801-45-204 204 78 9 165 45 25 3,5 33
Lateral (Side) Arms, NAAMS-Style
82M-3E 50mm
50 OFFSET SERIES XXX-XXXX-X
75.00
50.00
R 20.00
15.00
25.00
15.00
A
Ø11.00 THRU TYP

Ø8.00 F7 TYP
110.00
125.00
140.00
50.00
65.00
80.00
95.00
20.00
0.00
120.00
150.00
90.00
9mm Thru Hole (6.00 H7 Dowel)

90mm [3.54”] Arm Length 120mm [4.72”] Arm Length 150mm [5.90”] Arm Length
Series Arm Style Model Series Arm Style Model Series Arm Style Model
50 Offset s • 3256 B8JG-3256-1 50 Offset s • 3257 B8JG-3257-1 50 Offset s • 3258 B8JG-3258-1
11mm Thru Hole (8.00 F7 Dowel)

s Common in North America (•) STANDARD ARM OFFERING
Maximum Opening Angle (shown in locked position)
Arm Styles
1206-1208/3236-3238 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1216-1218/3246-3248 135° N/A 50° 125° N/A 30°
1226-1228/3256-3258 125° N/A 35° 135° N/A 50°
82M-3. 63mm for 23 Clamp Arm Shaft Option

150.00
[5.91]
120.00
[4.72]
100.00
[3.94]
70.00
[2.76]
18.00 [0..71]
15.00 [0.59]
55.00 [2.17]
25.00 [0.98]
A
R 28.00
[1.10]
Ø9.00 [0.35] THRU TYP

Ø6.00 [0.24] H7 TYP
110.00 [4.33]
125.00 [4.92]
140.00 [5.51]
155.00 [6.10]
170.00 [6.69]
185.00 [7.28]
200.00 [7.87]
215.00 [8.46]
230.00 [9.06]
245.00 [9.65]
260.00 [10.24]
275.00 [10.83]
65.00 [2.56]
80.00 [3.15]
95.00 [3.74]
20.00
[0.79]
0.00
[10.04]
[11.22]
135.00
165.00
195.00
225.00
255.00
285.00
[5.31]
[6.50]
[7.68]
[8.86]
120 Offset s 1543 B8JG-1543-1 120 Offset s 1544 B8JG-1544-1 120 Offset s 1545 B8JG-1545-1
0 Offset s 1507 B8JG-1507-1 0 Offset s 1508 B8JG-1508-1 0 Offset
STANDARD s 1509
BLANK ARM OFFERING B8JG-1509-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
(•) STANDARD ARM OFFERING 20 •018
225mm [8.86”] Arm Length 255mm [10.04”] Arm Length 285mm 8JG-1018-1
[11.22”] Arm Length
Series Arm StyleARM STYLEModel
OFFSET PART NUMBER Series Arm Style Model OFFSET Series ArmNUMBER
ARM STYLE PART Style Model
120 Offset s120
1546
70
•043 8JG-1043-1
B8JG-1546-1
•031 8JG-1031-1 120 Offset s 1547 B8JG-1547-1 120
70
120 048
Offset
036
8JG-1048-1
s 1548
8JG-1036-1
B8JG-1548-1
70 Offset 25
s 1534 •019 8JG-1019-1
B8JG-1534-1 70 Offset s 1535 B8JG-1535-1 25 70 Offset
024 s 1536
8JG-1024-1 B8JG-1536-1
0 •007 8JG-1007-1 0 012 8JG-1012-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
0 Offset 1510
s120 B8JG-1510-1
044 8JG-1044-1 0 Offset s 1511 B8JG-1511-1 120
0 Offset
047
s 1512
8JG-1047-1
B8JG-1512-1
70 •032 8JG-1032-1 70 •035 8JG-1035-1
25 •020 8JG-1020-1 25 023 8JG-1023-1
s Common in North0 America
•008 (•) STANDARD
8JG-1008-1 ARM OFFERING  NON-STANDARD0 ARM OFFERING
011 (extended
8JG-1011-1 leadtimes apply)
120 045 8JG-1045-1 120 046 8JG-1046-1
70 •033 8JG-1033-1 70 •034 8JG-1034-1
25 021 Maximum
8JG-1021-1 Opening Angle (shown in locked position)
25 022 8JG-1022-1
0 •009 8JG-1009-1 0 010 8JG-1010-1
Arm Styles
1510-1512/1507-1509 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1522-1524/1519-1521 135° N/A 50° 130° N/A 40°
1534-1536/1531-1533 115° N/A 25° 135° N/A 75°
1546-1548/1543-1545 110° N/A 20° 135° N/A 85°
82M-3. 63mm for D0 Clamp Arm Shaft Option
150.00
[5.91]
120.00
[4.72]
100.00
[3.94]
70.00
[2.76]
18.00 [0..71]
15.00 [0.59]
55.00 [2.17]
25.00 [0.98]
A
R 28.00
[1.10]
Ø11.00 [0.43] THRU TYP

Ø8.00 [0.31] F7 TYP
110.00 [4.33]
125.00 [4.92]
140.00 [5.51]
155.00 [6.10]
170.00 [6.69]
185.00 [7.28]
200.00 [7.87]
215.00 [8.46]
230.00 [9.06]
245.00 [9.65]
260.00 [10.24]
275.00 [10.83]
65.00 [2.56]
80.00 [3.15]
95.00 [3.74]
25.00
[0.98]
0.00
[10.04]
[11.22]
135.00
165.00
195.00
225.00
255.00
285.00
[5.31]
[6.50]
[7.68]
[8.86]
120 Offset s • 1043 B8JG-1043-1 120 Offset s 1044 B8JG-1044-1 120 Offset s 1045 B8JG-1045-1
STANDARD BLANK ARM OFFERING
25 Offset s • 1019 (•) B8JG-1019-1
STANDARD ARM OFFERING 25 Offset s • 1020 B8JG-1020-1 20 25 Offset
•018 s 1021
8JG-1018-1 B8JG-1021-1
0 Offset s • 1007 OFFSETB8JG-1007-1
ARM STYLE PART NUMBER0 Offset s • 1008 B8JG-1008-1 OFFSET 0ARM
Offset • 1009
s NUMBER
STYLE PART B8JG-1009-1
120 •043 8JG-1043-1 120 048 8JG-1048-1
70 •031 8JG-1031-1 70 036 8JG-1036-1
225mm [8.86”] Arm
25
0
Length
•019
•007
255mm [10.04”] Arm Length
8JG-1019-1
8JG-1007-1
25
0
285mm
024
012
[11.22”] Arm Length
8JG-1024-1
8JG-1012-1
Series Model
Arm Style OFFSET ARM Series Arm Style Model Series Arm Style Model
STYLE PART NUMBER OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
120 Offset s 1046 120 B8JG-1046-1
044 120 Offset
8JG-1044-1 s 1047 B8JG-1047-1 120120 Offset
047 s 1048
8JG-1047-1 B8JG-1048-1
70 •032 8JG-1032-1 70 •035 8JG-1035-1
70 Offset s • 1034 25 B8JG-1034-1
•020 70 Offset
8JG-1020-1 s • 1035 B8JG-1035-1 25 70 Offset
023 s 1036
8JG-1023-1 B8JG-1036-1
0 •008 8JG-1008-1 0 011 8JG-1011-1
25 Offset s 1022 B8JG-1022-1 25 Offset s 1023 B8JG-1023-1 25 Offset s 1024 B8JG-1024-1
0 Offset s 1010 120 B8JG-1010-1
045 8JG-1045-1 0 Offset s 1011 B8JG-1011-1 120 0 Offset
046 s 1012
8JG-1046-1 B8JG-1012-1
70 •033 8JG-1033-1 70 •034 8JG-1034-1
25 021 8JG-1021-1 25 022 8JG-1022-1
s Common in North America
0 (•)
•009 STANDARD
8JG-1009-1 ARM OFFERING  NON-STANDARD0ARM OFFERING
010 (extended leadtimes apply)
8JG-1010-1
Arm Styles
1010-1012/1007-1009 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1022-1024/1019-1021 135° N/A 50° 130° N/A 40°
1034-1036/1031-1033 115° N/A 25° 135° N/A 75°
1046-1048/1043-1045 110° N/A 20° 135° N/A 85°
82M-3E 80mm
120 OFFSET
70 OFFSET
155.00
R35.00
120.00
105.00
25 OFFSET
0 OFFSET
20.00
60.00
70.00
25.00
24.00
A
Ø11.00 THRU TYP

Ø8.00 F7 TYP
100.00
115.00
130.00
145.00
160.00
175.00
190.00
205.00
220.00
235.00
250.00
265.00
280.00
295.00
310.00
325.00
340.00
355.00
370.00
385.00
85.00
0
32.00
185.00
365.00
155.00
215.00
245.00
275.00
305.00
335.00
395.00
(•) STANDARD ARM OFFERING
0 Offset s 1110 B8JG-1110-1 0 Offset s 1111 B8JG-1111-1 0 Offset s • 1112 B8JG-1112-1
25 Offset s 1133 B8JG-1133-1 25 Offset s • 1134 B8JG-1134-1 25 Offset s 1135 B8JG-1135-1
s Common in North America (•) STANDARD ARM OFFERING  NON-STANDARD ARM OFFERING (extended leadtimes apply)
Arm Styles
1110 - 1118 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1130 - 1138 135° N/A 60° 120° N/A 30°
1150 - 1158 125° N/A 35° 135° N/A 55°
1170 - 1178 115° N/A 25° 135° N/A 80°
82M-3E accessories
Hand lever left Hand lever right
~R1
11
Hand Lever ±10°
Hand lever left Hand lever right
~a
~R
11
2
1
Hand lever left H

L20
Ø38
Ø38
~~aR
21
11
82M-3E**H040**
L20
Ø38
Ø38
~a
2
82M-3E**H040**
B28
L20
Ø38 B21
Ø38
20° 20°
Pneumatic circuit required for

manual and pneumatic actuation.
82M-3E**H040** B28
open
B21
20° 20°

closed B28
Hand lever can be open
mounted in 3 positions B21
20° 20°

closed
Hand lever can be open

mounted in 3 positions
Hand lever
position is
adjustble to
±20 degrees
closed
for improved
Hand lever can be ergonomics.
Swivel Angle a2
Model No. (with reference to opening angle of clamp arm)
B21 B28 L20 ~R1 0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
82M-3E..H040.. 27 24 48,5 190 0° 31° 41° 49° 58° 69° 88° 113° 134° 144°
82M-3E..H05... 52 20 70 218 1° 32° 40° 48° 55° 63° 72° 83° 95° 105°
82M-3E..H06.. 52 20 70,5 218 0° 30° 39° 47° 56° 66° 79° 94° 108° 119°
82M-3E..H08.. 56 24 82 268 -1° 28° 37° 45° 53° 63° 75° 92° 107° 117°
82M-3E accessories
Locking Device for Hand Lever

Situation of installation: Situation of installation: ~a2
handlever left-hand side handlever right-hand side
locking device right-hand side locking device left-hand side L5
180° version
Adjustment of locking device

at opening angle 135°
a1
~R
1
90° version
R3
B6
B3
B2
D1
~R
2
B4 B1
~B5
Limited setting options at 180° version!

B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 ØD1 R1 R2 R3 a1 a2 Height of the clamping arm: L5
Order No. For Model
~ ~ ~ max. ~
00 15 25
82ZB-162-1 82M-3E..H040.. 50 11 48,5 25 31 Order No.
38,5 10,5 For81Model160 B127B2 B3
6B5 B6 B4
max.105° R3 a1
ØD1 R1 R2max.120° a2 max.120°
Limited setting options at 180° v
Height of the clamping arm: L
~ ~ ~ max. ~ 00 15
82ZB-084-1 82M-3E..H05... 48 7 70 30 36 55 11,5
82ZB-162-1
107 218
82M-3E**H040**
32,5 135° 6 – max.105°
50 11 48,5 25 31 38,5 10,5 81 160 27 6
max.120°
max.105° max.120° m
82ZB-039-1 82M-3E..H06... 54 9 70,5 30 36 82ZB-084-1
55 11,5 82M-3E**H05***
107 210 48
32,57 70 30 636 55 11,5
– 107 218max.105°
32,5 135° 5 -
max.120° max.105° m
82ZB-039-1 82M-3E**H06*** 54 9 70,5 30 36 55 11,5 107 210 32,5 5 - max.105° m
Anti-Ramming Device
B3
Pivot point
B4
Using of the anti-ramming
device is only possible
with 82M-3E......00 B5
and 82M-3E......L8
Order No. For Model B1 B2 B3 B4 B5
8AB-151-1 82M-3E....40.. 53 66,5 89,5 65,5 210,5

8AB-152-1 82M-3E....5... 51 73 100 92,5 271
8AB-153-1 82M-3E....6... 57 79 120 104,5 296
B1
8AB-154-1 82M-3E....8... 79 105,5 148 142,5 360 B2
Cable and Connector
Order No. Description
8EL-002-1 M12x1, Straight, 5-pin Connector with 5m Cable

8EL-003-1 M12x1, Angular, 4-pin Connector with 5m Cable 8EL-002-1 8EL-003-1
52H-3E Series
52H-3 E 23 H0 50 L8
Base Model Mounting Description Clamp Arm Shaft Description Handle Description
E Standard 03 for U-Arms H0 Hand lever
N NAAMS (Size 63 only) 23 for Lateral Arms HS Hand Lever (Weldable)
D0 for Lateral Arms
(size 63 only)
Hand Lever
H0
Shown with U-Arm

(order separately)
Clamp Arm Shaft
03 23/D0
HS
Size Shaft Length (L17) 23

50 12mm
63 12mm
50 21mm
63 21mm
D0
D0 26mm
52H-3E Series
Sensor Description
00 No sensor
L8 Sensor with In-line Connector (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-146-2)
L9 Sensor with 90 deg Connection (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-147-2)
K8 Sensor with Cable Connection (Replacement Order No.: 8EA-158-2)
L8 L9 K8
Size Description
50 Size 50mm
63 Size 63mm
50 63
Max Holding Torque Max Holding Torque
1300 Nm 1800 Nm
52H-3E..H.50/63
Modular manual
clamp, interchangeable
with 82M-3E...50/63
52H-3E...50 Series
Swivel Angle a2
Max. Holding
Weight B23 (with reference to opening angle of clamping arm)
Model Torque
(kg) max.
L17
(Nm) 0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
52H-3E03H050.. 2,75 72 12
1300 -1° 30° 39° 46° 53° 61° 70° 81° 92° 103°
52H-3E23H050.. 2,79 90 21
Plan View
B23 max.
48 ±0,1
47,6
26,5
95 Dimensions of
107 the Driven Shaft Hand Lever, Left Hand Lever, Right
111,5
5 80 ±0,1 13 ±0,1
L17
SW19 h9
50 ±0,1 10 ±0,1
±0,02
for Ø10H7
45±0,1 5 48
±0,02 for Ø8H7
36,5 ±0,05
63,5 ±0,1
M Pivot
8
Point
(1
0
de
ep
)
M
11 ±0,1
10
40 ±0,1
21,5
(12 deep)
(9
Ø8 H7
,5
55 ±0,1
de 9
71,5 ±0,1
ep
)
30
+0,1
±0,1
0
3,5
125
25
45 ±0,1
±0,02 for Ø8H7

±0,02 for
55
Ø8H7
45 ±0,1
±0,02 for
13
Ø10H7
246
12 N9
20
32 ±0,1
(12 deep)
5
M8
H7
0 ) 52
3,8
Notice! Ø10 deep
43
7
Ø8 H
(1
)
eep
The hand lever is

76
d
(10
supplied loose enclosed. 44

76
Easy custom left hand or
right hand mounting in
Ø30
required position.
74
20° 20°
°
±10
Maximum Tooling Weight
10
8
21
9
~R
8
1°
Weight [kg]
7
Hand lever can be
6
5
4
a2
3
2
1
70
Ø 38
0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300

Spare parts
Specification Base component Order no. Comment
Hand lever set 8KB-098-1
Hand lever set (weldable) 8KB-102-1
52H-3E...50 8EA-146-2 (L8) Connector 180°
Sensor box 8EA-147-2 (L9) Connector 90°
8EA-158-2 (K8) Cable Connection
52H-3E...63 Series
Swivel Angle a2
Max. Holding
Weight B23 (with reference to opening angle of clamping arm)
Model Torque
(kg)
B7a
max.
L17
(Nm) 0° 15° 30° 45° 60° 75° 90° 105° 120° 135°
52H-3E03H06... 50 12
3,5 78
52H-3N03H06... 55 21
1800 0° 30° 39° 47° 56° 66° 79° 94° 108° 119°
52H-3E23H06... 50 12
3,6 96
52H-3N23H06... 55 21
B23 max. Plan View
54 ±0,1
52
26,5
101,5
112,5 Hand lever, Left Hand lever, Right
Dimensions of
the Driven Shaft
111,5
5 80 ±0,1 13 ±0,1
B7a 10 ±0,1
±0,02 for
L17
SW22 h9
Ø10H7
54
36,5 ±0,05
63,5 ±0,1
Pivot
point
11±0,1
(12 deep)
9
8 H7
55±0,1
M1
71,5 ±0,1
(10 0 21,5
dee
p)
+0,1
3,5
0
137
8,5
55
45±0,1
±0,02 for
Ø10H7
263
Notice!
25
The hand lever is 5
30 ±0,1
12 N9
32±0,1
20 ±0,02 for Ø8H7

supplied loose enclosed.
(12 deep)
M8
Easy custom left hand or

7
right hand mounting in

H
)
10
ep
de
43
Ø
required position. (1
0
76
20° 20°
52 51
79
Ø30
°
±10 100,5 Maximum Tooling Weight
14
218
Hand lever 12
~R
can be mounted
10
in 3 positions
Weight [kg]
4
a2
2
70,5
0
100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300
Spare parts Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]
Ø3
8
Specification Base component Order no. Comment
Hand lever set 8KB-099-1
Hand lever set (weldable) 8KB-103-1
52H-3E...63 8EA-146-2 (L8) Connector 180°
Sensor box 8EA-147-2 (L9) Connector 90°
8EA-158-2 (K8) Cable Connection
52H-3E....5... U-Arms Center (Steel) 90°
64,5
30 ±0,2
Ø
6 H7
Ø9
+0,2
48,1 0
~1
9
20 ±1,2
(9) 95 180°
105 ±0,1
30 ±0,02 20
±1
180° version ,2
L5 hold-down piece
~R7
144 must not protrude

"R75" due to the
8UM501-15-144
L5 28±0,1
90° version
8UM501-25-144
Opening
8UM501-45-144
+0,020
SW19 - 0,009
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening

Weight L5
Pivot point Model No. 90º Version 180º Version
8UM504-15-144 105º 0,44 15
8UM504-25-144 135° 120º 0,45 25
8UM504-45-144 135° 0,48 45
52H-3....6... U-Arms Center (Steel)

B4
30±0,2
90°
Ø
6 H
7
Ø9
+0,2
54,1 0
~1
9
20 ±1,2
(9) B26
B11
30±0,02 20
180° version ±1
,2 180°
L5 hold-down piece
80
B2 must not protrude

~R

"R80" due to the
90° version
L4
Opening
L5
8UM634-15-144
8UM634-25-144
+0,020
SW22 - 0,009
8UM634-45-144
8UM631-75-204**
Pivot point
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening B11 L4

Weight B2 B4 B26 L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version ±0,1 ±0,1
8UM634-15-144 105º 0,50 15

8UM634-25-144 120º 0,53 144 64,5 105 90,5 28 25
135°
8UM634-45-144 0,56 45
135°
8UM631-75-204** 1,7 204 82 165 107 30 75
52H-3E....5... U-Arms Offset (Steel)

U-clamp arm, right 95
+0,2
6 30 ±0,2
48,1 0
H
7 ~1
Ø 9
34 ±0,1
(9)
20±1,2
20
30±0,02 105±0,1 ±1
,2 180° Right* 180° Left*
U-clamp arm, left 64,5
Hold-down piece
must not protrude
L5 "R75" due to the
144
5
R7
~
L5 28±0,1
90° version
8UL501-15-144 8UR501-15-144
Opening
8UL501-25-144 8UR501-25-144
8UL501-45-144 8UR501-45-144
+0,020
SW19 - 0,009
*90° left/180° right uses same clamp arm. 90° right/180° left uses same clamp arm.
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening

Weight L5
Pivot point Model No. 90º Version 180º Version
8U(•)504-15-144 105º 0,45 15
8U(•)504-25-144 135° 120º 0,46 25
8U(•)504-45-144 135° 0,49 45
52H-3E....6... U-Arms Offset (Steel)

B26
U-clamp arm, right
Ø
+0,2
6 H
30±0,2
0
7
54,1
~1
37±0,1
9
Ø
9
(9)
20 ±1,2
B11
20
30±0,02 ±1
,2
U-clamp arm, left B4
180° version Area of interference 180° Right* 180° Left*
Hold-down piece
must not protrude
L5 "R80" due to the
80
B2
~R
90° version
L4
Opening
L5
8UL631-15-144 8UR631-15-144
8UL631-25-144 8UR631-25-144
+0,020
SW22 - 0,009
8UL631-45-144 8UR631-45-144
Pivot point
8UL631-75-204** 8UR631-75-204**
*90° left/180° right uses same clamp arm. 90° right/180° left uses same clamp arm.
Arm Max. Opening Max. Opening B11 L4

Weight B2 B4 B26 L5
Model No. 90º Version 180º Version ±0,1 ±0,1
8U(•)634-15-144 105º 0,52 15

8U(•)634-25-144 120º 0,54 144 64,5 105 90,5 28 25
135°
8U(•)634-45-144 0,58 45
135°
8U(•)631-75-204** 1,9 204 82 165 119 30 75
lateral (Side) arms
52H-3E....5... 90° Left 90° Right

30 ±0,2
Ø
Ø6
9
H7
20
10
(9) 30±0,02 105 ±0,1
180° version
hold-down pieces
144 which must be fixed
on the clamp arm
74 must not exceed
~R
L5 the width "20" of

75
the clamp arm in

"R75" on the inner
28±0,1
8JG-070-1-01
L5
Opening 8S501-25-144
90° version R2
8
SW19H8
Pivot point

L5
8JG-070-1-01 0,9 15 Models with 2 lateral
135° 135º clamp arms requires
8S501-25-144 1,0 25 2 clamp arm sets.
52H-3E....6... 90° Left 90° Right

Ø9
Ø
6H 30±0,2
10
7
20
(9)
30±0,02 B11
180° version
hold-down pieces
which must be fixed
B2 on the clamp arm
must not exceed
B4 the width "20" of
L5 the clamp arm in
"R80" on the inner
~R
L4

80
8JG-080-1-01
L5
Opening 8S631-25-144
90° version R2
8 8S631-45-144
SW22 H8
Pivot point 8S631-75-204

B2 B4 L5
8JG-080-1-01 0,9 15
8S631-25-144 1,0 144 74 105 28 25
135° 135º
8S631-45-144 1,1 45 Models with 2 lateral
clamp arms requires
8S631-75-204 1,5 204 78 165 30 75 2 clamp arm sets.
52H-3E. 50mm
75.00
50.00
R 20.00
15.00
25.00
15.00
A
Ø11.00 THRU TYP

Ø8.00 F7 TYP
110.00
125.00
140.00
50.00
65.00
80.00
95.00
20.00
0.00
120.00
150.00
90.00
9mm Thru Hole (6.00 H7 Dowel)

11mm Thru Hole (8.00 F7 Dowel)

s Common in North America (•) STANDARD ARM OFFERING
Arm Styles
1206-1208/3236-3238 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1216-1218/3246-3248 135° N/A 50° 125° N/A 30°
1226-1228/3256-3258 125° N/A 35° 135° N/A 50°
52H-3E. 63mm for 23 Clamp Arm Shaft Option
150.00
[5.91]
120.00
[4.72]
100.00
[3.94]
70.00
[2.76]
18.00 [0..71]
15.00 [0.59]
55.00 [2.17]
25.00 [0.98]
A
R 28.00
[1.10]
Ø9.00 [0.35] THRU TYP

Ø6.00 [0.24] H7 TYP
110.00 [4.33]
125.00 [4.92]
140.00 [5.51]
155.00 [6.10]
170.00 [6.69]
185.00 [7.28]
200.00 [7.87]
215.00 [8.46]
230.00 [9.06]
245.00 [9.65]
260.00 [10.24]
275.00 [10.83]
65.00 [2.56]
80.00 [3.15]
95.00 [3.74]
20.00
[0.79]
0.00
[10.04]
[11.22]
135.00
165.00
195.00
225.00
255.00
285.00
[5.31]
[6.50]
[7.68]
[8.86]
70 Offset s 1531 B8JG-1531-1 70 Offset s 1532 B8JG-1532-1 STANDARD
70BLANK ARM OFFERING
Offset s 1533 B8JG-1533-1
25 Offset s 1519 (•) STANDARD
B8JG-1519-1
ARM OFFERING 25 Offset s 1520 B8JG-1520-1 20 25 •018 s 1521
Offset 8JG-1018-1 B8JG-1521-1
0 Offset s 1507OFFSET B8JG-1507-1
ARM STYLE PART NUMBER 0 Offset s 1508 B8JG-1508-1 0 Offset s 1509
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER B8JG-1509-1
120 •043 8JG-1043-1 120 048 8JG-1048-1
70 •031 8JG-1031-1 70 036 8JG-1036-1
225mm [8.86”] Arm
25
0
Length
•019
•007
8JG-1019-1
8JG-1007-1
255mm [10.04”] Arm Length 25 285mm
024 [11.22”] Arm Length
8JG-1024-1
0 012 8JG-1012-1
120 Offset s 1546 120 B8JG-1546-1
044 8JG-1044-1120 Offset s 1547 B8JG-1547-1 120 120 Offset
047 s 1548
8JG-1047-1 B8JG-1548-1
70 •032 8JG-1032-1 70 •035 8JG-1035-1
70 Offset s 1534 25 B8JG-1534-1
•020 8JG-1020-1 70 Offset s 1535 B8JG-1535-1 25 70 Offset
023 s 1536
8JG-1023-1 B8JG-1536-1
0 •008 8JG-1008-1 0
25 Offset s 1522 B8JG-1522-1 25 Offset s 1523 B8JG-1523-1 25 Offset 8JG-1011-1
011
s 1524 B8JG-1524-1
0 Offset s 1510OFFSET
120
ARM STYLE PART NUMBER
B8JG-1510-1
045 8JG-1045-1
0 Offset s 1511 B8JG-1511-1 120 0 Offset
046 s 1512
8JG-1046-1 B8JG-1512-1
70 •033 8JG-1033-1 70 •034 8JG-1034-1
25 021 8JG-1021-1 25 022 8JG-1022-1
0 •009(•) STANDARD
8JG-1009-1 ARM OFFERING  NON-STANDARD
0 ARM OFFERING
010 (extended leadtimes apply)
8JG-1010-1
Arm Styles
1510-1512/1507-1509 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1522-1524/1519-1521 135° N/A 50° 130° N/A 40°
1534-1536/1531-1533 115° N/A 25° 135° N/A 75°
1546-1548/1543-1545 110° N/A 20° 135° N/A 85°
52H-3E. 63mm for D0 Clamp Arm Shaft Option
150.00
[5.91]
120.00
[4.72]
100.00
[3.94]
70.00
[2.76]
18.00 [0..71]
15.00 [0.59]
55.00 [2.17]
25.00 [0.98]
A
R 28.00
[1.10]
Ø11.00 [0.43] THRU TYP

Ø8.00 [0.31] F7 TYP
110.00 [4.33]
125.00 [4.92]
140.00 [5.51]
155.00 [6.10]
170.00 [6.69]
185.00 [7.28]
200.00 [7.87]
215.00 [8.46]
230.00 [9.06]
245.00 [9.65]
260.00 [10.24]
275.00 [10.83]
65.00 [2.56]
80.00 [3.15]
95.00 [3.74]
25.00
[0.98]
0.00
[10.04]
[11.22]
135.00
165.00
195.00
225.00
255.00
285.00
[5.31]
[6.50]
[7.68]
[8.86]
70 Offset s • 1031 B8JG-1031-1 70 Offset s • 1032 B8JG-1032-1 STANDARD
70 BLANK ARM OFFERING
Offset s • 1033 B8JG-1033-1
25 Offset s • 1019 (•) STANDARD
B8JG-1019-1
ARM OFFERING 25 Offset s • 1020 B8JG-1020-1 20 25 •018Offset 8JG-1018-1
s 1021 B8JG-1021-1
0 Offset s • 1007 B8JG-1007-1
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER 0 Offset s • 1008 B8JG-1008-1 0 Offset s • 1009
OFFSET ARM STYLE PART NUMBER B8JG-1009-1
120 •043 8JG-1043-1 120 048 8JG-1048-1
70 •031 8JG-1031-1 70 036 8JG-1036-1
225mm [8.86”] Arm
25
0
Length
•019
•007
8JG-1019-1
8JG-1007-1
255mm [10.04”] Arm Length 25 285mm
024 [11.22”] Arm Length
8JG-1024-1
0 012 8JG-1012-1
120 Offset s 1046120 B8JG-1046-1
044 8JG-1044-1120 Offset s 1047 B8JG-1047-1 120 120 Offset
047 s 1048
8JG-1047-1 B8JG-1048-1
70 •032 8JG-1032-1 70 •035 8JG-1035-1
70 Offset s • 103425 B8JG-1034-1
•020 8JG-1020-1 70 Offset s • 1035 B8JG-1035-1 25 70 Offset
023 s 1036
8JG-1023-1 B8JG-1036-1
0 •008 8JG-1008-1 0
25 Offset s 1022 B8JG-1022-1 25 Offset s 1023 B8JG-1023-1 25 Offset 8JG-1011-1
011
s 1024 B8JG-1024-1
0 Offset s 1010 120
B8JG-1010-1
045 8JG-1045-1
0 Offset s 1011 B8JG-1011-1 120 0 Offset
046 s 1012
8JG-1046-1 B8JG-1012-1
70 •033 8JG-1033-1 70 •034 8JG-1034-1
25 021 8JG-1021-1 25 022 8JG-1022-1
0 •009 (•) STANDARD
8JG-1009-1 ARM OFFERING  NON-STANDARD
0 ARM 010
OFFERING (extended leadtimes apply)
8JG-1010-1
Arm Styles
1010-1012/1007-1009 135° 135° 100° 100° N/A N/A
1022-1024/1019-1021 135° N/A 50° 130° N/A 40°
1034-1036/1031-1033 115° N/A 25° 135° N/A 75°
1046-1048/1043-1045 110° N/A 20° 135° N/A 85°
870-2, 871-2 Series
870-2
Base Model Description Sensors Description (order separately)

870-2 With Clamping Arm in Vertical Position BIM-IKE-AP Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required
871-2 With Clamping Arm in Horizontal Position 810151 Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required
810153 Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required
See page PC-PPC-58 for sensor specifications.
871-2
Max Holding Torque
260 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
60 Nm at 5bar
870-2
Max Holding Torque
260 Nm
Max Clamping Torque
60 Nm at 5bar
870-2, 871-2 Series
Power clamps with the roller

and cam principle [1.00]
25.4
S max.
870-2
[0.62]
~126° 15,7
OPENING
[1.00] ~112°
[0.38]
25.4 OPENING
[4.25] 9,7
108
2
871-2
1-
[1.00] [0.28]
87
25.4 7.1
[0.76] [1.50] [1.13]

19,3 38,1 28,6 870
-2
[3.38]
S max.
85.9
[1.00] (max. tolerance
[1.75] [1.00]
25.4 compensation at the
44.5 25.4
clamp arms end) [1.75]
ØG1/8 44.5
[3.31] Model 870-2
84 [1.00]
Important! [9.58]
The clamp may only be 25.4 243,3
operated by the restrictor
connections which are supplied
with the unit (for throttling) Model 871-2
[10.04]
255
[4.50] Model 870-2

Assembly Plate - [0.12] 3 Thick 114,3
(standard)
[5.00] Model 871-2
[1.75] 127
44,5 [2.13]
[1.00]
54
25.4 [0.78]
19,8 mm [INCH] mm [INCH
[1.75]
44,5 [2.13]
54
[Ø0.25] THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGL
[2.19] PROJECTION PROJECTIO
Ø6.4
55.6
S Max. Max. Operating Air Consumption per

Max. Tolerance Compensation Cylinder Ø Opening Weight
Model Connection at the Clamp Arms End
Pressure
[in.] mm Angle [lbs] kg
[ft lb] Nm [psi] bar dm3 [ft3]
870-2 [3] 4,5 [145] [1.50] 112° [6.60]
G 1/8 0,95 [0.03]
871-2 [3] 3,5 10 38,1 118° 3
Sensor Options Mount Style Connector Length Function Voltage Max. Switching Current Voltage Drop
BIM-IKE-AP 2m [6.6 ft.] PNP 10-30V DC 200mA 2.3V
810151 Reed 5-120V AC/DC 500mA 3.5V
No
810153 Tie Rod connector 2.7m Reed 24-240V AC 4A 1.0V
cord [9ft.]
810155 PNP 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
810157 NPN 6-24V DC 500mA 1.0V
860, 861, 890, 891, 1000, 1001 Series
860
Base Model Description Seal Kit Description (order separately)

860 2 in. Cylinder Bore Size with Vertical Clamp Arm 8610100 Seal Kit for Model 860, 861
861 2 in. Cylinder Bore Size with Horizontal Clamp Arm 8910100 Seal Kit for Model 890, 891
890 2.5 in. mm Cylinder Bore Size with Vertical Clamp Arm 10010100 Seal Kit for Model 1000, 1001
891 2.5 in. Cylinder Bore Size with Horizontal Clamp Arm
1000 3.25 in. Cylinder Bore Size with Vertical Clamp Arm Cylinder Description (order separately)
1001 3.25 in. Cylinder Bore Size with Horizontal Clamp Arm 865133-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 860
865132-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 861
Sensors Description (order separately) 895133-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 890
BIM-IKE-AP Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required 895132-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 891
810151 Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required 1005134-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 1000
810153 Magnetic Sensor, 2 pieces required 1005133-MR Replacement Cylinder for Model 1001
See page PC-PPC-58 for sensor specifications.
861 891 1001

380 Nm 1300 Nm 1800 Nm
860 890 1000

380 Nm 1300 Nm 1800 Nm
860, 861, 890, 891, 1000, 1001 Series

800
Pivot
1000/1, L1=160mm X
700
890/1, L1=115mm
600
860/1, L1=92mm
500
400 L1
300
200
Opening
100
0
0,5 1,5 2,5 3,5 4,5 5,5 6,5 7,5 8,5
Clamping Arm Position “X” (mm) Opening
Cylinder Ø Opening Weight

Model
mm [in] Angle kg [lbs]
860 [2.00] 96° [8.58]
861 50,8 119° 3,9
890 [2.50] 96° [16.06]

891 63,5 119° 7,3
1000 [3.25] 96° [29.70]

1001 82,5 119° 13,5
mm [INCH] mm [INCH]
Power by compressed air, max. 6 bar THIRD ANGLE FIRST ANGLE

Operation with oil-free air is permissible. PROJECTION PROJECTION Information vor machining of clamp arm: Steel 1.0726
Model A B1 B1A B2 B2A B3 B5 B7 B7A B18 B24 B25 B30

[5.44]
860 –
138,2
[2.94] [1.75] [0.41] [0.25] [2.31] [2.19] [2.5] [3.31] [0.09] [2.81]
G1/8
74,7 44,5 [4] 10,4 6,4 58,7 55,6 63,5 84,1 2,3 71,4
861 101,6
–
[6.57]
890 –
166,9
[3.56] [2] [0.5] [0.31] [2.76] [2.5] [3] [3.87] [0.13] [3.25]
G1/8
90,4 50,8 5.06 12,7 7,9 70,1 63,5 76,2 98,3 3,3 82,6
891 128,5
–
[9]
1000 –
228,6
[4.5] [2.62] [0.63] [0.44] [3.5] [3.5] [3.75] [5.38] [0.13] [4.5]
G1/8
114,3 66,5 7 16 11,2 88,9 88,9 95,3 136,7 3,3 114,3
1001 177,8
–
Model ØD1 ØD4 L1 L2 L3 L4 L4A L5 L5a L6 L7 L9 L10 L10a L14

[1.12] [0.69]
860 –
28,4
--
17,4 [1.44] [2.5] [1.25] [0.62] [0.62] [2.5]
[0.34] [0.31] [12.44] [5.75] [4.06]
8,6 7,9 316 146,1 103,1 [1.13] [0.4] 36,6 63,5 31,8 15,7 15,7 63,5
861 28,7
–
10,2
--
[1.25] [0.84]
890 –
31,8
–
21,4 [1.75] [2.65] [1.38] [0.81] [0.81] [3.06]
[0.41] [0.38] [13.37] [6.75] [4.75]
10,4 9,7 339,6 171,5 120,7 [1.25] [0.5] 44,5 67,3 35,1 20,6 20,6 77,7
891 31,8
–
12,7
--
[1.75] [1.37]
1000 –
44,5
–
34,8 [2.25] [3.96] [2]
[0.53] [0.5] [17.51] [9.25] [6.25] [1] [1] [3.75]
13,5 12,7 444,8 235 158,8 [1.75] [0.88] 57,2 100,6 50,8 25,4 25,4 95,3
1001 44,5
–
22,4
--
82D40-2/82D63-5 Series
Pneumatic Power Clamps | Features and Benefits | Technical Information
Features: • Automation power clamps,

• Compact, enclosed design enclosed and narrow design
• Narrow design for 2 clamping arms
• Adapts to various holding arm variants
• High accuracy of positioning due to internal
holding arm stopper Models: 82D40-2...
• 2 lateral and 1 front mounting areas 82D63-5...
• Low weight (aluminium body)
• Integrated inductive sensing module with LED display
• Cylinder diameter 40 mm or 64 mm
82D40-223C900
Application: Base model with
• Clamping, holding, gripping and positioning of 2 U-clamping arms
metal sheets and other parts, mainly in jigs and han-
dling systems.
Key areas of application:

• Automotive manufacturing, sheet processing
industry, jig and general mechanical engineering.
Air
Max. Weight
Clamping consumption
Standard holding Cylinder ~
Clamping torque per double
Model opening Driveshaft torque Ø kg
position at 5 bar stroke at
angle Nm mm [in] [lbs]
Nm [lb ft] 5 bar
[lb ft]
dm3 [ft3]
lateral, both sides 55 55 40 1,2 2,5
82D40-223C900B vertical 180º
U-type clamping arms [40] [40] [1.57] [0.04] [5.50]
lateral, both sides 120 120 63 3,8 4,5

82D63-523C900B vertical 180º
U-type clamping arms [88] [88] [2.48] [0.13] [9.90]
Model B1 B2 B3 L1 SW G
82D40-223C900B 30 30 60 12,5 11 1/4
82D63-523C900B 47 47 94 21 19 1/4
How To Order
82D63-5 23 C9 0 0 B
without
82D40-282D63-5 23 = long drive shaft C9 = with sensing 0 = Standard opening B = Base model
handlever angle 180°
ends on both system Power clamp
sides fit for all 8EA-024-2 1 = 160° opening angle without clamping
clamping arms M12x1 arm
2 = 140° opening angle
Clamps with reduced

opening angle upon request
Basic model Clamping arm Sensing system Opening angle

limitation
82D40-2/82D63-5 Series
82D40-223C900B
Dimensions of the
driven shaft 52
~125 B3
117 47
SW
107 ±0,05 B1 B2
73 ±0,02 L1 34 F F
38 ±0,05
11
11±0,1
~143
30 ±0,1
65 ±0,1
58,5
(±0,05 f. ø8H7)
35 ±0,2
(±0,02 f. ø6H7) Safety notice:
(±0,02 f. ø6H7)
The load on the clamping

97
25 ±0,1
32 ±0,1
M8
+0,1
arms must always point

0
55
towards the clamping

ø8H7
8 N9
M6 ø6 H7 0
3,5 -0,2 direction. Single load of
~275
one arm is prohibited
Medium: air, max. 6 bar, operation

with oil-free air is permissible
IMPORTANT!
Connector socket Power clamp must only
and cable are not be operated by external
supplied with the unit. pneumatic one-way flow
control valves.
G1/4
82D63-523C900B
F F
Safety notice:
The load on the clamping
arms must always point
Connection M12x1; 4-channel towards the clamping
The connector socket and the
direction. Single load of
cable are not supplied with the
unit.
Important! one arm is prohibited
Power clamp must only be
operated by external Medium: air, max. 6 bar, operation
pneumatic one-way flow
control valves.
with oil-free air is permissible
U-Arms Center (Steel)
• Clamping arm variants for 82D40-2

Clamping arm variant U-type central clamping arm
Base model with 2 U-type

clamping arms, small gap
between clamping arms
U-type central clamping arm | Technical Information
Order no. for

U-type Standard B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B26
Clamping
Model clamping opening
position
arm set angle
+0,02 +0,1 +0,2
(1 clamping arm)
82D40-223C900B 8JG-065-2-01 vertical 180º 105 45,3 6 20 79 20 68,2
Order no. for

U-type B31 D2 D3 L4 L10 L10a L20 L21
Model clamping
arm set H7
(1 clamping arm) +0,02 Ø +1,1 ~
Ø
82D40-223C900B 8JG-065-2-01 73 6 7 20 12 11,3 33 73
L10
L10
a Drawing shows further
Drawing shows standard mounting (L20) mounting possibility (L21)
L10
L4 L20 L4 D2 L4 L21 L4
D3
(B9)
B10
°
90
B4
B2
B11
B26
B12
B31
U-Arms Center (Steel)

Clamping arm variant U-type central clamping arm
Base model with 2 U-type

clamping arms, small gap
U-type central clamping arms | Technical Information
Order no. for

U-type Standard B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12 B26
Clamping
Model clamping opening
position
arm set angle
+0,02 +0,1 +0,2
(1 clamping arm)
82D63-523C900B 8JG-069-1-01 vertical 180º 144 64,3 9 30 105 30 95
Order no. for

U-type B31 D2 D3 L4 L5 L10 L10a L20 L21
Model clamping
arm set H7
(1 clamping arm) +0,02 Ø +1,2 ~
Ø
82D63-523C900B 8JG-069-1-01 106 6 9 28 15 20 18 20 136
L10
Drawing shows further
Drawing shows standard mounting (L20) mounting possibility (L21)
L20 L10 L4 L21 L4

a L10
L5 L4 L4 D2 L5
(B9)
D3
°
90
B10
B4
B12
B2
B11
B26
B31
lateral (Side) arms

Clamping arm variant
Lateral clamping arm left
Lateral clamping arm right
Lateral clamping arm both sides
Base model with 4 lateral

clamping arms, large gap
Lateral clamping arm | Technical Information
Order no. for B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12

Standard
Clamping 1 set of lateral Clamping
Model opening
arm variant clamping arms position
angle
(1 clamping arm) +0,02 +0,1 +0,2
lateral, left
82D40-223C900B lateral, right 8JG-066-1-01 vertical 180º 105 45 6 20 79 20
lateral, both sides
Order no. for B31 D2 D3 L4 L10 L20 L21

Clamping 1 set of lateral
Model
arm variant clamping arms
(1 clamping arm) +0,02
H7
Ø -0,1
Ø
lateral, left
82D40-223C900B lateral, right 8JG-066-1-01 73 6 7 20 12 33 73
lateral, both sides
Drawing shows standard mounting (L20) Drawing shows further

with four lateral clamp arms mounting possibility (L21)
L4 L20 L4 L10 L4 L21 L4

D2 H7
(B9)
D3
B10
B4
B12
°
90
B2
B11
B31
lateral (Side) arms

Clamping arm variant
Lateral clamping arm left
Lateral clamping arm right
Lateral clamping arm both sides
Base model with 4 lateral

clamping arms, large gap
Lateral clamping arms | Technical Information
Order no. for B2 B4 B9 B10 B11 B12

Standard
Clamping 1 set of lateral Clamping
Model opening
arm variant clamping arms position
angle
(1 clamping arm) +0,02 +0,1 +0,2
lateral, left
82D63-523C900B lateral, right 8JG-070-1-01 vertical 180º 144 74 9 30 105 30
lateral, both sides
Order no. for B31 D2 D3 L4 L5 L10 L20 L21 R2

Clamping 1 set of lateral
Model
arm variant clamping arms
(1 clamping arm) +0,02
H7
Ø -0,1
Ø
lateral, left
82D63-523C900B lateral, right 8JG-070-1-01 106 6 9 28 15 20 20 136 28
lateral, both sides
Drawing shows standard mounting (L20) Drawing shows further

with four lateral clamp arms mounting possibility (L21)
L4 L21 L4
L5 L4 L20 L4 L10 L5
D2 H7
(B9)
D3
B10
B4
B12
°
90
B2
B11
R2
B31
82D40-2/82D63-5 Series
Wiring diagram of electrical sensing system

Sensing system immune to interference from d.c. arc welding and a.c. arc welding
+brown black -blue white
1 4 3 2
2 1 4 3 2
Plug M12x1 3 1
4 yellow
green red
open closed
S 0.1 S 0.2
Concept guideline (with reference to axis of clamping arm rotation)
Maximum Tooling Weight 82D40 Maximum Tooling Weight 82D63

1,25 4,00
3,50
1,00
3,00
Weight [kg]
Weight [kg]
0,75 2,50
2,00
0,50 1,50
1,00
0,25
0,50
0 0
75 100 125 150 175 200 75 100 125 150 200 225 250 275 300
Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm] Distance from pivot point to center of mass [mm]
All details apply under an air pressure of 6 bar and opening and closure times of 1 second each
Diagram of clamping torque

140
Pivot
X
120
82D63..., L1=135mm
100 82D40..., L1=99mm
80
L1
60
40
20
0
0,5 1,5 2,5 3,5 4,5 5,5 6,5 7,5 8,5
Clamping Arm Position (mm)
82D40-2/82D63-5 accessories
Clamping Arms Order no. for Structural component

Comment
Clamping are variant Clamping position 82D40-223C900B 82D63-523C900B
sets of U-type clamping arms consist
U-central vertical 8JG-065-1-01 8JG-069-1-01 of clamping arm, links and screws
sets of lateral clamping arms consist of

1) clamping arm, links and screws
lateral right/left vertical 8JG-066-1-011) 8JG-070-1-012) 2) clamping arm and set screws
you need 2 sets of clamping arms
lateral both sides vertical 8JG-066-1-011) 8JG-070-1-012) you need 4 sets of clamping arms
Connector Cable Order no. for Structural component

(includes 1 connector socket & 5 m cable) 82D63-523C900
82D40-223C900
Connector socket M12x1 straight, 5-pin 8EL-002-1 8EL-002-1
Connector socket Connector socket Connector socket M12x1 angular, 4-pin 8EL-003-1 8EL-003-1
M12x1 straight, 5-pin M12x1 angular, 4-pin
Order no. for Structural component

Opening Angle
Limiter 82D40-223C900 82D63-523C900
Angle Length Order No. Length Order No.
180º (Standard) 11,4mm 8CE-342-1 14,4mm 8CE-362-1
160º 15,1mm 8CE-340-1 20,0mm 8CE-360-1
140º 18,5mm 8CE-338-1 24,8mm 8CE-358-1
120º 22,2mm 8CE-336-1 29,6mm 8CE-356-1
100º 25,8mm 8CE-334-1 34,3mm 8CE-354-1
80º 28,0mm 8CE-332-1 39,0mm 8CE-352-1
60º 33,0mm 8CE-330-1 43,8mm 8CE-350-1
40º 37,0mm 8CE-328-1 49,1mm 8CE-348-1
20º 41,8mm 8CE-326-1 56,2mm 8CE-346-1
Fit for model 82D40-2 Fit for model 82D63-5

Shim Plates
(for clamping arm)
Model A1 A2 D2 D3 B9 B10 B12 L10 Model A1 A2 D2 D3 B9 B10 B12 L10
82ZB-SH4001 82ZB-SH5001
0,1 0,1
82ZB-SH4002 82ZB-SH5002
0,2 0,2
82ZB-SH4005 42 0,5 6,5 7 6 20 20 12 82ZB-SH5005 65 0,5 6,5 9 10 30 30 16
82ZB-SH4010 1,0 82ZB-SH5010 1,0
82ZB-SH4020 2,0 82ZB-SH5020 2,0
82ZB-SH4050 5,0 82ZB-SH5050 5,0
Order no. for Structural component

Spare Parts
82D40-2 82D63-5
Cylinder 8PW-016-1 8PW-024-2
Integrated sensing system C9
8EA-024-2 8EA-024-2
Connector plug M12x1
technical appendix
Manual Clamping Technology
Selecting The Proper DESTACO Clamp (A) the part material: such as, steel, wood, plastic
The information contained in this catalog is designed or glass, etc.
to help you select the right clamp to accomplish your (B) the surface finish of the part: such as, polished,
job. DESTACO distributor personnel, as well as hard or soft, etc.
DESTACO’s Technical Service department, are (C) the machining or assembly operation: such as,
qualified and willing to offer assistance in special or milling, welding, drilling, bonding, joining or
unusual applications. For most ordinary applications, sealing a mold, etc.
however, consideration of the following points will In order to ensure clamp strength is not compromised,
lead to the proper clamp selection use all the mounting holes provided.

• Size and shape of the parts to be held. Red handle grips are provided on each model. Users
• Uniformity of part size (Should you consider a spring- should only locate their hand in this area when operat-
loaded spindle to compensate for uneven parts?) ing ttie clamp, thus reducing the possibility of injury.
• Holding capacity required
• Strength and dexterity of the operator
• Operator’s position (Should you use horizontal or Safety Handle
vertical handle models?) This ergonomic handle provides
• Frequency of operation (Should you plan for a greater operator comfort.
temporary or permanent fixture?)
• Time cycle of operation (Should you consider
a turntable or conveyor set-up if curing time is
required?)
• Cycling time and sequence (Should you consider
air-operated models that can be operated faster Safety Feature
and in sequence?) This safety link prevents ac-
• Environment (Should a stainless steel model cidental injury to an operator
be considered?) when opening the clamp.
Clamp Series 201, 202, 207,

Processing Applications
210,247,267
Remember, the same toggle action force multiplying
principle can be applied to other tasks besides hold-
ing. Certain DESTACO models can be used to position Safety Distance
parts, power fixtures or perform mechanical functions Exclusive handle design gives
such as piercing sheet metal, staking rivets or locating. more hand clearance between
bar and handle when clamp is
OEM Applications in fully open position.
DESTACO clamps provide ready-made, compact
devices for moving or holding components. A little Clamp Series 213, 217, 227,
imagination will often show the product designer a 237, 245
way to obtain motion or locking force with no tooling
costs and often at less cost than custom designed
components. Thousands of DESTACO clamps will
be found installed as original equipment for cleanout
door latches, wheel locks, positioning devices, etc.
Safety
Our concern is not only the constant high quality
of our products, but also their fail-safe and foolproof
handling. The knowledge gathered since 1936
guarantees a developed, safe and high-quality
clamping unit.
A certain clamping force will be necessary to safely
hold a part. This force is determined by taking the
following into account:

MC-TEC-1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
technical appendix
DESTACO Toggle-Lock Plus Clamps

We have taken several of our most popular toggle clamps and have
added a locking release lever for improved safety. The locking release
lever helps ensure that the over-center locking condition is maintained.
Clamped
In order to unlock each clamp, the locking lever must first be released. position
The additional locking feature expands the range of applications where
DESTACO clamps can be used. If a clamp application warrants concerns Open
Position
over accidental or unintentional opening, then a DESTACO Toggle-Lock
Plus clamp is right for the job.
The most important models at a glance:
Vertical hold-down clamp Straight line action clamp

• Handle is vertical in clamped position •F orward movement of the handle pushes the
• Holding capacities up to 22,25kN [5000lbf.] plunger into the forward position
• Opening angle between 65° and 215° • Can be used as a push clamp and pull clamp,
locking in two positions
• Holding capacities of 445N-71,2kN [100–6,000lbf.]
Horizontal hold-down clamp Latch clamp

• Very low profile •C onvenient one-hand operation due
• Handle is horizontal in the clamped position to the patented thumb control lever
• Holding capacities up to 7,5kN [1,680lbf.] • Compact models
• Opening angle between 90” and 105° • Holding capacities up
to 33,4kN [7,500lbf.]
Plier clamp
•F lexible clamping and fixturing
• Also equipped with quick release lever
• Holding capacities 450N-5340N [100-1200lbf.]
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-TEC-2
technical appendix
How Toggle Action Works Toggle Action Principle

Toggle action clamps operate through a linkage system
of levers and pivots. The fixed-length levers, connected
by pivot pins, supply the action and clamping force.
Toggle action has an over-center lock point which Unclamped
is a fixed stop and linkage. Once in the over-center
position, the clamp cannot move or unlock unless the
linkage is moved. All types of toggle clamps have this
same action, just oriented differently.
Center position
Toggle Action Force Factors
The maximum clamping or exerting force developed
in any toggle action clamp is attained when the three
pivot points of the mechanism are in a straight line.
While this is theoretically true, it makes no allowance Over-center, clamped position
for vibration and intermittent load conditions found
in industrial applications. Such conditions would soon Toggle Action Clamps Compared with
unlock an improperly designed clamp. The proper Cam Action Clamps
amount of over-center travel to produce maximum Cam action uses frictional force to effect a locking
holding force and yet ensure positive locking is condition between the cam surface on the bar and
a carefully calculated and controlled dimension the follower on the handle. Toggle action clamps
developed by years of experimentation and experience. have many advantages over cam action clamps,
mainly because cam action clamps allow some
Throughout this catalog each clamp is rated with its movement while clamping. Toggle action clamps
“holding capacity.” This is the maximum load or force thus provide a more consistent clamping point, can
the clamp will sustain in the closed and locked position be manufactured from inexpensive materials, and
without permanent deflection. Exerting forces applied are available in stainless steel for outdoor or corrosive
as the clamp closes are less than the holding capacity, applications. If the material being clamped has a
and are dependent on variables such as the position variable thickness, however, a cam action clamp has
of the operator’s hand on the handle; amount of force the ability to better accommodate this application.
applied; and position of the spindle on the bar.
What about the forces? Holding Capacity

In the case of clamping products, a clear distinction The “holding capacity” of DESTACO toggle clamps
must be made between exerting forces and holding has been determined by actual tests. It is defined as
capacities. Here are the essential features: the maximum amount of force which may be applied
to the work holding bar, in the closed position,
Exerting or Clamping Force without creating permanent deformation of the clamp
The “exerting force” of our air toggle clamps is well components. This maximum force is measured at a
defined and can be found on page 7. Manually point closest to the base and diminishes as the spindle
operated clamps present a series of variables to approaches the end of the bar. The ratings for
determine actual exerting force. holding capacity are maximum
and should not be
These variables are: exceeded. These
(a) the force exerted on the handle by the operator; values include a
Manual force
(b) the point on the handle where this force is applied; safety factor.
(c) the mechanical advantage in the linkage; and
(d) the point on the work holding bar where the
force will be measured. As a general rule, the
mechanical advantage available throughout
the line ranges 2:1 to 10:1
Exerting force Holding capacity
technical appendix
Calculating Exerting or Clamping Force

The table below depicts holding capacity (HC) and clamping force (EF) data for a typical manual clamp. The
clamping force (EF) is expressed as a ratio of the force that is applied to the clamp handle (AF). In this example,
either 10:1 or 5.3:1 depending upon position of the clamping point on the clamp arm. That is, at position X1,
the maximum clamping force (EF) that can be generated is 10 times the force that is applied to the clamp handle.
AF
Y Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

[1.59] [1.95] [3.92] [5.16] [1000lbf.] [470lbf.]
EF EF 2007-( ) 40,5 49,5 99,5 131 4450N 2090N
10:1 5.3:1
HC HC
2 1 Refer to page MC-TEC-4 for additional information.
X
X1
X2
Examples:
1. F
ind the force (AF) the operator would have to apply to the clamp to generate a clamping force of
400N [90lbf.] at the end of the clamp arm (X1).
AF = 400 ÷ 10 = 40N [9lbf.]
2. W
hat is the maximum clamp force that can be generated at X2 if the operator is only able to apply
20N [4.5lbf.] to the clamp handle?
EF = 20 ∙ 5,3 = 106N [24lbf.]
Calculating Holding Capacity

The holding capacity (HC) ratings shown in the table are in relation to the pivot point of the clamping arm. This is
useful in estimating the holding capacity at an intermediate clamping point along the arm, or at a point beyond
the length of the standard clamping arm.
Examples:
1. F ind the maximum holding capacity if the clamping point is 40mm [1.5in.] from the front of the base of the clamp.
• Step 1 – find the clamping distance from the clamping point to the pivot point
XC = 40mm + X = 40mm + 40,5mm = 80.5mm
• Step 2 – express the holding capacity as a moment
M = X1 ∙ HC1 = 49,5mm x 4450N = 220275 N∙mm
• Step 3 – calculate the holding capacity at XC
HC = M ÷ XC = 220275 ÷ 80,5 = 2736N [615lbf.]
2. F ind the maximum holding capacity if the clamp arm is extended by 25mm [1in.]
XC = 25+X2 = 25 + 99,5 = 124,5mm
M = X2 ∙ HC2 = 99,5mm ∙ 2090mm = 207955 N∙mm
HC = M ÷ XC = 207955 ÷ 124,5 = 1670N [375lbf.]
technical appendix
General Specifications
Material, finishes, treatments, etc. of DESTACO Modifications

products are changed from time-to-time to improve Making changes to the clamp may affect the
performance or reliability. These items are, naturally, performance of the product. The life expectancy of
subject to change without notice. In the interest of a clamp is dependent upon many factors, including
catalog longevity, they are not discussed in detail alterations to the clamping bar, handle, or the addition
throughout the catalog. As of the date of going to of any tooling. Manual clamps are rated using hand
press, however, the following specifications apply power to actuate them. The use of “cheater bars”
unless noted otherwise: or hammers to impact the opening or closing of
the clamp is expressly prohibited.
Materials
In general, light and medium duty clamp components Maintenance
are made from low carbon cold-rolled steel. Materials Manual clamps are generally maintenance free;
for other models vary depending upon the clamp however, lubrication of pivot points will extend the
model and specific engineering requirements. These life of the clamp dramatically. Clamps are shipped
materials include low to medium carbon steel castings from the factory with a light coating of oil, occasional
and forgings, heat treated as necessary to obtain the lubrication with a lightweight machine oil at pivot
desired mechanical properties. points is recommended. A typical oil specification
is ISO grade 22 or 46 (SAE No. 10W or 20).
Pivot pins for most light and medium duty clamps
are cold headed from precision cold drawn type 430, Temperature Limits
EN 1.4016 stainless steel. Pins for heavy duty models DESTACO manual clamps are intended to be used
are made from heat treated alloy steel. Bushings at normal ambient temperatures. These limits are
used in select models are made from low carbon, intended to be guidelines and you should contact
case-hardened steel for wear resistance and serrated DESTACO if you have a specific application concern.
on the outside diameter to prevent rotation. For low-carbon steel clamps: -65ºF(-54ºC) to
480ºF(250ºC); for stainless steel (type 304): up
Ergonomic grips are made from an oil-resistant to 750ºF (400ºC). These values are based upon
plasticized PVC compound, while some handles maintaining the tensile strength of the material,
and locking levers covered with plastisol dipping. due to the many variables associated with operating
clamps at elevated temperatures service life may be
Stainless Steel affected. Bear in mind that for low carbon steel parts
Stamped components in our stainless steel clamps that are zinc plated, the plating has a useful service
are made from type 302/304, 1.4300 or 1.4301 temperature of up to 250ºF(120ºC), but corrosion
(or comparable) stainless steel, annealed & cold rolled. inhibiting properties degrade above 140ºF(60ºC).
Machined stainless steel components are type 303, These temperatures are NOT inclusive of any plastic
EN1.4305 (or comparable). grip, vinyl dipping, rubber spindle accessory,
pneumatic, or hydraulic actuator.
Finishes
Most manual toggle clamps are electro-plated zinc
per ASTM B633-98, SC1, type2 (or comparable).
Most cast or forged components are finished black
oxide with light oil to add corrosion protection.
Mounting
To properly secure the clamp to the mounting surface
and achieve the clamp’s rating, all mounting holes
provided must be used.
technical appendix
Pneumatic Clamping Technology
End position sensing of pneumatic clamps Please consult the table and formulae on the next
for automated production. page. The Max M.A. is the highest mechanical
advantage the clamp can create at the optimum
spindle height while still toggle-locking.
Remote control and end position sensing

A particularly interesting advantage of DESTACO
power clamps is the fact that they may be mounted
on rather inaccessible places of clamping fixtures and
Model 807-S with 2 integral groove mounted sensors they nary be operated simultaneously while being
(order separately) controlled by a control valve. Power clamps with an
end position sensing system allow fully automated
operation with in controlled manufacturing processes.
Exerting Force vs. Holding Capacity
Due to the nature of the toggle action within the
Safety
clamping mechanism combined with the line pressure
DESTACO power clamps are based on the toggle
of the cylinder, care should be taken in setting up
action principle (exceptions will be mentioned
Pneumatic Toggle Clamps.
separately) and offer the same safety advantages
as DESTACO manual clamps: no risk of accidental
The clamping force of a given pneumatic toggle
opening of the clamp arm - even in case of a sudden
clamp is determined by two factors - adjustment
pressure drop.
of the clamping spindle and the line pressure in the
cylinder. If the line pressure remains constant, then
The toggle action principle with over-center locking
the clamping force is solely determined by the vertical
guarantees safety during operation and protects the
adjustment of the spindle. If the spindle is improperly
parts from damage. (Provided that the power clamps
adjusted, the clamp is capable of creating a clamping
are mounted correctly and the air supply is reliable.)
force that exceeds the rated holding capacity.
Note: Most pneumatic products are now supplied with
As a result of this condition care must be taken by
a magnetic ring on the piston as a standard feature for
properly adjusting the spindle OR by regulating the
sensing the position of the cylinder (open/closed).
inlet pressure to the cylinder in order to insure the
clamp does not exert a force higher than it’s rated
holding capacity.
Pneumatic diagram Schalldämpfer

silencer Wartungseinheit
maintenance unit
air supply
Druckluft-
manual
Hand-Steuerventil Verteilerstück
3-way connector
operated valve ausgang
Standard-Kraftspanner
standard power clamp
Kunststoffschlauch
plastic hose
Schnellverschraubung
quick connector
automation
power clamp
Automations-
Kraftspanner
Fuß-Steuerventil
foot operated
technical appendix
Specifications
Cylinder Cylinder Max.

Model Cylinder Rod Area Area Mechanical Max Inlet Pressure Max. Clamping Force
Distance From Pivot Holding Capacity
no. Bore Diameter (Clamping (Opening Advantage at Max M.A* at 5 bar [72 psi]
Stroke) Stroke) (M.A.)
A B A B A B A B
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in2) (mm2) (in2) (mm2) A B
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (lbf.) (N) (lbf.) (N) (PSIG) (bar) (PSIG) (bar) (lbf.) (N) (lbf.) (N)
Hold DownClamps
802-U 1.26 32 0.47 12 1.25 804 1.07 691 5.0 2.6 1.25 31.8 2.25 57.2 200 890 110 489 32 2.2 34 2.3 450 2010 234 1045
807-S 1.26 32 0.47 12 1.25 804 1.07 691 6.0 2.0 2.00 50.8 5.00 127.0 500 2220 260 1160 67 4.6 104 7.2 540 2412 180 804
807-U 1.26 32 0.47 12 1.25 804 1.07 691 6.4 3.3 2.00 50.8 3.75 95.3 375 1670 275 1220 47 3.2 67 4.6 576 2573 297 1327
810-S 1.57 40 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1056 5.0 2.9 2.38 60.5 5.31 134.9 750 3340 500 2220 77 5.3 89 6.1 702 3143 407 1823
810-U 1.57 40 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1056 6.1 2.9 2.38 60.3 4.88 123.8 600 2670 290 1290 50 3.5 51 3.5 856 3834 407 1823
812-U 0.75 19 0.25 6.4 0.4 258 0.39 253 4.3 2.9 1.25 31.8 2.25 57.2 100 440 55 245 53 3.6 43 3.0 136 613 92 413
846 1.57 40 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1056 5.6 3.5 2.25 57.2 3.25 82.6 750 3340 520 2310 69 4.7 76 5.3 786 3520 491 2200
847-S 2.05 50 0.63 16.0 3.29 2124 2.98 1923 4.0 1.8 3.25 82.6 6.50 165.1 1000 1118 650 2890 76 5.2 110 7.6 948 4248 426 1912
847-U 2.05 50 0.63 16.0 3.29 2124 2.98 1923 4.0 1.9 3.25 82.6 6.25 158.8 1000 4450 480 2135 76 5.2 77 5.3 948 4248 450 2018
858 2.48 63 0.98 25.0 4.83 3117 4.07 2626 4.4 2.3 3.00 76.2 7.00 177.8 4000 17800 2000 8900 145** 10.0** 145** 10.0** 1530 6857 800 3585
8021 1.26 32 0.47 12.0 1.07 691 1.25 8.4 2.2 1.3 1.70 43.2 2.60 66.0 390 1735 255 1135 145** 10.0** 145** 10.0•• 169 760 100 449
8071 1.57 40 0.63 16.0 1.64 1056 1.95 1257 4.2 2.4 2.25 57.2 3.25 82.6 450 2000 310 1380 65 4.5 79 5.4 496 2218 283 1267
8101 2.05 50 0.63 16.0 2.98 1923 3.29 2124 2.3 1.2 2.35 59.7 4.45 113.0 700 3110 370 1645 103 7.1 105 7.3 491 2202 253 1135
817-S 1.26 32 0.47 12.0 1.25 804 1.07 691 4 2.25 2.75 69.9 4.94 125.5 450 2000 200 890 90 6.2 64 4.4 360 1608 225 1005
817-U 1.26 32 0.47 12.0 1.25 804 1.07 691 4.1 2.5 2.75 69.9 5.00 127.0 375 1670 200 890 73 5.1 64 4.4 369 1648 225 1005
827-S 1.57 40 .063 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1056 3.5 2 2.50 63.5 5.30 134.6 700 3110 330 1470 103 7.1 85 5.8 491 2200 281 1257
827-U 1.57 40 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1026 3.5 2.2 2.13 54.1 3.25 82.6 600 2670 390 1735 88 6.1 91 6.3 491 2200 309 1383
868 2.48 63 0.98 25.0 4.83 3117 4.07 2626 4.9 2.3 5.00 127.0 8.25 209.6 4000 17800 2400 10675 145** 10.0** 145** 10.0** 1704 7637 800 3585
Cylinder Cylinder Max.

Model Cylinder Rod Area Area Mechanical Max Inlet Pressure
no. Holding Capacity
Bore Diameter (Clamping (Opening Advantage at Max M.A
Stroke) Stroke) (M.A.)
(in) (mm) (in) (mm) (in2) (mm2) (in2) (mm2) (lbf.) (N) (PSIG) (bar)

803 1.26 32.0 0.47 12.0 1.25 804 1.07 691.2 7.5 600 2670 64 4.4 675 3015
816 0.75 19.1 0.25 6.4 0.44 285 0.39 253.4 7.7 100 400 30 2.0 244 1097
830 1.57 40.0 0.63 16.0 1.95 1257 1.64 1055.6 5.7 2500 11100 145** 10.0** 800 3582
850 2.05 52.0 0.63 16.0 3.29 2124 2.98 1922.7 5.2 16000 71200 145** 10.0** 1232 5522
8031 1.13 28.6 0.38 9.5 0.99 641 0.88 570.0 10.25 2000 890 145** 10.0** 731 3285
* Maximum cylinder pressure is 145 PSIG (10 bar). Never exceed this value
**Maximum inlet pressure in conjunction with maximum mechanical advantage does not exceed holding capacity. Do not exceed maximum cylinder pressure
Formula for calculating maximum allowable inlet pressure:

Maximum Line Pressure = Holding Capacity ÷ (Cylinder Area X Mechanical Advantage)
Formula for calculating max. exerting force:

Exerting Force = Inlet Pressure X Mechanical Advantage X Cylinder Area
B A
Example for Model 830

Holding Capacity = 11100N [2500lbf.]
Inlet Pressure 5bar (0,5 N/mm2) [72psig]
Cylinder Area = 1257mm2 [1.95in2] Spindle position to determine
Maximum Line Pressure = 11100 ÷ (1257 X 5.7) = 1,5 N/mm2 = 15bar mechanical advantage.
NOTE: This exceeds the maximum allowable cylinder pressure of 10bar
technical appendix
Notes
hydraulic power clamps
Table of Contents
Page Page
Hydraulic Clamping Hydraulic Clamping
MC-HYD-# MC-HYD-#
010-210-400
010-210-501
030-1-S-475
010-210-702
010-211-002 7
3-4
010-211-004
030-1-D-475
010-211-502
010-211-504
010-212-004
030-1-S-1100
8
052-Series 4
030-1-D-1100
030-1-S-2400
051-Series 4
9
030-1-D-2400
020-011-011DE
020-012-021DE 5
030-1-S-4000 10
020-013-031DE
030-1-D-4000 10
031-S-475
031-L-475
031-S-1100
031-L-1100
11-12
031-S-2400
031-L-2400
031-S-4000
031-L-4000
039-101-000DE
13
039-104-000DE
MC-HYD-1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
Building safe hydraulic systems
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Safety
Safety means paying attention to the smallest details. “hardware store” fittings are intended only for low
A hastily assembled workholding system can result pressure plumbing. Never use water pipe fittings or
in a hazardous operator environment. Hydraulic copper tubing and brass fittings for hydraulic service.
workholding is not a generic technique where most
anything will work, nor is there one right or best Use proper tools when
answer for all situations. Each application is differ- bending tubing, and
ent and can be approached in many different ways. maintain proper mini-
Because of this versatility, there is no rule-of-thumb mum bend radii for hoses
to follow to guarantee safety. A careful balance of and tubing. If a hose
knowledge, fixture design and common sense are or tube is ever kinked,
key to avoiding injuries. replace it. Don’t risk a
rupture. Fluid escaping
Plan your fixture installation with operator safety in under high pressure is dangerous. The resulting loss in
mind. By nature, most clamping devices have pinch pressure could release the workpiece from the fixture
points. Many times the fixture can be designed to shield and cause serious injury and equipment damage by
the operator from a pinching hazard. Often the place- being ejected from the machine or breaking tooling.
ment of the clamping device in the fixture can minimize
the gap between the clamp and the workpiece, thus Tubing and hoses do
reducing or eliminating the pinch point. Perhaps the flex when pressurized.
clamping control valve or switch can be located such Allow for that movement
that the operator cannot reach the fixture and the con- by supporting the fluid
trol at the same time. Dual palm buttons on electrically- lines away from surfac-
actuated systems serve the same purpose. es which could abrade
the surface and eventu-
Do not require the oper- ally cause damage. Avoid
ator to hold the work- straight lengths of hose and tubing. A bend will
piece in position during allow for this deflection without putting too much stress
the clamping operation. on the line.
Make sure that the work-
piece is self-supporting Even if proper hydraulic
and self-locating so that tubing and fittings are
operator hands are out of specified, be sure to pro-
danger when the hydraulic system is actuated. Often a tect them from abuse.
simple spring plunger is all that is necessary. Components damaged
from abrasion or acci-
The lowest pressure rating dental dropping of a
of any component in the workpiece will no longer
clamping system sets the have the strength and safety of the original design.
maximum pressure rating
for the entire system. Use proper mounting
hardware when install-
Most hydraulic workholding workholding clamps
ing components are rated and other components.
at 5,000 PSI maximum. Always use the largest
However, some components are rated at less than bolt available to fit in
5,000 PSI. The maximum pressure is listed on each the mounting hole. In
product page of this catalog. Never exceed this rating. many cases, the recom-
mended cap screw or thread is specified on the product
Just having a clamp that page of this catalog. Sometimes the mounting
is rated at 5,000 PSI is hardware is included with the component. Always use
not enough. Every hose, supplied hardware.
fitting, valve, adapter and
tube exposed to pressure Safety means
must be rated at or above paying attention to
the maximum hydraulic
the smallest details.
system pressure. Most
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-HYD-2
010 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Threaded Body Cylinders Product Overview
The single-action, spring-return hydraulic power

cylinders are small pistons that can be used singly
or combined. They offer tremendous force in a small,
easily mounted package that can be used in any
attitude and requires only a single inlet port. They are
often used grouped together by a common manifold
to provide as much force as needed for the opera-
tion. For a relatively small volume of oil, they provide
exceptional exerting force, and are generally the
best choice if stroke lengths can be kept short.
Features:
• Threaded body for easy mounting
• Small size permits “low profile” workholding
• Accessories available for easy mounting
• Available in metric or inch sizes (Metric on special request)
• Hardened piston and rod
• Single-acting for simple plumbing
• Wide variety of sizes and strokes
• Pressure capacity up to 5,000 PSIG,
provided piston does not bottom out
Threaded Force at Oil Effective Area

Model no. SAE Ports Stoke Jam Nuts
Body 3,000 PSIG Displacement For Clamping
010-210-400 #2 1/2-20 0.22 279 lbs. 0.024 cu. in. 0.110 Furnished
010-210-501 #4 3/4-16 0.31 588 lbs. 0.061 cu. in. 0.196 Furnished
010-210-702 #4 1-12 0.50 1,326 lbs. 0.221 cu. in. 0.442 Furnished
010-211-002 #4 1 5/16-16 0.50 2,355 lbs. 0.393 cu. in. 0.785 Optional
010 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Threaded Body Cylinders Product Overview
H (PORTING) F (THREAD)
D
E OG
B C J (FEMALE THREAD)
Dimensions (In Inches)

Model no.
A B C D E F G H J
010-210-400 1.66 1.41 0.19 0.22 .044 Hex 1/2-20 0.15 SAE #2 –
010-210-501 2.25 1.97 0.22 0.31 .062 Hex 3/4-16 0.22 SAE #4 –
010-210-702 2.56 2.31 0.31 0.50 .075 Hex 1-12 .024 SAE #4 –
010-211-002 2.63 2.25 0.13 0.50 1.00 Hex 1 5/16-16 0.64 SAE #4 1/4-20
010-211-004 3.63 3.25 0.12 1.00 1.00 Hex 1 5/16-16 0.64 SAE #4 1/4-20
010-211-502 2.94 2.57 0.13 0.50 1.50 Hex 1 7/8ß-16 1.00 SAE #4 5/16-18
010-211-504 4.59 4.22 0.14 1.00 1.50 Hex 1 7/8-16 1.00 SAE #4 5/16-18
010-212-004 4.13 3.76 0.13 1.00 2.00 Hex 2 1/2-16 1.50 SAE #4 5/16-18
Series 052 Flange Mount

Dimensions (In Inches)
B C
Model no. ØD
A B C øD E
052-112-160 1 1/8-16 UN 2B 1.50 0.50 0.22 1.030
052-131-160 1 5/16-16 UN 2B 1.69 0.50 0.27 1.250
E
052-137-180 1 3/8-16 UN 2B 1.75 0.50 0.27 1.340 A
052-187-160 1 7/8-16 UN 2B 2.25 1.00 0.34 1.770

052-250-160 2 1/2-16 UN 2B 3.00 1.00 0.34 2.170
Series 051 Jam Nut

Dimensions (In Inches) D C
Model no.
A B C D E A E
051-112-160 1 1/8-16 UN 2B 1.500 0.31 0.250 0.250

051-131-160 1 5/16-16 UN 2B 1.688 0.31 0.250 0.250
051-137-180 1 3/8-16 UN 2B 1.875 0.31 0.250 0.250
051-187-160 1 7/8-16 UN 2B 2.625 0.38 0.312 0.132
051-250-160 2 1/2-16 UN 2B 3.250 0.50 0.312 0.312 ØB
020 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Thru-Hole Hydraulic Ram Product Overview
By inserting a rod through the hollow piston, these

cylinders can be used to push or pull depending on
the orientation of the ram. They will actuate a rod of Symbol
any length or shape and are extremely effective in
translating power to a remote location. Greater forces
are generated in these thru-hole rams because of their
larger piston area.
Features:
• Larger piston diameter for greater clamping forces
• Hardened steel piston and rod
• Single-acting for simple plumbing B
• Optional threaded inserts
• Optional mounting plate
(permits mounting ram with a single cap screw)
C
RAM Force at Oil Dimensions

Model no. Port Stroke
I.D.* 3,000 PSIG Displacement A B C
020-011-011DE 0.38 SAE #2 0.38 4,380 lbs. 0.547 cu. in. 2.13 1.88 2.25 A
020-012-021DE 0.50 SAE #4 0.50 8,100 lbs. 1.35 cu. in. 3.00 2.63 2.88
020-013-031DE 0.63 SAE #4 0.63 12,066 lbs. 2.51 cu. in. 3.25 3.00 3.63
* Clearance for rod or bolt of given dimension. Maximum input pressure 3,500 PSIG.
Accessories
All size thru-hole rams are supplied with Thru-Hole Insert
a thru-hole insert threaded into the top. RAM no.
(supplied)
Optional threaded inserts, inch or metric, 020-011-011DE 705384
are also available. 020-012-021DE 705512
020-013-031DE 705634
A thru-hole ram easily converts a manual strap clamp into

Loads Trasmitted by Various Diameter Screws an automatic hydraulic powered clamp. Usually a longer
bolt is the only part needed to make this conversion.
Bolt Size Wrench Length F-lbs. (Average)
1/4 UNF 4.00 2,400 lbs.
1/4 UNF 4.00 1,920 lbs.
3/8 UNF 5.75 3,000 lbs.
3/8 UNF 5.75 2,920 lbs.
1/2 UNF 8.00 4,200 lbs.
1/2 UNF 8.00 3,640 lbs.
5/8 UNF 9.00 5,600 lbs.
5/8 UNF 9.00 5,600 lbs.
3/4 UNF 9.00 4,800 lbs.
3/4 UNF 11.00 4,200 lbs.
7/8 UNF 12.00 50,400 lbs.
To determine how much force is needed to replace a manual clamp,
use this chart as a guide.
020 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Thru-Hole Hydraulic Rams Technical Information
Calculation of Forces Using Straps and Levers
Figure #1 Figure #2 Figure #3

When the distance AB is equal to The downward force “A” is equal to the When Force “B” from Model 020-011-011DE
the distance BC the force upward upward force “C” times a ratio of the Hollow Bore is divided between “A” & “C”, the
from Model 020-011-011DE Ram distance BC:AB. forces at “A” & “C” are in inverse ratio to the dis-
“C” is equal to the downward Example: tance AB & BC respectively.
force AB = 2”, BC = 4”, Force “C” = 1,000 lbs.
Force “A” = Force “B” x BC
“A” on the part. AB
Force “A” = Force “C” x BC
AB
Force “C” = Force “B” x AB
AC
“A” = 1,000 lbs. x 4
2
Example:
“A” = 2,000 lbs. AB = 2”, BC = 4,” Force “B” = 1,000 lbs.
Force “A” = 1,000 lbs. x 4 = 666.7 lbs.
6
2 = 333.3 lbs.
Force “C” = 1,000 lbs. x
6

Power Sources
Thru-hole Rams can be powered by automatic pumps, hand pumps, boosters or existing machine hydraulics.
Used with automatic pump

Used with
booster
Used with
hand pump
Multiple Uses
Thru-hole Rams can be used to push or pull depending on the position of the ram.
Pull Pull Push Pull
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps – 475 lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are avail- 030-1-S-475

able in both single-acting and double-acting versions. They
incorporate the latest hydraulic swing clamp technology. The
top port design allows easy access for plumbing connections.
They are available with 90° left or right hand rotation, or
with guided straight pull. The breather port on single-acting
models may be replaced with tubing for remote venting. The
optional arms clamp securely to the piston rod to reduce
fatigue and deflection. Arms may be easily modified or
custom arms may be substituted.
Features:
• Advanced seals and wipers utilize a special, highly wear-resistant
construction for long cycle life and 5,000 PSI operation
030-1-D-475
• Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction
• Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased E Port
T
U
strength and wear resistance
• Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and 25
corrosion resistance S 50
• MRO interchange design

• Straight pull capacity 600 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max
D Port
L
600
500
K
For 475 lb.
Clamping Force (Lbs.)
400
Swing/Pull Clamp Arms
300 see Page MC-HYD-11 A
B
200 N R
C
100 Q
J
0 M
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 P
Hydraulic Pressure (PSI) H
G
Performance F
With 031-L-475 Arm (3.25" long)

With 0-31-S-475 Arm (1.22" long)
Straight Pull
Ordering Notes:
Specifications Max • Left hand swing (ccw) is standard–
Oil Flow no suffix
Cat. no. Swing *Force Eff. Area (sq. In.) Oil Cap. (cu. In.) • Add –R suffix for right hand swing
in3/m • Add –S suffix for straight guided pull
Oper. Direction (lbs.) Clamp Unclamp Clamp Unclamp in
Single- Left Hand
030-1-S-475 (-X) Acting
– –
(Counter Clockwise)
475 0.12 0.08 12
Double- Right Hand (Clockwise)
030-1-D-475 (-X) Straight Pull 0.24 0.15
acting
Specifications
Cat. no. A B D E
Total Clamping Clamp Unclamp
Stroke Stroke C Port Port F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U
030-1-S-475 0.65 0.210 0.59
1-1/8-
SAE-2 SAE-2 1.929 2.086 3.07 4.429 0.8 M6x1 0.157 0.393 4.96 0.495 1.3 1.55 0.61
16UN
030-1-D-475 0.65 0.32 0.59
NOTE: *With 1.22” long arm at 5,000 PSI maximum operating pressure.
 This item is available upon request Do not pressurize – single-acting only
† See page MC-HYD-11 for arms, accessories and custom arm mounting
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps – 1,100lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are avail-

able in both single-acting and double-acting versions. They 030-1-S-1100
Features:
030-1-D-1100
• Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction E Port
T
• Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased U

25
• Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and S 50
corrosion resistance
• Straight pull capacity 1,400 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max D Port
L
1600
1400 K
For 1,100 lb.
1200 Swing/Pull Clamp Arms
A
see Page MC-HYD-12 B
800
N R
400 C
Q
J
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
M P
Hydraulic Pressure (PSI)
H
Performance
G F
With 031-L-1100 Arm (5.31" long)
With 031-S-1100 Arm (1.89" long)
Straight Pull
Ordering Notes:
no suffix
Oil Flow
Cat. no. Swing *Force Eff. Area (sq. In.) Oil Cap. (cu. In.)
• Add –R suffix for right hand swing

Single- Left Hand
030-1-S-1000 (-X) Acting
– –
(Counter Clockwise)
1100 0.28 0.25 25
030-1-D-1000 (-X) Straight Pull 0.59 0.52
acting
Specifications
Cat. no. A B D E
030-1-S-1100
M8 x 1-3/8-
0.89 0.39 0.6 SAE-4 SAE-4 2.4 2.6 3.58 5.305 0.94 0.196 0.629 5.965 0.400 1.5 1.87 0.75
1.25 18UN
030-1-D-1100
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps – 2,400 lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are avail- 030-1-S-2400

Features:
030-1-D-2400
• Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction
T
• Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased E Port
U
• Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and 25
corrosion resistance S 50

• Straight pull capacity 3,150 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max
D Port
3500 L
3000
For 2,400 lb. K
2500 Swing/Pull Clamp Arms

see Page MC-HYD-11
2000 A
B
1500
N R
1000 Q
C
J
0
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 M P
Hydraulic Pressure (PSI)
H
Performance G F
With 031-L-2400 Arm (6.36" long)

With 031-S-2400 Arm (2.43" long)
Straight Pull
Ordering Notes:
Oil Flow no suffix
Single- Left Hand
030-1-S-2400 (-X) Acting
– –
(Counter Clockwise)
2400 0.63 0.7 100
030-1-D-2400 (-X) Straight Pull 1.23 1.10
acting
Specifications
Cat. no. A B D E
030-1-S-2400
M10x 1-7/8-
1.12 0.5 0.62 SAE-4 SAE-4 t 3.38 4.38 6.8 1.28 0.196 0.87 7.543 0.517 2.0 2.38 1.0
1.5 16UN
030-1-D-2400
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps – 4,000 lb.
The DESTACO Threaded Body Swing/Pull Clamps are avail-

incorporate the latest hydraulic swing clamp technology. The 030-1-S-4000
Features:
• Triple track piston rod design for field adjustable swing direction 030-1-D-4000
• Hardened and hard chrome plated piston rod for increased
strength and wear resistance T
• Advanced metal treated body for superior wear and U
corrosion resistance
• Straight pull capacity 5,500 lbs. at 5,000 PSI max 25°
50° S
5000
4500
L
4000
Clamping Force (l bs.)
3500
For 4,000 lb.
3000
Swing/Pull Clamp Arms K
2500
see Page MC-HYD-11
2000
1500
0N B
1000 A
500
Q C
0 J R
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
Hydraulic Pressure (PSI) H
M
G
Performance F
With 031-L-4000 Arm (X.XX" long)
With 031-S-4000 Arm (X.XX" long)
(7.01” long)
Straight Pull (2.75” long) P
Ordering Notes:
Oil Flow no suffix
Single- Left Hand
030-1-S-4000 (-X) Acting
– –
(Counter Clockwise)
4000 1.10 1.22 140
030-1-D-4000 (-X) Straight Pull 2.35 2.60
acting
Specifications
Cat. no. A B D E
030-1-S-4000 2-
1.07 0.45 0.75 SAE#4 SAE#4 2.70 2.83 4.09 6.67 0.64 1.61 0.14 1.26 1/2-16 7.30 0.33 2.56 2.99 1.28
030-1-D-4000 UN
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps 475-2,400 lb. Arms
Custom built arms of any length must clamp to the T P
swing/pull clamp’s piston rod in a manner similar to

G
the DESTACO arms or some derating of the clamp D
will be necessary.
U
The design feature “K,” in the chart and drawing at the C
A
bottom of this page, is recommended for all applications Q
of custom, single arms. See the accompanying chart for H
design details. In applications where there is no bending
stress being transferred into the piston rod (like push/
I K
pull linkages and equalizing double arms), this design N
J
detail may be eliminated. In these applications, the

clamp’s full capacity (referred to as “straight pull” L
capacity) is available. O
M
Specifications
Cat. no. Weight
A B C D G H I J K L M N O P Q T U (lbs.)
031-S-475 1.929 0.709 M6 0.63 1.139 0.394 0.630 0.394 0.394 0.256 0.984 M6 0.236 1.220 0.159
031-L-475 3.959 0.709 – 0.63 1.166 0.394 0.630 0.394 0.394 0.256 – M6 – 3.250 0.348
031-S-1100 2.598 0.709 M8 0.748 1.294 0.433 0.748 0.630 0.472 0.33 1.575 M6 0.315 1.889 0.286
0.126 0.236 0.217
031-L-1100 6.019 0.709 – 0.748 1.412 0.433 0.748 0.630 0.472 0.335 – M6 – 5.310 0.721
031-S-2400 0.634
3.268 0.866 M10 1.125 1.459 0.633 1.00 0.866 0.709 0.413 1.969 M8 0.433 2.402
031-L-2400 7.226 0.866 – 1.125 1.696 0.633 1.00 0.866 0.709 0.413 – M8 – 6.360 1.564
IMPORTANT: Any clamp using a modified or custom arm that is longer or heavier than DESTACO’s
standard arms must be derated to prevent internal damage.
Do not exceed the maximum speed and pressure ratings for DESTACO’s standard arms.
For maximum hydraulic pressure and speed ratings, see the accompanying charts
Do not use meter-out circuitry for controlling double-acting clamp speeds
Contact DESTACO if further design assistance is required E
Custom Arm Mounting Dimensions for Swing/Pull Clamps D

F
Shaft Specifications
Dia. A B C D E F G H J K M
B M
10 MM 0.394 0.256 0.63 0.63 0.709 0.394 0.236 0.217 M6 x 1.0 K
16MM 0.630 0.335 0.748 0.748 0.709 1.26 0.472 0.236 0.217 0.30 M6 x 1.0
C
22 MM 0.866 0.413 1.00 1.00 0.866 0.709 0.236 0.217 M8 x 1.25 G
H
A J
Chart Legend
Max. Allowable Arm Weight = .35 Lbs Max. Allowable Arm Weight = .73 Lbs Max. Allowable Arm Weight = 1.6 Lbs Maximum Length / Pressure
Pressure (psi) 5000 Pressure (psi) Pressure (psi)
5000 3575 2500 2000 1785 1570 1360 3850 2700 2150 1775 1425 5000 3625 2900 2465 1960 1450 Operating Range
600 1250 3000 Clamps must operate at or below maximum
500 2500 arm length/pressure curve:

1000
400 2000 To approximate clamping force with any arm
300 750 1500 at less than maximum pressure:
200 1000
250
FORCE = P x A x [1-(P/M x .23)]
100 500
0 0 P = Hyd. system operating pressure (PSI)
0
.98 1.00 1.50 2.50 3.00 1.57 2.50 3.50 4.50 2.00 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 A = Clamp effective area (sq. in.)
Arm Length (In.) Arm Length (In.)
12 6 24
Arm Length (In.)
12
98 49 M = Max. rated pressure of chosen arm
Max Flow (in3/min.) Max Flow (in3/min.)
Max Flow (in3/min.)
length (PSI)
030 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Hydraulic Swing/Pull Clamps – 4,000 lb. Arms
Custom built arms of any length must clamp to the U

C T P B
swing/pull clamp’s piston rod in a manner similar to
the DESTACO arms or some derating of the clamp
will be necessary. V D
G
The design feature “K,” in the chart and drawing at the
bottom of this page, is recommended for all applications 0M
of custom, single arms. See the accompanying chart A
for design details. In applications where there is no (031-S-4000)
Q
bending stress being transferred into the piston rod (like H
push/pull linkages and equalizing double arms), this
design detail may be eliminated. In these applications,
the clamp’s full capacity (referred to as “straight pull” I J
K
capacity) is available.
L
A
(031-L-4000)
Specifications
Cat no. Weight
A B C D G H I J K L M P Q T U V
(lbs.)
031-S-4000
4.17 1.42 1/2-13 1.89 0.138 2.56 0.83 1.18 0.55 0.43 1.26 2.17 M12 0.58 2.75 0.98 1.80
031-L-4000 8.43 1.42 1/2-13 1.89 0.138 2.56 0.83 1.18 0.55 0.43 1.26 – M12 – 7.01 0.98 2.80
IMPORTANT: Any clamp using a modified or custom arm that is longer or heavier than DESTACO’s
standard arms must be derated to prevent internal damage.
Do not exceed the maximum speed and pressure ratings for DESTACO’s standard arms.
For maximum hydraulic pressure and speed ratings, see the accompanying charts
Do not use meter-out circuitry for controlling double-acting clamp speeds
Contact DESTACO if further design assistance is required
Custom Arm Mounting Dimensions for 4,000 lb. Swing/Pull Clamps

Specifications
Cat no.
A B C D E F G H
32MM 1.26 1.18 1.89 1.42 0.138 0.55 0.43 M12 x 1.75
E 031-S-4000 • 031-L-4000 Chart Legend

C Max. Allowable Arm Weight = 2.8 Lbs Maximum Length / Pressure
Pressure (psi)
5000 3625 3100 2540 2175 1885 1740 Operating Range
4500
4000 Clamps must operate at or below maximum
3500 arm length/pressure curve:

3000 To approximate clamping force with any arm
H 2500 at less than maximum pressure:
D 2000 FORCE = P x A x [1-(P/M x .23)]
1500
P = Hyd. system operating pressure (PSI)
1000
A = Clamp effective area (sq. in.)
500
B M = Max. rated pressure of chosen arm
0
F 2.17 3.00 4.00 5.00 6.00 7.00 length (PSI)
152 Arm Length (In.) 91
Max Flow (in3/min.)
A G
039 Series
Hydraulic Power Clamps | Air/Hydraulic Power Boosters
The DESTACO Air/Hydraulic Power Booster converts normal

shop-line air pressure to high-pressure hydraulic power. The
two models available provide oil displacements ranging from
1 cu. in. to 4 cu. in. per stroke.
With the system filled, the volume of oil required to actuate a
cylinder or pressure point is only equal to the cubic content of
the piston displacement. The small booster, producing 1 cu. in.
of usable oil per stroke, can operate 50 of the tiny 1/2-20
pressure points a full .22 max. stroke, and even more when
strokes are kept to a minimum.
Features: 039-104-000DE
• Built-in manifold
• Complete automatic bleeding with each Y
return stroke
• Automatic relief of system overcharge
• Automatic bleeding feature eliminates pre-filling
• Large volume visible oil reservoir automatically
X
replenishes the system with reserve oil capacity
• Corrosion and wear-resistant materials
• Wear rings on hydraulic piston tube
SAE
• Unique self-centering air piston assures long life HYDRAULIC
• Increases hydraulic pressure to 3,000 PSIG from PORTS
100 PSIG air-line pressure
• All models supplied with SAE hydraulic ports
• NPT hydraulic ports available on request
Displace- Nominal
1/4 NPT
Press Dimensions AIR PORTS
Model no. ment Reservoir Weight Ports
Ratio A B
Per Stroke Capacity
(Square)
039-101-000DE 33.87:1 1 cu. in. 10.4 cu. in. 9 lbs. 10.88 4.50 SAE #4
A
039-104-000DE 32.41:1 4 cu. in. 42 cu. in. 23 lbs. 16.38 6.50 SAE #4
(100 PSIG max. input air pressure)
Note: Special High Temperature Seals available for applications where Viton® Seals are required. Order as H/T option.
hydraulic power clamps
Notes
Clamping Technology
Product Index
Model No. Page Model No. Page Model No. Page

010-210-400 MC-HYD-3 052-187-160 MC-HYD-4 2013-U MC-HHD-3
010-210-501 MC-HYD-3 052-250-160 MC-HYD-4 2013-U-LS-BLK MC-HHD-3
010-210-702 MC-HYD-3 1000 PC-PPC-59 2013-UR MC-HHD-3
010-211-002 MC-HYD-3 1001 PC-PPC-59 2013208-M MC-ACC-2
010-211-004 MC-HYD-3 10010100 PC-PPC-59 2017-U MC-HHD-5
010-211-502 MC-HYD-3 1005133-MR PC-PPC-59 2017-U-LS-BLK MC-HHD-5
010-211-504 MC-HYD-3 1005134-MR PC-PPC-59 2017-UR MC-HHD-5
010-212-004 MC-HYD-3 102111 MC-ACC-6 201943 MC-ACC-4
020-011-011DE MC-HYD-5 102208 MC-ACC-2 201943-M MC-ACC-4
020-012-021DE MC-HYD-5 102911 MC-ACC-6 202 MC-VHD-13
020-013-031DE MC-HYD-5 105106 MC-ACC-6 202-B MC-VHD-13
030-1-D-1100 MC-HYD-8 105203 MC-ACC-4 202-SS MC-VHD-13
030-1-D-2400 MC-HYD-9 105208 MC-ACC-2 202-T MC-VHD-13
030-1-D-4000 MC-HYD-10 105906 MC-ACC-6 202-TU MC-VHD-13
030-1-D-475 MC-HYD-7 12/100 MC-VSC-4 202-U MC-VHD-13
030-1-S-1100 MC-HYD-8 12/200 MC-VSC-4 202-U-L MC-VHD-13
030-1-S-2400 MC-HYD-9 12/300 MC-VSC-4 202-U-L-BLK MC-VHD-13
030-1-S-4000 MC-HYD-10 1200 MC-PTC-29 202-UB MC-VHD-13
030-1-S-475 MC-HYD-7 1200-E MC-PTC-29 202-UB-L MC-VHD-13
031-L-1100 MC-HYD-11 16/100 MC-VSC-4, 7 202-UB-L-BLK MC-VHD-13
031-L-2400 MC-HYD-11 16/200 MC-VSC-4, 7 202-UL MC-VHD-13
031-L-4000 MC-HYD-12 16/300 MC-VSC-4, 7 202-USS MC-VHD-13
031-L-475 MC-HYD-11 186-13 MC-CVR-3 202203 MC-ACC-4
031-S-1100 MC-HYD-11 2002-S MC-VHD-3 202208 MC-ACC-2
031-S-2400 MC-HYD-11 2002-SB MC-VHD-3 202208-M MC-ACC-2
031-S-4000 MC-HYD-12 2002-SBR MC-VHD-3 202305 MC-VHD-13
031-S-475 MC-HYD-11 2002-SR MC-VHD-3 2027-U MC-HHD-7
035-125-190 MC-PSC-32 2002-U MC-VHD-3 2027-U-LS-BLK MC-HHD-7
035-125-290 MC-PSC-32 2002-U-LS-BLK MC-VHD-3 2027-UR MC-HHD-7
035-132-190 MC-PSC-32 2002-U207 MC-VHD-3 202943 MC-ACC-4
035-132-290 MC-PSC-32 2002-UB MC-VHD-3 202943-M MC-ACC-4
035-140-190 MC-PSC-32 2002-UB-LS-BLK MC-VHD-3 205-S MC-HHD-19
035-140-290 MC-PSC-32 2002-UBR MC-VHD-3 205-SB MC-HHD-19
035-150-190 MC-PSC-32 2002-UR MC-VHD-3 205-SL MC-HHD-19
035-150-290 MC-PSC-32 2002-UR207 MC-VHD-3 205-SR MC-HHD-19
035-225-190 MC-PSC-32 2002115-E MC-ACC-6 205-SSS MC-HHD-19
035-225-290 MC-PSC-32 2007-S MC-VHD-7 205-U MC-HHD-19
035-232-190 MC-PSC-32 2007-SB MC-VHD-7 205-UB MC-HHD-19
035-232-290 MC-PSC-32 2007-SBR MC-VHD-7 205-UL MC-HHD-19
035-240-190 MC-PSC-32 2007-SR MC-VHD-7 205-UR MC-HHD-19
035-240-290 MC-PSC-32 2007-U MC-VHD-7 205-USS MC-HHD-19
035-250-190 MC-PSC-32 2007-U-LS-BLK MC-VHD-7 205203 MC-ACC-4
035-250-290 MC-PSC-32 2007-UB MC-VHD-7 205203-M MC-ACC-4
036-551-01 MC-PSC-35 2007-UB-LS-BLK MC-VHD-7 205208-M MC-ACC-2
036-551-02 MC-PSC-35 2007-UBR MC-VHD-7 205943 MC-ACC-4
036-630-01 MC-PSC-35 2007-UR MC-VHD-7 205943-M MC-ACC-4
036-630-02 MC-PSC-35 2007115-E MC-ACC-6 206-HSS MC-HHD-29
036-787-01 MC-PSC-35 2007208-M MC-ACC-2 206-SS MC-HHD-29
036-787-02 MC-PSC-35 201-TU MC-VHD-11 207-L MC-VHD-17
039-101-000DE MC-HYD-13 201-U MC-VHD-11 207-LB MC-VHD-17
039-104-000DE MC-HYD-13 201-UB MC-VHD-11 207-LBR MC-VHD-17
051-112-160 MC-HYD-4 201-USS MC-VHD-11 207-LR MC-VHD-17
051-131-160 MC-HYD-4 2010-S MC-VHD-9 207-S MC-VHD-17
051-137-180 MC-HYD-4 2010-SB MC-VHD-9 207-SB MC-VHD-17
051-150-160 MC-PSC-36 2010-SBR MC-VHD-9 207-SF MC-VHD-17
051-187-160 MC-PSC-36, 2010-SR MC-VHD-9 207-TU MC-VHD-17
MC-HYD-4 2010-U MC-VHD-9 207-TUL MC-VHD-17
051-225-160 MC-PSC-36 2010-UB MC-VHD-9 207-U MC-VHD-17
051-250-160 MC-PSC-36 2010-UBR MC-VHD-9 207-U-L MC-VHD-17
MC-HYD-4 2010-UR MC-VHD-9 207-U-L-BLK MC-VHD-17
052-112-160 MC-HYD-4 2010115-E MC-ACC-6 207-UB MC-VHD-17
052-131-160 MC-HYD-4 201208 MC-ACC-2 207-UB-L MC-VHD-17
052-137-180 MC-HYD-4 201208-M MC-ACC-2 207-UB-L-BLK MC-VHD-17
MC-IND-1 Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
Clamping Technology
Product Index

207-UF MC-VHD-17 217-USS MC-HHD-11 267-S MC-VHD-23
207-UL MC-VHD-17 22/100 MC-VSC-4 267-U MC-VHD-23
207-ULB MC-VHD-17 22/200 MC-VSC-4 267102 MC-ACC-6
207-UR MC-VHD-17 22/300 MC-VSC-4 267203-M MC-ACC-4
207-USS MC-VHD-17 220203 MC-ACC-4 267208 MC-ACC-2
207105 MC-ACC-6 220203-M MC-ACC-4 267902 MC-ACC-6
207105-M MC-ACC-6 225-U MC-HHD-23 290-13 MC-CVR-3
207203 MC-ACC-4 225-UB MC-HHD-23 301 MC-PAL-21
207203-M MC-ACC-4 225-UBSS MC-HHD-23 301-SS MC-PAL-21
207206 MC-ACC-3 225-UR MC-HHD-23 3011 MC-PAL-22
207206-M MC-ACC-3 225-USS MC-HHD-23 305-U MC-HHD-27
207209 MC-ACC-3 225119 MC-ACC-5 305-UR MC-HHD-27
207305 MC-VHD-17 225208 MC-ACC-2 305-USS MC-HHD-27
207426-Q MC-ACC-10 225208-M MC-ACC-2 3051 MC-PAL-3
207943 MC-ACC-4 225219 MC-ACC-5 3051-R MC-PAL-3
207943-M MC-ACC-4 225219-M MC-ACC-5 305203 MC-ACC-4
210-S MC-VHD-21 225319 MC-ACC-5 305208 MC-ACC-3
210-SB MC-VHD-21 227-U MC-HHD-13 305208-M MC-ACC-2
210-SR MC-VHD-21 227-U-L MC-HHD-13 307-U MC-HHD-27
210-TU MC-VHD-21 227-U-L-BLK MC-HHD-13 307-UR MC-HHD-27
210-U MC-VHD-21 227-UB MC-HHD-13 307-USS MC-HHD-27
210-UB MC-VHD-21 227-UB-L MC-HHD-13 307208-M MC-ACC-2
210-UR MC-VHD-21 227-UB-L-BLK MC-HHD-13 309-U MC-HHD-27
210-USS MC-VHD-21 227-UB-LS-BLK MC-HHD-13 309-UR MC-HHD-27
210114 MC-ACC-6 227-USS MC-HHD-13 309-USS MC-HHD-27
210114-M MC-ACC-6 229 MC-VHD-41 311 MC-PAL-21
210203 MC-ACC-4 235-U MC-HHD-25 317-S MC-VHD-37
210203-M MC-ACC-4 235-UB MC-HHD-25 317-U MC-VHD-37
210206 MC-ACC-3 235-UR MC-HHD-25 323 MC-PAL-8
210206-M MC-ACC-3 235-USS MC-HHD-25 323-R MC-PAL-8
210208 MC-ACC-3 235106 MC-ACC-6 323-RSS MC-PAL-8
210209 MC-ACC-3 235110 MC-ACC-5 323-SS MC-PAL-8
210440-Q MC-ACC-10 235119 MC-ACC-5 323215 MC-PAL-11
213-U MC-HHD-9 235208 MC-ACC-2 323215-M-100 MC-PAL-11
213-U-L MC-HHD-9 235208-M MC-ACC-2 323215-M-25 MC-PAL-11
213-U-LS-BLK MC-HHD-9 235219 MC-ACC-5 323215-M-50 MC-PAL-11
213-UB MC-HHD-9 235219-M MC-ACC-5 323915 MC-PAL-11
213-UB-L MC-HHD-9 235319 MC-ACC-5 323915-M-100 MC-PAL-11
213-UB-LS-BLK MC-HHD-9 235906 MC-ACC-6 323915-M-25 MC-PAL-11
213-USS MC-HHD-9 237-U MC-HHD-15 323915-M-50 MC-PAL-11
213208 MC-ACC-3 237-USS MC-HHD-15 324 MC-PAL-17
213208-M MC-ACC-2 237943 MC-ACC-4 324-R MC-PAL-17
213208-M-L MC-ACC-2 237943-M MC-ACC-4 324-SS MC-PAL-17
215-S MC-HHD-21 240203 MC-ACC-4 324-ZB1 MC-PAL-11,
215-U MC-HHD-21 240203-M MC-ACC-4 MC-PAL-20
215-UB MC-HHD-21 240208 MC-ACC-2 324215 MC-PAL-20
215-USS MC-HHD-21 240208-M MC-ACC-2 324215-M-100 MC-PAL-20
215105 MC-ACC-6 245-U MC-HHD-17 324215-M-25 MC-PAL-20
215119 MC-ACC-5 245943 MC-ACC-4 324215-M-50 MC-PAL-20
215208 MC-ACC-2 245943-M MC-ACC-4 324915 MC-PAL-20
215208-M MC-ACC-2 247-S MC-VHD-23 324915-M-100 MC-PAL-20
215219 MC-ACC-5 247-U MC-VHD-23 324915-M-25 MC-PAL-20
215219-M MC-ACC-5 247-UB MC-VHD-23 324915-M-50 MC-PAL-20
215319 MC-ACC-5 247109 MC-ACC-6 325 MC-SAP-2
215905 MC-ACC-6 247110 MC-ACC-6 325-SS MC-SAP-2
217-U MC-HHD-11 247110-M MC-ACC-6 325203 MC-ACC-4
217-U-L MC-HHD-11 247208 MC-ACC-2 32MM MC-VSC-11
217-U-L-BLK MC-HHD-11 247208-M MC-ACC-2 330 MC-PAL-4
217-U-LS-BLK MC-HHD-11 247909 MC-ACC-6 330-SS MC-PAL-4
217-UB MC-HHD-11 250121 MC-ACC-6 330-ZB1 MC-PAL-8,
217-UB-L MC-HHD-11 250203 MC-ACC-4 330-ZB1 (cont.) MC-PAL-11
217-UB-L-BLK MC-HHD-11 250206 MC-ACC-3 330215 MC-PAL-7
217-UB-LS-BLK MC-HHD-11 250206-M MC-ACC-3 330215-M-100 MC-PAL-7
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice MC-IND-2
Clamping Technology
Product Index

330215-M-25 MC-PAL-7 351215 MC-PAL-7 424208-M MC-ACC-2
330215-M-50 MC-PAL-7 351215-M-100 MC-PAL-7 425 MC-SAP-6
330915 MC-PAL-7 351215-M-25 MC-PAL-7 431 MC-SAP-5
330915-M-100 MC-PAL-7 351215-M-50 MC-PAL-7 431208 MC-ACC-2
330915-M-25 MC-PAL-7 351915 MC-PAL-7 431208-M MC-ACC-2
331 MC-PAL-8 351915-M-25 MC-PAL-7 441 MC-SAP-4
331-R MC-PAL-8 351915-M-50 MC-PAL-7 441-2 MC-SAP-4
331-RSS MC-PAL-8 353-35 MC-PAL-23 441203 MC-ACC-4
331-SS MC-PAL-8 353-65 MC-PAL-23 461203 MC-ACC-4
331215 MC-PAL-11 371 MC-PAL-4 461203-M MC-ACC-4
331215-M-100 MC-PAL-11 371-R MC-PAL-4 462 MC-SAP-7
331215-M-25 MC-PAL-11 371-SS MC-PAL-4 462-2 MC-SAP-7
331215-M-50 MC-PAL-11 371-ZB1 MC-PAL-6 463 MC-SAP-7
331915 MC-PAL-11 371215 MC-PAL-7 468206 MC-ACC-3
331915-M-100 MC-PAL-11 371215-M-100 MC-PAL-7 468206-M MC-ACC-3
334 MC-PAL-17 371915 MC-PAL-7 486 MC-SAP-7
334-R MC-PAL-17 371915-M-100 MC-PAL-7 491203 MC-ACC-4
334-SS MC-PAL-17 371915-M-25 MC-PAL-7 491203-M MC-ACC-4
334-ZB1 MC-PAL-20 371915-M-50 MC-PAL-7 501-B MC-VHD-43
334215 MC-PAL-20 374 MC-PAL-17 501-LB MC-VHD-43
334215-M-100 MC-PAL-20 374215 MC-PAL-20 501501 MC-VHD-46
334215-M-25 MC-PAL-20 374215-M-100 MC-PAL-20 501503 MC-VHD-46
334215-M-50 MC-PAL-20 374215-M-25 MC-PAL-20 503-MB MC-VHD-43
334915 MC-PAL-20 374215-M-50 MC-PAL-20 503-MBLSC MC-VHD-43
334915-M-100 MC-PAL-20 375 MC-PAL-12 503-MLB MC-VHD-43
334915-M-25 MC-PAL-20 375-B MC-PAL-12 503-MLBLSC MC-VHD-43
334915-M-50 MC-PAL-20 375-BR MC-PAL-12 503501 MC-VHD-46
341 MC-PAL-8 375-R MC-PAL-12 503502 MC-VHD-46
341-R MC-PAL-8 375-ZB1 MC-PAL-16, 20 503503-L MC-VHD-46
341-RSS MC-PAL-8 375215 MC-PAL-13 505-MB MC-VHD-43
341-SS MC-PAL-8 375509 MC-PAL-12, 14 505-MBLSC MC-VHD-43
341-ZB1 MC-PAL-11 381 MC-PAL-4 505-MLB MC-VHD-43
341215 MC-PAL-11 381-SS MC-PAL-4 505-MLBLSC MC-VHD-43
341215-M-100 MC-PAL-11 381-ZB1 MC-PAL-4 505501 MC-VHD-46
341215-M-25 MC-PAL-11 381215 MC-PAL-8 505502 MC-VHD-46
341215-M-50 MC-PAL-11 381215-M-100 MC-PAL-7 505503-L MC-VHD-46
341915 MC-PAL-11 381215-M-25 MC-PAL-7 506-MB MC-VHD-43
341915-M-100 MC-PAL-11 381215-M-50 MC-PAL-7 506-MBLSC MC-VHD-43
341915-M-25 MC-PAL-11 381915 MC-PAL-7 506-MLB MC-VHD-43
341915-M-50 MC-PAL-11 381915-M-100 MC-PAL-7 506-MLBLSC MC-VHD-43
344 MC-PAL-17 381915-M-25 MC-PAL-7 506501 MC-VHD-46
344-R MC-PAL-17 381915-M-50 MC-PAL-7 506502 MC-VHD-46
344-SS MC-PAL-17 385 MC-PAL-7 506503-L MC-VHD-46
344-ZB1 MC-PAL-20 385-L MC-PAL-14 507107 MC-ACC-6
344215 MC-PAL-20 385-R MC-PAL-14 507206 MC-ACC-3
344215-M-100 MC-PAL-20 385-V2A MC-PAL-14 507206-M MC-ACC-3
344215-M-25 MC-PAL-20 385-ZB1 MC-PAL-16 507208 MC-ACC-2
344215-M-50 MC-PAL-20 385102 MC-PAL-12, 14 507208-M MC-ACC-2
344915 MC-PAL-20 385215 MC-PAL-16 507209 MC-ACC-3
344915-M-50 MC-PAL-20 385215-M-50 MC-PAL-16 5105 MC-VHD-29
345 MC-SAP-3 385915 MC-PAL-16 5110 MC-VHD-29
345-G MC-SAP-3 385915-M-100 MC-PAL-16 5130 MC-SLA-21
351 MC-PAL-4 385915-M-25 MC-PAL-16 5130-B MC-SLA-21
351-B MC-PAL-4 385915-M-50 MC-PAL-16 5130-M MC-SLA-21
351-BSS MC-PAL-4 424 MC-SAP-4 5130-MB MC-SLA-21
351-R MC-PAL-4 424-2 MC-SAP-4 5131 MC-SLA-21
351-SS MC-PAL-4 424107 MC-ACC-5 5131-B MC-SLA-21
351-ZB1 MC-PAL-6 424208 MC-ACC-2 5131-M MC-SLA-21
Clamping Technology
Product Index

5131-MB MC-SLA-21 604-SS MC-SLA-25 8031 MC-PTC-26
5133 MC-SLA-21 604106 MC-SLA-28 807-S MC-PTC-7
5133-B MC-SLA-21 604106-M MC-SLA-28 807-SE MC-PTC-7
5133-M MC-SLA-21 605 MC-SLA-9 807-U MC-PTC-7
5133-MB MC-SLA-21 605-M MC-SLA-9 807-UE MC-PTC-7
5150 MC-SLA-23 606 MC-SLA-10 8071 MC-PTC-19
5150-B MC-SLA-23 606-M MC-SLA-10 8071-UE MC-PTC-19
5150-M MC-SLA-23 607 MC-SLA-11 810-S MC-PTC-9
5150-MB MC-SLA-23 607-M MC-SLA-11 810-SE MC-PTC-9
519208 MC-ACC-3 607-SQ MC-SLA-11 810-U MC-PTC-9
527 MC-VHD-39 607-SQM MC-SLA-11 810-UE MC-PTC-9
527-F MC-VHD-39 608 MC-SLA-7 810151 MC-PSC-40
527203 MC-ACC-4 608-M MC-SLA-7 810153 MC-PSC-40
527208 MC-ACC-2 609 MC-SLA-12 810155 MC-PSC-40
528 MC-VHD-31 609-B MC-SLA-12 810156 MC-PSC-40
528-F MC-VHD-31 610 MC-SLA-13 810157 MC-PSC-40
52H-3E...50 PC-PPC-47 610-M MC-SLA-13 810158 MC-PSC-40
52H-3E...63 PC-PPC-47 614-M MC-SLA-29 810169 MC-PSC-40
5305 MC-HHD-31 615 MC-SLA-14 810170 MC-PSC-40
5310 MC-HHD-31 620 MC-SLA-15 810171 MC-PSC-40
533-L MC-VHD-33 620-M MC-SLA-15 810173 MC-PSC-40
533-LB MC-VHD-33 624 MC-SLA-25 810174 MC-PSC-40
535-L MC-VHD-33 624-MM MC-SLA-25 8115 MC-PSC-19
535-LB MC-VHD-33 624-SS MC-SLA-25 8116 MC-PSC-19
548 MC-VHD-32 624106-M MC-SLA-28 812-U MC-PTC-3
558 MC-VHD-35 630 MC-SLA-16 817-S MC-PTC-21
578 MC-VHD-32 630-M MC-SLA-16 817-SE MC-PTC-21
5905 MC-VHD-27 630-MR MC-SLA-16 817-U MC-PTC-21
5910 MC-VHD-27 630-R MC-SLA-16 817-UE MC-PTC-21
5915 MC-VHD-27 640 MC-SLA-17 81L-12-1.... PC-PPC-3
6001 MC-SLA-3 640-M MC-SLA-17 81L-16-1.... PC-PPC-3
6001-M MC-SLA-3 640-MR MC-SLA-17 81L-20-1.... PC-PPC-3
6001-MSS MC-SLA-3 640-R MC-SLA-17 81L-25-1.... PC-PPC-3
6001-SS MC-SLA-3 650 MC-SLA-18 8215 MC-PSC-28
6004 MC-SLA-27 650-M MC-SLA-18 821512 MC-PSC-22, 31
6004-MM MC-SLA-27 670-1MBPLS MC-SLA-31 821513 MC-PSC-22, 31
6004-MMR MC-SLA-27 675-1MBPLS MC-SLA-31 821553 MC-PSC-31
6004-R MC-SLA-27 690-1MBPLS MC-SLA-31 821556 MC-PSC-22, 31
601 MC-SLA-4 695-1MBPLS MC-SLA-31 8216 MC-PSC-28
601-M MC-SLA-4 705384 MC-HYD-5 827-S MC-PTC-21
601-O MC-SLA-4 705512 MC-HYD-5 827-SE MC-PTC-21
601-OSS MC-SLA-4 705634 MC-HYD-5 827-U MC-PTC-21
601-SS MC-SLA-4 7-58 MC-VHD-40 827-UE MC-PTC-21
6015 MC-SLA-5 7-59 MC-VHD-40 82D40-2... PC-PPC-61
6015-M MC-SLA-5 7-60 MC-VHD-40 82D63-5... PC-PPC-61
6015-MR MC-SLA-5 7-101 MC-VHD-40 82L-12-4... PC-PPC-7
6015-MSS MC-SLA-5 800 MC-PTC-29 82L-16-4... PC-PPC-7
6015-R MC-SLA-5 800-E MC-PTC-29 82L-20-4... PC-PPC-7
6015-SS MC-SLA-5 8007-E MC-PTC-13 82L-25-4... PC-PPC-7
602 MC-SLA-25 8007-EHL MC-PTC-13 82L2G-2... PC-PPC-15
602-MM MC-SLA-25 8007-EHR MC-PTC-13 82L3G-2... PC-PPC-15
602-MMSS MC-SLA-25 8015 MC-PSC-28 82L3N-2... PC-PPC-15
602-SS MC-SLA-25 801528 MC-PSC-22, 31 82L4G-2... PC-PPC-15
602106-M MC-SLA-28 801529 MC-PSC-22, 31 82L4N-2... PC-PPC-15
603 MC-SLA-7 801532 MC-PSC-22, 31 82M-3E..H040.. PC-PPC-45
603-M MC-SLA-7 801553 MC-PSC-31 82M-3E..H05... PC-PPC-45
603-MR MC-SLA-7 8016 MC-PSC-28 82M-3E..H06.. PC-PPC-45
603-MSS MC-SLA-7 802-U MC-PTC-5 82M-3E..H08.. PC-PPC-45
603-R MC-SLA-7 802-UE MC-PTC-5 82M-3E....40 PC-PPC-25
603-SS MC-SLA-7 8021 MC-PTC-19 82M-3E...5. PC-PPC-25
604 MC-SLA-25 8021-UE MC-PTC-19 82M-3E...6. PC-PPC-25
604-MM MC-SLA-25 803 MC-PTC-25 82M-3E...8. PC-PPC-25
604-MMSS MC-SLA-25 803-ME MC-PTC-25 82ZB-004-1 PC-PPC-4, 8
Clamping Technology
Product Index

82ZB-036-1 PC-PPC-22 89B50-025-1R MC-PSC-14 8EA-137-1 PC-PPC-23
82ZB-037-1 PC-PPC-22 89B63-008-1L MC-PSC-14 8EA-138-1 PC-PPC-23
82ZB-038-1 PC-PPC-22 89B63-008-1R MC-PSC-14 8EA-139-1 PC-PPC-23
82ZB-039-1 PC-PPC-46 89E20-010-1L MC-PSC-23 8EL-002-1 PC-PPC-23, 46, 68
82ZB-084-1 PC-PPC-46 89E20-010-1R MC-PSC-23 8EL-003-1 PC-PPC-23, 46, 68
82ZB-SH4001 PC-PPC-23, 68 89E30-010-1L MC-PSC-23 8EL-007-1 PC-PPC-23
82ZB-SH4002 PC-PPC-23, 68 89E30-010-1R MC-PSC-23 8EL-009-1 PC-PPC-23
82ZB-SH4005 PC-PPC-23, 68 89E40-010-1L MC-PSC-23 8JG-065-2-01 PC-PPC-20, 23, 63, 68
82ZB-SH4010 PC-PPC-23, 68 89E40-010-1R MC-PSC-23 8JG-066-1-01 PC-PPC-20, 23, 65, 68
82ZB-SH4020 PC-PPC-23, 68 89E50-025-1L MC-PSC-23 8JG-067-2-01 PC-PPC-20, 23
82ZB-SH4050 PC-PPC-68 89E50-025-1R MC-PSC-23 8JG-068-1-01 PC-PPC-20, 23
82ZB-SH5001 PC-PPC-68 89E63-008-1L MC-PSC-23 8JG-069-1-01 PC-PPC-64, 68
82ZB-SH5002 PC-PPC-68 89E63-008-1R MC-PSC-23 8JG-070-1-01 PC-PPC-39, 53, 66, 68
82ZB-SH5005 PC-PPC-68 89R20-010-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-075-3-01 PC-PPC-20, 23
82ZB-SH5010 PC-PPC-68 89R32-010-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-080-1-01 PC-PPC-40, 53
82ZB-SH5020 PC-PPC-68 89R40-010-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-1179-1-01 PC-PPC-40
82ZB-SH5050 PC-PPC-68 89R40-025-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-169-2-01 PC-PPC-36
830 MC-PTC-27 89R50-025-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-17(•)-2-01 PC-PPC-38
830-ME MC-PTC-27 89R63-025-2 MC-PSC-8 8JG-215-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
8315 MC-PSC-19 8AB-151-1 PC-PPC-46 8JG-217-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
8416 MC-PSC-28 8CE-282-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-363-1-01 PC-PPC-21, 23
846 MC-PTC-11 8CE-284-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-364-1-01 MC-SLA-21, 23
847-S MC-PTC-15 8CE-286-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-401-1-01 PC-PPC-13
847-U MC-PTC-15 8CE-288-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-402-1-01 PC-PPC-13
850 MC-PTC-28 8CE-290-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-403-1-01 PC-PPC-13
850-ME MC-PTC-28 8CE-292-1 PC-PPC-23 8JG-404-1-01 PC-PPC-13
858 MC-PTC-17 8CE-296-1 PC-PPC-23 8KB-031-1 MC-SLA-23
858-E MC-PTC-17 8CE-298-1 PC-PPC-23 8KB-032-1 MC-SLA-23
860 MC-PPC-59 8CE-300-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-061-1 MC-PSC-13
865132-MR MC-PPC-59 8CE-306-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-065-1 MC-PSC-13
865133-MR MC-PPC-59 8CE-310-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-066-1 MC-PSC-13
868 MC-PTC-23 8CE-312-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-084-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
868-E MC-PTC-23 8CE-314-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-086-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
870-2 MC-PPC-57 8CE-316-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-087-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
871-2 MC-PPC-57 8CE-318-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-088-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
8725 MC-PSC-37 8CE-320-1 PC-PPC-23 8MA-089-1 MC-PSC-11, 17, 26
872550 MC-PSC-39 8CE-326-1 PC-PPC-68 8MA-089-1 MC-PSC-12
8732G MC-PSC-37 8CE-332-1 PC-PPC-68 8MA-095-1 MC-PSC-12
890 MC-PPC-59 8CE-348-1 PC-PPC-68 8MW-018-1 MC-PSC-12
891 MC-PPC-59 8CE-350-1 PC-PPC-68 8MW-020-1 MC-PSC-12
8910100 MC-PPC-59 8CE-352-1 PC-PPC-68 8MW-021-1 PC-PPC-68
895132-MR MC-PPC-59 8CE-354-1 PC-PPC-68 8MW-022-1 PC-PPC-68
895133-MR MC-PPC-59 8CE-356-1 PC-PPC-68 8MW-023-1 PC-PPC-68
89B20-010-1L MC-PSC-14 8CE-358-1 PC-PPC-68 8PW-016-1 PC-PPC-68
89B20-010-1R MC-PSC-14 8CE-360-1 PC-PPC-68 8PW-016-1-00 MC-PSC-12
89B30-010-1L MC-PSC-14 8CE-362-1 PC-PPC-68 8PW-024-1-00 MC-PSC-12
89B30-010-1R MC-PSC-14 8EA-024-2 PC-PPC-68 8PW-024-2 MC-PSC-12
89B40-010-1L MC-PSC-14 8EA-109-1 MC-PSC-40, 8PW-095-1-00 PC-PPC-23
89B40-010-1R MC-PSC-14 MC-SLA-3,7 8PW-095-2 PC-PPC-23
89B50-025-1L MC-PSC-14 8EA-120-1 MC-PSC-40 8PW-096-1-00 PC-PPC-23
Clamping Technology
Product Index

8PW-096-2 PC-PPC-23 954060 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1171-1 PC-PPC-44
8PW-097-1-00 PC-PPC-23 954061 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1172-1 PC-PPC-44
8PW-097-2 PC-PPC-23 9550-2GL MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1173-1 PC-PPC-44
8PW-102-2 PC-PPC-23 9550-2GR MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1174-1 PC-PPC-44
8PW-103-2 PC-PPC-23 9550-2L MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1175-1 PC-PPC-44
8S401-15-117 PC-PPC-39 9550-2R MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1176-1 PC-PPC-44
8S501-25-144 PC-PPC-39, 53 9550150 MC-PSC-7 B8JG-1177-1 PC-PPC-44
8S631-25-144 PC-PPC-40, 53 9550153 MC-PSC-7 B8JG-1178-1 PC-PPC-44
8S631-45-144 PC-PPC-40, 53 955060 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1206-1 PC-PPC-41, 54
8S631-75-204 PC-PPC-40, 53 955061 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1207-1 PC-PPC-41, 54
8S801-45-204 PC-PPC-40 955062 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1208-1 PC-PPC-41, 54
8U(•)405-00-117 PC-PPC-37 B8JG-1007-1 PC-PPC-43, 56 B8JG-1216-1 PC-PPC-41, 54
8U(•)501-15-144 PC-PPC-37, 52 B8JG-1011-1 PC-PPC-43, 56 B8JG-1227-1 PC-PPC-41, 54
8UM405-00-117 PC-PPC-35 B8JG-1024-1 PC-PPC-43, 56 B8JG-1512-1 PC-PPC-42, 55
8UM501-15-144 PC-PPC-35, 51 B8JG-1034-1 PC-PPC-43, 56 B8JG-1522-1 PC-PPC-42, 55
905 MC-ACC-3 B8JG-1048-1 PC-PPC-43, 56 B8JG-1536-1 PC-PPC-42, 55
905-M MC-ACC-3 B8JG-1110-1 PC-PPC-44 B8JG-1543-1 PC-PPC-42, 55
91090 MC-VHD-36 B8JG-1111-1 PC-PPC-44 B8JG-1544-1 PC-PPC-42, 55
920 MC-ACC-3 B8JG-1112-1 PC-PPC-44 B8JG-1545-1 PC-PPC-42, 55
920-M MC-ACC-3 B8JG-1113-1 PC-PPC-44 B8JG-1546-1 PC-PPC-42, 55
95030 MC-SLA-19 B8JG-1114-1 PC-PPC-44 B8JG-1547-1 PC-PPC-42, 55
9522-2L MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1118-1 PC-PPC-44 B8JG-3238-1 PC-PPC-41, 54
9522-2R MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1130-1 PC-PPC-44 B8JG-3246-1 PC-PPC-41, 54
9522150 MC-PSC-7 B8JG-1131-1 PC-PPC-44 B8JG-3247-1 PC-PPC-41, 54
9530-2GL MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1136-1 PC-PPC-44 BIM-IKE-AP MC-SLA-47
9530-2GR MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1137-1 PC-PPC-44 BK-R25-82L25-1 PC-PPC-21
9530-2L MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1138-1 PC-PPC-44 BK-R25-82L32-1 PC-PPC-21
9530-2R MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1150-1 PC-PPC-44 BK-R25-82L40-1 PC-PPC-21
953060 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1151-1 PC-PPC-44 CABL-010 MC-PSC-41
953061 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1152-1 PC-PPC-44 CABL-013 MC-PSC-41
953062 MC-PSC-6 B8JG-1153-1 PC-PPC-44 F-160 MC-VSC-3
9540-2GL MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1154-1 PC-PPC-44 FL-120/-- MC-VSC-3
9540-2GR MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1155-1 PC-PPC-44 FL-121/45 MC-VSC-3
9540-2L MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1156-1 PC-PPC-44 FL-122/45 MC-VSC-3
9540-2R MC-PSC-3 B8JG-1157-1 PC-PPC-44 FL-160/-- MC-VSC-3
9540150 MC-PSC-7 B8JG-1158-1 PC-PPC-44 FL-161/60 MC-VSC-3
9540153 MC-PSC-7 B8JG-1170-1 PC-PPC-44 FL-162/60 MC-VSC-3
Clamping Technology
Product Index

FO-082/40 MC-VSC-3 L-227-1-02 MC-ACC-8 WK400-30-6-1 MC-PPC-6
FO-120/-- MC-VSC-3 L-227-1-03 MC-ACC-8 WK400-50-6-1 MC-PPC-6
FO-160/-- MC-VSC-3 L-227-2-02 MC-ACC-8 WK4500-15-6-1 MC-PPC-6
FO-220/-- MC-VSC-3 SMB-102157 MC-PPC-10 WK4500-50-6-1 MC-PPC-6
FO-221/80 MC-VSC-3 T186-12 MC-CVR-5 WK4500-70-6-1 MC-PPC-6
G-082/40 MC-VSC-3 T186-20 MC-CVR-5 WK600-120-6-1 MC-PPC-6
G-120/-- MC-VSC-3 T186-24 MC-CVR-3 WK600-15-6-1 MC-PPC-6
G-121-45 MC-VSC-3 T186-36 MC-CVR-3 WK600-200-6-1 MC-PPC-6
G-122-45 MC-VSC-3 T186-6 MC-CVR-5 WK600-30-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K-1222 MC-VSC-7 T257-24 MC-CVR-5 WK600-50-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K-508 MC-VSC-7 T257-36 MC-CVR-5 WK600-70-6-1 MC-PPC-6
K-612 MC-VSC-7 T257-84 MC-CVR-3 WK6000-120-6 MC-PPC-6
K-816 MC-VSC-7 T285-18 MC-CVR-5 WK6000-30-6 MC-PPC-6
K1000-120-7-1 MC-PPC-3 T285-36 MC-CVR-3 WK6000-50-6 MC-PPC-6
K1000-15-7-1 MC-PPC-3 T285-60 MC-CVR-3 WK6000-70-6 MC-PPC-6
K1000-200-7-1 MC-PPC-3 T285-84 MC-CVR-3 WR 2000-120-7 MC-PPC-9
K3000-15-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T290-60 MC-CVR-3 WK XXXX-...-A MC-PPC-10
K3000-200-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T290-84 MC-CVR-3 WK XXXX-...-K MC-PPC-11
K3000-30-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T290-9 MC-CVR-5
K3000-50-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T321-10 MC-CVR-5
K3000-70-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T321-24 MC-CVR-3
K400-120-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T321-36 MC-CVR-3
K400-15-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T321-60 MC-CVR-3
K400-200-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T400-4 MC-CVR-9
K400-30-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T400-6 MC-CVR-9
K400-50-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T400-8 MC-CVR-9
K400-70-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T402-12 MC-CVR-9
K4500-120-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T402-18 MC-CVR-9
K4500-15-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T402-24 MC-CVR-9
K4500-200-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T402-6 MC-CVR-9
K4500-30-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T600-4 MC-CVR-9
K4500-50-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T600-6 MC-CVR-9
K4500-70-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T600-8 MC-CVR-9
K600-120-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T602-12 MC-CVR-9
K600-15-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T602-18 MC-CVR-9
K600-200-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T602-6 MC-CVR-9
K600-30-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T614-0 MC-CVR-7
K600-50-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T614-1 MC-CVR-7
K600-70-6-1 MC-PPC-3 T614-2 MC-CVR-7
K XXXX-...-A MC-PPC-10 T813400 MC-CVR-9
K XXXX-...-K MC-PPC-11 WK1000-120-7-1 MC-PPC-5
L-213-1-01 MC-ACC-8 WK1000-15-7-1 MC-PPC-6
L-213-1-02 MC-ACC-8 WK1000-200-7-1 MC-PPC-6
L-213-2-01 MC-ACC-8 WK1000-30-7-1 MC-PPC-6
L-213-2-02 MC-ACC-8 WK1000-50-7-1 MC-PPC-6
L-213-3-01 MC-ACC-9 WK1000-70-7-1 MC-PPC-6
L-213-4-01 MC-ACC-10 WK3000-120-6-1 MC-PPC-6
L-217-1-01 MC-ACC-8 WK3000-15-6-1 MC-PPC-6
L-217-1-02 MC-ACC-8 WK3000-200-6-1 MC-PPC-6
L-217-1-03 MC-ACC-8 WK3000-30-6-1 MC-PPC-6
L-217-2-01 MC-ACC-8 WK3000-50-6-1 MC-PPC-6
L-217-2-02 MC-ACC-8 WK3000-70-6-1 MC-PPC-6
L-217-3-01 MC-ACC-9 WK400-120-6-1 MC-PPC-6
L-217-4-01 MC-ACC-10 WK400-15-6-1 MC-PPC-6
L-227-1-01 MC-ACC-8 WK400-200-6-1 MC-PPC-6
Clamping Technology
Notes
Clamping Technology
Notes
ABOUT DESTACO our portfolio of products
Precision in Productivity ™
DESTACO Mission Statement End Effectors (EE) Grippers (GR)
Enable optimal manufacturing productivity through a comprehensive suite of easy to integrate • Tool Changers • Electric Grippers
high-performance, precision automation, workholding and containment solutions. • End-of-Arm Tooling • Pneumatic and Sheet Metal Grippers
• Vacuum Products • Rotates
• Focused - Dedicated talent and resources to help manufacturers improve precision and productivity • Palletizing Solutions • Slides
• Insightful - Full line of products improves production flexibility and meets any manufacturing requirement
• Comprehensive - Through perspective gained on plant floors around the world, we deliver unique,
creative solutions nobody else can
• Global - Production, customer and technical support worldwide, wherever you need us
Indexers (IN) Power Clamps (PC)

• Precision Conveyors • Power Clamps
• Dial Indexers • Pin Clamps and Packages
• Shaft and Flange Indexers • Pivot Units
• Part Handlers • Power Cylinders
Manual Clamps (MC) Remote Handling (RH)

Focused Insightful Comprehensive Global • Hold Down • Gloveport Systems
• Squeeze Action • Transfer Systems
• Plunger, Hook and Latch • Telemanipulators
• Pneumatic Toggle and Swing • Waste Drum Systems
Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice
Clamping Technology
Netherlands
UK
Auburn Hills, MI USA
Red Wing, MN USA
Mt. Juliet, TN USA France
Germany
Wheeling, IL USA
China
Spain
India
Vol 1: Manual | Pneumatic | Hydraulic | July 2016

Thailand
Brazil
Global Locations
NORTH AMERICA ASIA
DESTACO Headquarters Thailand
Auburn Hills, Michigan Tel: +66-2-326-0812
Toll Free: 1.888.DESTACO Customer Service: [email protected]
Marketing: [email protected]
China
Customer Service: [email protected]
Tel: +86-21-6081-2888
Mt. Juliet, Tennessee Customer Service: [email protected]
Tel: 1.888.DESTACO
India
Tel: +91-80-41123421-426
Wheeling, Illinois Customer Service: [email protected]
Tel: 1.800.645.5207
EUROPE
Red Wing, Minnesota (Central Research Laboratories)
Germany
Tel: 651.385.2142
Tel: +49-6171-705-0
SOUTH AMERICA France
Tel: +33-4-7354-5001
Brazil
Tel: 0800-124070
Customer Service: [email protected] UK
Tel: +44-1902-797980
Spain
Tel: +34-936361680
Netherlands
Tel: +31-297285332
cesehsa.com.mx
01 800 237 3472
[email protected]
© Copyright, 2016 DESTACO. All rights for layout, photos and text rest with the publisher
DESTACO. All photomechanical or other reproductions only with our express permission.
All sales are based on our terms and conditions of sale, delivery and payment. MC_CTV1-C_0716_US

Clamping Technologies Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Clamping Technologies Catalog

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Clamping Technologies Catalog

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Clamping Technology

Volume 1: Manual | Pneumatic | Hydraulic

End Effectors Grippers Indexers

DESTACO Mission Statement End Effectors (EE) Grippers (GR)

Indexers (IN) Power Clamps (PC)

Manual Clamps (MC) Remote Handling (RH)

For more than 100 years, we’ve focused

Vertical Hold Down Clamps................................................................ MC-VHD

Horizontal Hold Down Clamps...........................................................MC-HHD

Straight Line Action Clamps................................................................. MC-SLA

Variable Stroke Straight Line Action Clamps......................................... MC-VSC

Pull Action Latch Clamps......................................................................MC-PAL

Squeeze Action Clamps....................................................................... MC-SAP

Pneumatic Toggle Clamps.................................................................... MC-PTC

Pneumatic Swing Clamps.................................................................... MC-PSC

Pneumatic Power Cylinders.................................................................. MC-PPC

Pneumatic Power Clamps..................................................................... PC-PPC

Hydraulic Clamping Technology.......................................................... MC-HYD

Product Index...................................................................................... MC-IND

Model 330 Model 2002-U Model 604

330-201 Stainless steel clamp with

2002-200 with bar cut and 604-229 Stainless steel straight

Contact us today to get started on your custom application: [email protected]

Industrial Aerospace Food & Packaging Transportation Consumer Goods

Assembly Welding Fixture and Testing CNC/Machining White Goods/ Woodworking

202-200 without grip,

Level 2 Modifications: Model 2002-U

2002-201 with special T-handle

Level 3 Modifications: Model 624/624-MM

624-MM-872 with modified handle and

802-U219 with handle for manual operation

1000 to 2000 [225 to 450]

2000 to 3000 [450 to 675]

3000 to 5000 [675 to 1125]

5000 to 7000 [1125 to 1575]

7000 to 10000 [1575 to 2250]

85 to 100 [3.35 to 3.94]

200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

75 to 100 [2.95 to 3.94]

100 to 125 [3.94 to 4.92]

125 to 150 [4.92 to 5.91]

150 to 175 [5.91 to 6.89]

175 to 200 [6.89 to 7.87]

200 to 225 [7.87 to 8.86]

225 to 250 [8.86 to 9.84]

80 to 100 [3.15 to 3.94]

Dimensions and technical information are subject to change without notice

Toggle Lock Plus

Solid Arm Version

Features: Applications: Also Available:

2002-U 2002-U-LS-BLK 2002-S 2002-UB 2002-UB-LS-BLK

2002-SB 2002-UR 2002-SR 2002-UBR 2002-SBR

 This item is available upon request

 This item is available upon request

Model X X1 X2 Y ‡HC1 ‡HC2 ‡EF(X1):AF ‡EF(X2):AF

Covered under one or more U.S./International Patents